PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1654

EXTRAORDINARY

Published by Authority

CHANDIGARH, MONDAY, DECEMBER 15, 2025

(AGRAHAYANA 24, 1947 SAKA)

LEGISLATIVE SUPPLEMENT

Contents

Pages

Part - I

Acts

Nil

Part - II

Ordinances

Nil

Part - III

Delegated Legislation

Notification No.G.S.R.195 /P.A.11/1995/

Ss.180 and 43/P.A.3/1911/S.240/P.A.42/

1976/S.262/P.A.4/1922/S.73/2025 dated

15.12.2025 containing the Punjab Unified

Building Rules, 2025.

Part - IV

Correction Slips, Republications and

Replacements

Nil

(

i )

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ.(EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025

(AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1654

cxcvi

1655-1853

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1655

Table of Contents

PART-I PRELIMINARY ......................................................................................................................................1661

1.

SHORT TITLES AND COMMENCEMENT.- .......................................................................................................1661

2.

APPLICATION.- ............................................................................................................................................1661

3.

DEFINITIONS.- .............................................................................................................................................1662

PART-II PROCEDURE OF SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS FOR BUILDING PLAN, COMPLETION

CERTIFICATE AND OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE ....................................................................................1676

4.

ERECTION OR RE-ERECTION WITHOUT PERMISSION.-...................................................................................1676

5.

DESIGN AND SUPERVISION.- ........................................................................................................................1676

6.

APPLICATION TO ERECT OR RE-ERECT HIGH-RISE (WITHOUT SELF-CERTIFICATION).- ................................1676

(1)

Submission of Application .....................................................................................................................1676

(2)Size of drawing sheets and colouring of

plan……………………………………………………………………..1677

(3)

Site Plans ...............................................................................................................................................1677

(4)

The Building plans, sections and elevations ..........................................................................................1678

(5)

Single-line diagram plan for Low Rise Buildings,.................................................................................1678

7.

PROCEDURE FOR SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION THROUGH SELF-CERTIFICATION.- .....................................1678

(I) UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT.- .........................1678

(1)

Self-certification by the empanelled architects......................................................................................1678

(2)

Low-rise buildings exclusively under the self-certification scheme ......................................................1678

(3)

Procedure ..............................................................................................................................................1678

(4)

Right to Inspect ......................................................................................................................................1680

(5)

Work is commenced in contravention ....................................................................................................1680

(II) UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT. .........................................................1681

(1)

Self-certification by empanelled Architects/ Engineers/ Designers / Supervisors: .............................1681

(2)

Procedure ..............................................................................................................................................1681

8.

STANDARD DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURAL CONTROLS.-...............................................................................1683

9.

PREPARATION OF BUILDING PLANS OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.- .....................................................1683

10.

SCOPE OF SCRUTINY OF BUILDING PLANS BY THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY. - ..........................................1683

(1)

The building plans received under the self-certification .......................................................................1683

(2)

Building plans, other than those submitted under the self-certification scheme, .................................1683

(3)

Key aspects for scrutiny .........................................................................................................................1684

11.

COMPLETION CERTIFICATE.- .......................................................................................................................1684

(1)

Notice of Completion .............................................................................................................................1684

(2)

Examination ...........................................................................................................................................1685

(3) Criteria for Grant of ‘Partial Completion Certificate...............................................................................1685

Table 1: Minimum Built up area (FAR area) for industrial buildings ......................................................................... 1686

(4)

Eligibility for Completion Certificate ....................................................................................................1686

(5)

Receipt of the notice of completion ........................................................................................................1687

(6)

Issuance of Completion Certificate to low-rise buildings......................................................................1688

(7)

Consequences in case of concealing of facts or misrepersentation ......................................................1688

12.

OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE.- .......................................................................................................................1689

(1)

Application for obtaining occupation certificate ...................................................................................1689

(2)

Receipt of application ............................................................................................................................1689

(3)

Revocation of occupation certificate .....................................................................................................1689

PART III ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL ........................................................................................................1690

13.

POWER OF THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY TO SANCTION OR REFUSE ERECTION OR RE-ERECTION.- .............1690

14.

PRESUMPTION OF SANCTION.- .....................................................................................................................1690

15.

VALIDITY PERIOD OF SANCTION.- ................................................................................................................1690

(1)

Validity of Prior Approvals.- .................................................................................................................1691

(2)

Ongoing or Partially Commenced Projects. - .......................................................................................1691

(3)

Projects Not Commenced.- ....................................................................................................................1691

(4)

Pending Applications.- ..........................................................................................................................1691

16.

SUBMISSION OF REVISED BUILDING PLANS IN CASE OF MAJOR ALTERATIONS.- ...........................................1691

17.

REVOCATION OF SANCTION.- ......................................................................................................................1692

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1656

18.

MAINTENANCE OF RECORD.- ...................................................................................................................... 1692

19.

DAMP PROOF COURSE CERTIFICATE.- ......................................................................................................... 1692

PART IV PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURAL

CONTROLS……………………………………………………………….1693

A.

FOR AREA UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN

DEVELOPMENT .................................................................................................................................................. 1693

20.

COMPLIANCE OF ZONING PLAN OR STANDARD DESIGN OR ARCHITECTURAL CONTROL SHEETS AND

MASTER PLAN OR ZONAL PLAN. – ......................................................................................................................... 1693

21.

COMPLIANCE TO SPECIAL AREA DEVELOPMENT AND CONTROL AS PER MASTER PLAN OR ZONAL PLAN.- 1693

22.

RESIDENTIAL.- ........................................................................................................................................... 1693

Table 2: Residential Plots or Villas falling in approved Layout Plan; ........................................................................ 1693

Table 3: Economical Weaker Section Residential Plots falling in approved Layout Plan; ......................................... 1696

Table 4: Group Housing or Studio Apartment ............................................................................................................ 1697

Table 5: Affordable Group Housing ........................................................................................................................... 1699

Table 6: Economical Weaker Section (EWS) Group Housing .................................................................................... 1700

Table 7: Rental Housing or Hostel .............................................................................................................................. 1702

Table 8: Farm House ................................................................................................................................................... 1704

(2)

Other general control for residential building ..................................................................................... 1705

23.

COMMERCIAL.- .......................................................................................................................................... 1706

Table 9: Convenient Shopping or Neighbourhood Shopping Plotted within approved layout plan. ........................... 1706

Table 10: Commercials such as Shopping Mall or Shopping Complex or a Building primarily used for Display and

Sale of Merchandise or any similar purpose ............................................................................................................... 1709

Table 11: Miniplex ...................................................................................................................................................... 1710

Table 12: Multiplex ..................................................................................................................................................... 1712

Table 13: Hotel or Motel ............................................................................................................................................. 1713

Table 14: Mix Land Use Project ................................................................................................................................. 1715

Table 15: Club ............................................................................................................................................................ 1716

Table 16: Guest House or Lodging & Boarding or Service Apartments or Dharamshala or Sarai.............................. 1717

Table 17: Dhaba .......................................................................................................................................................... 1718

Table 18: Wholesale Trade or Integrated Freight complex (Standalone) .................................................................... 1719

Table 19: Warehouse or Godown (Standalone) .......................................................................................................... 1720

(2)

Other general control for commercial building.- ................................................................................. 1721

24.

INDUSTRY.- ................................................................................................................................................ 1721

Table 20: Low Rise Industry (Plotted Industry) .......................................................................................................... 1721

Table 21: High Rise Industry ...................................................................................................................................... 1723

(2)

Other controls for Industrial Buildings ................................................................................................ 1724

25.

EDUCATIONAL.- ......................................................................................................................................... 1724

Table 22: Pre Nursery or Nursery School or Crèche ................................................................................................... 1724

Table 23: Primary School (class 1 to 5) ...................................................................................................................... 1725

Table 24: High and/or Senior secondary school or College or Educational Institute or Universities. ......................... 1726

(2)

Other controls for Educational Building(s) .......................................................................................... 1728

26.

INSTITUTIONAL. - ....................................................................................................................................... 1728

Table 25: Hospital or Nursing Home or Dispensary or Medical Laboratory .............................................................. 1728

Table 26: Orphanage Home or Old Age Home or Children's Centre / Care Centre / School / Institute for Mentally

challenged and/or Physically Handicapped Person ..................................................................................................... 1729

27.

PUBLIC BUILDINGS. - ................................................................................................................................. 1730

Table 27: Community Centre or Public Concert Hall or Auditorium or Museum or Gymnasium or Public

Exhibition ................................................................................................................................................................... 1730

Table 28: Religious Building ...................................................................................................................................... 1731

Table 29: Public Offices ............................................................................................................................................. 1732

Table 30: Convention Centre ...................................................................................................................................... 1733

Table 31: Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE) ..................................................................... 1734

Table 32: Multi Level Car Parking (standalone) ......................................................................................................... 1736

28.

SETBACKS AND OPEN SPACE AROUND THE BUILDINGS.- ............................................................................. 1736

Table 33: Minimum Setback or Open Space Around Buildings ................................................................................. 1736

B.

FOR AREA UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT ..... 1740

29.

DEVELOPMENT CONTROL REGULATIONS.- ............................................................................................ 1740

30.

APPLICABILITY IN SCHEME AREAS. – ......................................................................................................... 1740

31.

RESIDENTIAL.- ........................................................................................................................................... 1740

Table 34: Residential Plotted ...................................................................................................................................... 1740

Table 35: Group Housing, Multi-storeyed building and Apartments .......................................................................... 1743

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1657

Table 36: Affordable Group Housing ......................................................................................................................... 1745

Table 37: Economical Weaker Section Housing ......................................................................................................... 1746

(2)

Other general control for Group Housing, Affordable Group Housing and Economical Weaker

Section Housing following ............................................................................................................................. 1746

(3)

Other general control for Independent Floors.- ................................................................................... 1747

32.

COMMERCIAL.- .......................................................................................................................................... 1747

Table 38: Commercial Building .................................................................................................................................. 1747

Table 39: Commercial Buildings in Core Areas or Walled City ................................................................................. 1748

Table 40: Miniplex ...................................................................................................................................................... 1749

Table 41: Multiplex ..................................................................................................................................................... 1750

Table 42: Hotel or Motel:- .......................................................................................................................................... 1751

Table 43: Mix Land Use ............................................................................................................................................. 1752

Table 44: Club or Community Center:- ..................................................................................................................... 1752

Table 45: Guest house or Lodging & Boarding or Service Apartments:- .................................................................. 1753

Table 46: Dhaba ......................................................................................................................................................... 1754

Table 47: Wholesale Trade or Ware house or Integrated Freight Complex (Standalone) ........................................... 1754

Table 48: Petrol pump cum service stations ................................................................................................................ 1755

33.

INDUSTRIAL.- ............................................................................................................................................. 1756

Table 49: Industrial plotted or Godowns or storage buildings: ................................................................................... 1756

Table 50: Industrial flatted: ......................................................................................................................................... 1757

(2)

Other controls for Industrial Buildings.- .............................................................................................. 1757

34.

EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS.- ....................................................................................................................... 1757

Table 51: Pre Nursery or Nursery School ................................................................................................................... 1757

Table 52: Primary School .......................................................................................................................................... 1758

Table 53: Higher Secondary School or College ......................................................................................................... 1758

Table 54: Education and Research Centre................................................................................................................... 1759

Table 55: Medical College or Nursing College with Hospital, Hostel ........................................................................ 1759

35.

INSTITUTIONAL.- ........................................................................................................................................ 1760

Table 56: Nursing home or Hospital ........................................................................................................................... 1760

(2)

Other Controls (for all plot sizes of Nursing Homes or Hospitals): ..................................................... 1761

Table 57: Orphanage Home, Old Age Home, Children's Centre or Care Centre or School or Institute for Mentally

challenged or Physically Handicapped Person or Hostel ............................................................................................ 1762

36.

PUBLIC BUILDINGS.- .................................................................................................................................. 1762

Table 58: Public Concert Hall or Auditorium, Museum, Gymnasium or Public Exhibition ....................................... 1762

Table 59: Public Offices ............................................................................................................................................. 1763

Table 60: Religious Buildings ..................................................................................................................................... 1763

Table 61: Convention Centre ...................................................................................................................................... 1763

Table 62: Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE) ..................................................................... 1764

37.

MARRIAGE PALACE.- ................................................................................................................................. 1765

38.

MULTI LEVEL CAR PARKING (STANDALONE) ............................................................................................. 1765

Table 63: Multi Level Car Parking (standalone) ......................................................................................................... 1765

PART VI GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 1766

39.

GENERAL PLANNING OR DEVELOPMENT NORMS.- ..................................................................................... 1766

(1)

Setback of Projected portion of roof level- .......................................................................................... 1766

(2)

Courtyard or Open Space:- .................................................................................................................. 1766

Table 64 : Size of Ventilation shaft ............................................................................................................................. 1766

(3)

Projection and Balcony.- ...................................................................................................................... 1767

Table 65: Projections .................................................................................................................................................. 1767

Table 66: Balcony ....................................................................................................................................................... 1767

(4)

Parking ................................................................................................................................................. 1767

Table 67: Compounding Charges for Parking ............................................................................................................. 1769

(5)

Exemptions.- ......................................................................................................................................... 1769

Table 68: Corridor dimensions .................................................................................................................................... 1770

40.

GENERAL NOTES.- ..................................................................................................................................... 1771

41.

OCCUPANT LOAD.- ..................................................................................................................................... 1774

Table 69: Occupant Load ............................................................................................................................................ 1774

42.

CLEARANCE ZONE FOR BUILDINGS NEAR HIGH TENSION ELECTRICAL LINE – ........................................... 1775

(1)

Clearance from buildings of lines of voltage and service lines not exceeding 650 V.- ......................... 1775

(2)

Clearances from buildings of lines of voltage exceeding 650 V.- ......................................................... 1775

Table 70: Vertical Clearance Zone for buildings from nearest conductor of High Tension Electrical Line................ 1775

Table 71: Horizontal Clearance Zone for buildings from nearest conductor of High Tension Electrical Line .......... 1776

Table 72: Vertical and Horizontal Clearance for buildings from nearest High Voltage Direct Current System ......... 1776

43.

PART BUILDING REQUIREMENT.– ............................................................................................................... 1777

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1658

(1)

Plinth – ................................................................................................................................................. 1777

(2)

Interior Court Yard. – ........................................................................................................................... 1777

(3)

Space requirement of different component of a building. – .................................................................. 1777

Table 73: Minimum requirements of different component of a building .................................................................... 1777

Table 74: Minimum height requirement for Educational, Industrial and Religious Building ..................................... 1777

(4)

Lighting and ventilation of rooms – ...................................................................................................... 1778

(5)

Ledge or Tand.- .................................................................................................................................... 1778

(6)

Mezzanine Floor.- ................................................................................................................................. 1778

(7)

Basement.- ............................................................................................................................................ 1778

(8)

Chimneys.- ............................................................................................................................................ 1781

(9)

Parapet.- ............................................................................................................................................... 1781

(10)

Cabin.- ............................................................................................................................................. 1781

(11)

Boundary wall.- ............................................................................................................................... 1781

(12)

Septic Tanks.- ................................................................................................................................... 1782

(13)

Office-cum-letter box room.- ........................................................................................................... 1782

(14)

Meter rooms.- .................................................................................................................................. 1782

(15)

Exit or Staircase requirements.- ...................................................................................................... 1782

(16)

Staircase requirement.- .................................................................................................................... 1783

(17)

Corridor requirement.- .................................................................................................................... 1783

(18)

Ramps.- ............................................................................................................................................ 1784

(19)

Exit Requirements.- .......................................................................................................................... 1785

(20)

Roofs.- .............................................................................................................................................. 1785

(21)

Sunken courtyard.- ........................................................................................................................... 1785

(22)

Check Post or guard room or watch and ward cabins. – ................................................................ 1785

(23)

Fitments for drainage and sanitation.- ............................................................................................ 1786

Table 75: Office Building ........................................................................................................................................... 1786

Table 76: Cinema, Multiplex Cinema, Concert and Convention Halls, Theatres and Stadia ...................................... 1786

Table 77: Art Galleries, Libraries and Museums ........................................................................................................ 1787

Table 78: Restaurants .................................................................................................................................................. 1787

Table 79: Shopping Malls and Retail Buildings .......................................................................................................... 1788

Table 80: Hotel ........................................................................................................................................................... 1789

Table 81: Hospital with indoor patient ward ............................................................................................................... 1789

Table 82: Hospital with Outdoor Patient Department ................................................................................................. 1790

Table 83: Hospital Administrative Buildings .............................................................................................................. 1791

Table 84: Factories ...................................................................................................................................................... 1791

Table 85: Schools and Educational Institutions .......................................................................................................... 1792

Table 86: Hostels ........................................................................................................................................................ 1793

Table 87: Fruit and Vegetable Markets ....................................................................................................................... 1794

Table 88: Bus Stations, Airports and Railway Stations ............................................................................................... 1794

PART VI FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL DESIGN, BUILDING MATERIALS AND LIGHTING

AND VENTILATION ........................................................................................................................................... 1796

44.

FIRE PROTECTION.- .................................................................................................................................... 1796

45.

STRUCTURAL DESIGN.- ............................................................................................................................... 1796

46.

LIGHTING AND VENTILATION.- ................................................................................................................... 1796

47.

ELECTRICAL AND ALLIED INSTALLATIONS.- ............................................................................................... 1796

48.

BUILDING MATERIALS.- ............................................................................................................................. 1796

49.

LIFTS, ESCALATORS AND MOVING WALKS.- .............................................................................................. 1796

PART VII PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY AND CHILDREN ........................... 1797

50.

APPLICABLE PROVISIONS.- ......................................................................................................................... 1797

PART VIII GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS ................................................. 1798

51.

PROVISIONS AND APPLICABILITY.- ............................................................................................................. 1798

Table 89: Provisions for various plot sizes (Residential uses) .................................................................................... 1798

Table 90: Provisions for various plot sizes (Non-Residential uses) ............................................................................ 1798

52.

ENERGY EFFICIENCY.- ................................................................................................................................ 1798

53.

ROOF TOP SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATION.- ................................................................................... 1799

Table 91: Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation ................................................................................................. 1799

54.

RAINWATER HARVESTING.- ........................................................................................................................ 1800

(1) Rain water harvesting system ............................................................................................................... 1801

(2)

Techinques ............................................................................................................................................ 1801

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1659

(3)

The provision for rain water harvesting.- ............................................................................................. 1801

Table 92 Provisions for Rainwater harvesting by building types ................................................................................ 1801

55.

SUSTAINABLE WASTE MANAGEMENT.- ....................................................................................................... 1802

PART IX CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES INCLUDING HERITAGE BUILDINGS,

HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS ................................................................... 1803

56.

APPLICABLE PROVISIONS.- ......................................................................................................................... 1803

PART X ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES FOR BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL................................ 1804

57.

INTEGRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS FOR BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL.- ................................... 1804

Table 93 Charges for Exemption of Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Installation ....................................................... 1804

PART XI PUBLIC HEALTH: WATER SUPPLY, SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE .................................... 1806

58.

WATER SUPPLY.- ................................................................................................................................... 1806

(1)

Application for connection.- ................................................................................................................. 1806

(2)

Material for water connection.- ............................................................................................................ 1806

(3)

Sanction of water connection.- ............................................................................................................. 1806

(4)

Release of water connection.- ............................................................................................................... 1806

(5)

Notice and certificate of completion of work.- ..................................................................................... 1806

59.

SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE.- ............................................................................................................ 1807

(1)

Application for connection with public sewer.- .................................................................................... 1807

(2)

Connection with public sewer.- ............................................................................................................ 1807

(3)

Material for drain and construction.- ................................................................................................... 1807

(4)

Drain connection for trade effluent.- .................................................................................................... 1807

(5)

Waste water pipes.- .............................................................................................................................. 1807

(6)

Manholes.- ............................................................................................................................................ 1807

Table 94 Provisions for minimum internal size of Chamber ....................................................................................... 1807

(7)

Septic tank.- .......................................................................................................................................... 1808

(8)

Absorption pits.- ................................................................................................................................... 1808

PART XII RISK BASED CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL PROPOSALS ............ 1809

60.

RISK BASED CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING PROPOSALS.- .......................................................................... 1809

(1)

Hazardous buildings.- .......................................................................................................................... 1809

(2)

Classification of risk based storage building.- ..................................................................................... 1809

Table 95-Classification of risk based storage building................................................................................................ 1809

(3)

Classification of risk based industrial building.- .................................................................................. 1811

Table 96 Classification of risk based industrial building ............................................................................................ 1811

(4)

Classification of risk based on nature of occupancy in building.- ....................................................... 1812

Table 97 Classification of risk based on nature of occupancy in building .................................................................. 1812

Table 98: Inspection where the date of issuance of change of land use is within three months .................................. 1813

Table 99: Inspection where the date of issuance of change of land use exceed a period of three months .................. 1813

PART XIII REGISTRATION OF PLUMBERS ................................................................................................ 1814

61.

REGISTRATION OF PLUMBERS.- .................................................................................................................. 1814

62.

GRANT OF REGISTRATION.- ........................................................................................................................ 1814

63.

RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION.- .................................................................................................................... 1814

64.

CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE.- ..................................................................................... 1814

PART XIV MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................................................... 1814

65.

RELAXATION.- ........................................................................................................................................... 1814

66.

MATTERS NOT COVERED UNDER THESE RULES.- ........................................................................................ 1814

67.

REPEAL AND SAVING.- ............................................................................................................................... 1814

ANNEXURES ........................................................................................................................................................ 1815

ANNEXURE 1 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1815

ANNEXURE 2 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1817

ANNEXURE 3 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1818

ANNEXURE 4 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1819

ANNEXURE 5 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1820

ANNEXURE 6 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1821

ANNEXURE 7 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1822

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1660

ANNEXURE 8 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1823

ANNEXURE 9 ....................................................................................................................................................... 1824

ANNEXURE 10 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1825

ANNEXURE 11 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1826

ANNEXURE 12 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1827

ANNEXURE 13 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1828

ANNEXURE 14 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1834

ANNEXURE 15 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1841

ANNEXURE 16 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1842

ANNEXURE 17 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1843

ANNEXURE 18 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1844

ANNEXURE 19 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1845

ANNEXURE 20 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1846

ANNEXURE 21 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1847

ANNEXURE 22 BEYOND MC LIMITS ..................................................................................................................... 1848

ANNEXURE 23- WITHIN MC LIMITS .................................................................................................................... 1852

ANNEXURE 24 ..................................................................................................................................................... 1853

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1661

1

PART-III

GOVERNMENT OF PUNJAB

DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT

NOTIFICATION

The 15th December, 2025

No.G.S.R.195 /P.A.11/1995/Ss.180 and 43/P.A.3/1911/S.240/P.A.42/1976 /S.262/P.A.4/1922

/S.73/2025.- In exercise of the powers conferred by section 180 read with sub-section (2) of

section 43 of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995 (Punjab Act

No. 11 of 1995); clause (zzz) of sub-section (1) of section 240 of the Punjab Municipal Act, 1911

(Punjab Act No. 3 of 1911); clause (a) of sub-section (2) of section 262 of the Punjab Municipal

Corporation Act, 1976 (Punjab Act No. 42 of 1976); and section 73 of the Punjab Town

Improvement Act, 1922 (Punjab Act No. 4 of 1922), and all other powers enabling him in this

behalf, the Governor of Punjab is pleased to make the following rules, to carry out the purposes

of the said Acts, namely:-

PART-I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short titles and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the Punjab Unified

Building Rules, 2025.

(2) They shall come into force on and with effect from the date of their publication in the

Official Gazette and shall be applicable to all categories of buildings except factory

establishments in existence prior to 12.06.2018.

2. Application.- (1) They shall be applicable to whole of the State of Punjab except Lal Lakir

of village abadi falling outside municipal limit, Cantonment Board, and the sites and

areas falling under the jurisdiction of the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI). These

rules shall also be applicable on Urban Estate or Optimum Utilization of Vacant

Government Land (OUVGL) scheme or any other scheme developed or approved by the

Department of Housing and Urban Development and Department of Local Government,

or any other Government Agency.

However, for projects or sites approved by the Department of Housing and Urban

Development, if falling within the jurisdiction of any other department or authority (such

as Improvement Trusts, Municipal Corporation or Committees, Punjab Small Industries

& Export Corporation, etc.), these sites or projects shall be governed by building rules

applicable on Housing and Urban Development. Further, the area falling within the

jurisdiction of Municipal Corporation, Mohali, shall also be governed by building rules

applicable on Housing and Urban Development department in these rules and shall not

be governed by the rules applicable for the department of Local government.

(2) For sites already auctioned by the Government, development authorities, or any other

government agencies, the applicable ground coverage, Floor Area Ratio (FAR), and

purchasable Floor Area Ratio (FAR) along with purchasable rates shall be governed by

the terms and conditions specified in the auction and allotment documents for the

respective site or plot and shall not be governed by these rules to this extent. However,

the rest of these building rules shall be applicable on these sites.

(3) These building rules shall have overriding effect over the relevant provisions of the

Unified Zoning Regulation, except in areas falling within the Master Plan SAS Nagar

and Master Plan New Chandigarh, and the part of Regional Plan for Greater Mohali

Region where specific Master Plans have not been notified. However, where these

Master Plans or the Regional Plan are silent, the provisions of these building rules shall

apply.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1662

2

(4) These building rules shall also have overriding effect over any guidelines, office orders,

notifications, or policies issued prior to notification of these rules, to the extent of any

inconsistency or conflict.

3. Definitions.- (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, -

(1) ―abut‖ means to be positioned juxtaposed to a road, lane, open space, park, building in

such a way that the outer face of any of the external walls or boundary of a building or

plot touches a street or road boundary;

(2) “access or approach road” means a clear approach to a plot or a building;

(3) “accessory use means any use of the premises subordinate to the principal use and

customarily incidental to the principal use;

(4) “Act” means the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995;

Punjab Municipal Act, 1911; Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976 and Punjab

Town Improvement Act, 1922;

(5) "advertising" means any surface or structure or structure with characters, letters or

illustrations applied thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoors for the

purpose of advertising or giving information or to attract the public to any place,

person, public performance, article, or merchandise, and which surface or structure is

attached to, forms part of , or is connected with any building, or is fixed to a tree or to

the ground or to any pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed in a space, or in or

over any water body included in the jurisdiction of the Authority;

(6) “air conditioning” means the process of treating air so as to simultaneously control its

temperature, humidity, purity, distribution and air movement and pressure to meet the

requirements of the conditioned space;

(7) “alteration or addition or renovation” means a structural change, such as an addition

to the -area or height, or the removal of part of a building, or any change to the

structure, such as the construction of, cutting into or removal of any wall, partition,

column, beam, joist, floor (including a mezzanine floor) or other support, or a change to

or closing of any required means of ingress or egress or a change to the fixtures or

equipment;

(8) “amenities” means any one or more than one utility such as roads, streets, open spaces,

parks, recreational, grounds, play grounds, water and electric supply, street lighting,

sewerage, drainage, public works and other utilities, services and conveniences;

(9) “ancillary zone” in the buildings means the building ancillary to and serving the main

building and includes meter room, security room, Sewerage Treatment Plant, godown,

guard room, cycle shed, dispensary, canteen, electric substation and labour quarters for

watch and ward staff but shall not include residential accommodation for supervisory

staff;

(10) “apartment” whether called block, chamber, dwelling unit, flat, lot, premises, suite,

tenement, unit by any other name, means a separate and self-contained part of any

property, including one or more rooms or enclosed spaces, located on one or more

floors, or, any part or parts thereof, in a building, or in a plot of land, used or intended

to be used for residence, office, shop, showroom, or godown or for carrying on any

business, industry, occupation, profession or trade, or for any other type of independent

use ancillary to the purpose specified above and with a direct exit to a public street,

road or highway or to a common area leading to such street road or highway, and

includes any garage or room whether or not adjacent to the building in which such

apartment is located, provided by the promoter for the use by the allottee for parking

any vehicle or, as the case may be, for the residence of any domestic servant employed

in such apartment;

Note: If a basement, cellar, garage, room, shop or storage space is sold separately from

any apartment, it shall be treated as an independent apartment and not as part of

any other apartment or of the common areas and facilities;

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1663

3

(11) "applicant" means a person who submits the application to the Competent Authority

to erect or re-erect a building and also includes his legal representatives and authorized

person;

(12) "application" means an application made in such form as may be specified by the

competent authority, by an owner or certified professional, who intends to develop,

erect, re-erect or make alterations or additions in a plot or site or premises or part

thereof, along with the requisite documents, for seeking approval of the Building or

Service or Completion or Partial Completion Plans;

(13) "approved " means approved Building Plans or Service Plans or Completion or Partial

Completion Plans of a building by the Competent Authority under these rules;

(14) "architect" means a person holding a degree in Bachelor of Architecture from any

recognised university or institute recognised by the Council of Architecture (COA) and

has his name entered in the register of Council of Architecture for the time being, with

a valid Council of Architecture Registration number (CA/Year/Reg. No.);

(15) "architectural control and architectural control sheets" means control of horizontal

or vertical projections from the walls of the building and to restrict the height of any

site exposed to the view from the street or road. Similarly, Architectural Control Sheets

shall mean sheets or drawings with directions, signed and retained by the Competent

Authority showing the measure of Architectural Controls, which shall be observed in

the special areas;

(16) "assembly buildings" means any building or part of a building, where at least fifty

persons can congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic,

civil, travel and similar purposes, for example, theatres, motion picture houses,

assembly halls, marriage palaces, auditoria, exhibition halls, museums, skating rinks,

gymnasiums, recreation piers and stadia, hotels and restaurants, places of worship,

dance halls, club rooms, passenger stations and terminal of air, surface and marine

public transportation services or like activities if considered so by the competent

authority;

(17) "atria or atrium" means a large-volume space or central collecting area leading to

other functional areas of the building created by a floor opening or series of floor

openings that is covered at the top of openings and is used for purposes other than

commercial activity, social gathering etc. For the sake of clarity, the main halls where

functions are held as in case of marriage palaces or hotels shall not be considered as

atrium or atria;

(18) "authority" means the Authority which has been created by a statute and which, for

the purpose of administering the building rules or Part, may authorize a committee or

an official or an agency to act on its behalf; hereinafter called the 'Authority'. Authority

can be the Punjab Urban Planning and Development Authority constituted under

section 17 or the Special Urban Planning and Development Authority constituted under

section 29 or the New Town Planning and Development Authority constituted under

section 31 of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995;

(19) "balcony" means a horizontal projection from the wall cantilevered or otherwise,

having a balustrade or railing or a parapet wall to serve as a passage or sit out place

intended for human use;

(20) "barsati" means a habitable single room on the roof of the building with or without

kitchen and toilet;

(21) "basement" means the storey which is next below the ground storey or which is in any

part more than half of its height below the mean level of the street or ground adjoining

the building;

(22) "bathroom" means a room containing a bath or shower, washroom and a toilet;

(23) "boundary wall" means a wall which is erected to enclose the site boundary, may also

carry security;

(24) "bressummer" means the beam of a girder that carries the load of wall or slab;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1664

4

(25) "building" means any structure for whatsoever purpose and of whatsoever materials

constructed and every part thereof, whether used as human habitation or not and

includes foundation, plinth, walls, floors, roofs, chimneys, plumbing and building

services, fixed platforms, veranda, balcony, cornice or projection, part of a building or

anything affixed thereto or any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space

and signs and outdoor display structures, tanks constructed or fixed for storage of

chemicals or water or effluent, swimming pools etc. Tents, shamianas, tarpaulin

helters, etc, erected for temporary and ceremonial occasions with the permission of the

Competent Authority, if required, shall not be considered as a building;

(26) "building envelope" means the horizontal spatial limits up to which a building is or is

to be constructed on a plot or site;

(27) "building height" means the vertical distance measured in the case of flat roofs, from

the average level of the front road and contiguous to the building or as decided by the

Authority to the terrace of last liveable floor of the building adjacent to the external

walls; and in the case of pitched roofs, up to the point where the external surface of the

outer wall intersects the finished surface of the sloping roof; and in the case of gables

facing the road, the mid-point between the eaves level and the ridge. Architectural

features serving no other function except that of decoration shall be excluded for the

purpose of measuring heights:

Provided that in case of residential plot, the vertical distance of the building shall

be measured from the plinth of the building instead of the average level of the front

road;

(28) "building line" means a fixed line specified for a site beyond which no building within

that site other than permitted projection and compound wall shall project;

(29) "building plans" means plans showing the details of building with respect to its

building footprint, building blocks, ground coverage, floor area ratio, total covered

area, height, numbers of storeys, elevations, sections, setbacks, parking, boundary

walls, gates and other building details as per these rules and submitted to the Competent

Authority as enclosed with the application by the owner or professional engaged in

construction of the said building for seeking approval thereof;

(30) "building regulations" means the rules or bye-laws or regulations or Zoning

regulations made under any law for the time being in force for the erection or re-

erection of buildings or parts thereof;

(31) "building scrutiny fee" means a fee to be charged or levied by the Competent

Authority for approval of Building or Service Plan;

(32) "cabin" means a non-residential enclosure constructed of non-load bearing partition;

(33) "canopy" means a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall over an entry to the

building at the lintel or slab level provided that:

(i)

it shall not be lower than 2.3 m when measured from the ground;

(ii)

it shall not project beyond the plot line;

(34) "cantilever" means a long projecting structure, beam or girder fixed or supported at

only one end and carries a load at the other end or along its length;

(35) "carpet area" means the covered area of the usable rooms of a building or at any floor

excluding the area of the walls;

(36) "chajja" means a continuous cantilevered horizontal or sloping projection from the

outer wall of the building primarily intended to give protection from weather;

(37) "chimney" means an upright shaft containing one or more flues provided for the

conveyance to the outer air of any product of combustion resulting from the operation of

heat producing appliance or equipment employing solid, liquid or gaseous fuel;

(38) "clear height" means height from the top surface of ground or any floor to the bottom

of beam or ceiling, as the case may be;

(39) "commercial building" means a building used or constructed or adapted to be used

either ordinarily or occasionally as; retail, wholesale, multiplex, cinema, marriage

palace, office, bank, restaurant, shop, shopping complex or a building primarily used for

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1665

5

display and sale of merchandise or any similar purpose or any other building, being used

for commercial purpose;

(40) "commercial use" means the use of any land or building or part thereof for purposes of

commerce, or as an office, whether attached to any building being used for commercial

purpose;

(41) "common areas and facilities in relation to a building" means all parts of the

building or the land on which it is located and all easements, rights and appurtenances

belonging to the land or the building, which are not in the exclusive possession of an

apartment owner;

(42) "competent authority” means any person or authority appointed by the State

Government, by notification in the Official Gazette, to exercise and perform all or any of

the powers and functions of the Competent Authority under these rules;

(43) "completion certificate" means a Certificate issued by the Competent Authority on

written request of the applicant or promoter after completion of building works

including finishing of all common services and utilities as provided in the approved

Building Plans and Service Plans;

(44) "conservation" means all the processes of looking after a place so as to retain its

historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural significance and includes

maintenance, preservation, restoration, reconstruction and adoption or a combination of

more than one of these;

(45) "construction" means any erection of a structure or a building, including any addition

or extension thereto either vertically or horizontally, but does not include, any

reconstruction, repair and renovation of an existing structure or building, or,

construction, maintenance and cleansing of drains and drainage works and of public

latrines, urinals and similar conveniences, or, the construction and maintenance of works

meant for providing supply of water for public, or, the construction or maintenance,

extension, management for supply and distribution of electricity to the public; or

provision for similar facilities for public;

(46) "conversion" means the change from one occupancy to other occupancy or any change

in building structure or part thereof resulting in a change of space and use requiring

additional permission from the competent authority;

(47) "cooking alcove" means a cooking space having direct access from the main room

without any inter-communicating door;

(48) "courtyard" means an area open to the sky but within the boundary of a plot, which is

enclosed or partially enclosed by buildings, boundary walls or railings. It may be at

ground floor level or any other level within or adjacent to a building;

(49) "covered area" means the built-up area of the building(s) without deducting area of

walls, corridors and passage-ways, stairs, closets, toilets, columns, lifts and building

shafts or other features;

(50) "damp proof course" means a course consisting of some appropriate water proofing

material provided to prevent penetration of dampness or moisture to any part of the

structure from within or outside;

(51) "density" means the number of persons per acre;

(52) "detached building” means a building with walls and roofs independent of any other

building and with open spaces on all sides within the same plot;

(53) "development works" means internal development works and external development

works;

(54) "dhaba" means an eating joint building having single storey structure with temporary

roof such as corrugated sheets or asbestos sheet or thatch;

(55) “dispensary” means a clinical establishment that provides outpatient medical

consultation, physical examination, prescription services, and dispensing of medicines

etc. It may also perform minor medical procedures such as dressing of wounds,

injections, or first aid. The facility may have a maximum of up to 10 beds for

observation or basic care.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1666

6

(56) "drain" means a conduit, channel or pipe for the carriage of storm water, sewage, waste

water or other water borne wastes in a building drainage system;

(57) "drainage system" means a system or a line of pipes, with their fittings and

accessories, such as manholes, inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for

drainage of building or yards appurtenant to the buildings within the same cartilage; and

includes an open channel for conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any

waste water;

(58) "duct" means an enclosed passage, channel, tube, canal, pipe or conduit by which a

fluid, air, electric cables or other substance is conducted or conveyed;

(59) "dwelling unit" means a building or a portion thereof which is designed or used or

intended to be used wholly or partially for residential purposes for one family for

habitation comprising of kitchen, toilet and a room at least;

(60) "dwelling unit area " means an area of a dwelling excluding area of balconies or

projections and common area such as staircase, lift lobby, public corridor, public toilet,

etc;

(61) "educational building" means a building exclusively used for a school or college, and

including a building for such other uses as research institution or university, involving

assembly for instruction, education or recreation incidental to educational use,

recognized by the appropriate Board or University, or any other Competent Authority It

shall also include quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises, and

building used as a hostel captive to an educational institution whether situated in its

campus or outside;

(62) "enclosed staircase" means a staircase separated by fire resistant walls and doors from

the rest of the building;

(63) "engineer" means a person holding any of the qualification eligible to become

Associate Member of the Institution of Engineers;

(64) "erect or re-erect" means any material alteration or enlargement of any building; the

conversion by structural alteration into a place for habitation of any building not

originally constructed for human habitation; the conversion into more than one place for

human habitation of a building originally constructed any such place; the conversion of

two or more places of human habitation into a greater number of such places; such

alterations of a building as effect an alteration of its drainage or sanitation arrangements,

or materially affect its security; the addition of any rooms, buildings, out-houses or other

structure to any building; the construction in a wall adjoining a street or a land not

belonging to the owner of the wall, of a door opening on such street or land;

(65) "escalator" means a power driven, inclined, moving stairway used for raising or

lowering passengers;

(66) "existing building" means a building or structure existing with or without the approval

of the Competent Authority;

(67) "existing use" means a use of a building or structure existing with or without the

approval of the Competent Authority;

(68) "exit" means a passage channel or means of egress from the building, its storey or floor

to a street or, other open space of safety; whether horizontal, outside and vertical exits;

(69) "external wall" means an outer wall of a building not being a party wall even though

adjoining to a wall of another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior

open space of any building;

(70) "factory" has the same meaning as assigned to it in the Occupational Safety, Health and

Working Conditions Code, 2020;

(71) "fire and/or emergency alarm system" means Fire alarm system comprises of

components for manually or automatically detecting a fire, initiating an alarm of fire and

initiating other actions as appropriate;

(72) "fire exit" means a way out leading to an escape route having panic bar hardware

provided on the door;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1667

7

(73) "firefighting shaft (Fire Tower)" means an enclosed shaft having protected area of

120 min fire resistance rating comprising protected lobby, staircase and fireman's lift,

connected directly to exit discharge or through exit passageway with 120 min fire

resistant wall at the level of exit discharge to exit discharge. These shall also serve the

purpose of exit requirement or strategy for the occupants. The respective floors shall be

approachable from fire-fighting shaft enabling the fire fighters to access the floor and

also enabling the fire fighters to assist in evacuation through fireman's lift. The

firefighting shaft shall be equipped with 120 min fire doors. The firefighting shaft shall

be equipped with firemen talk back, wet riser and landing valve in its lobby, to fight fire

by fire fighters;

(74) "fire lift" means a special lift designed for the use of fire service personnel in the event

of fire or other emergency;

(75) "fire proof door" means a door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and constructed and

erected with the requirement to check the transmission of heat and fire for a period;

(76) "fire resistant building" means a building in which appropriate degree of fire

resistance material is used;

(77) "fire separation" means the distance in metres measured from the externalwall of the

building concerned to the external wall of any other building on the site, or from other

site, or from the opposite side of a street or other public space for the purpose of

preventing the spread of fire;

(78) "flatted industry" means an industrial building with a height exceeding 21 meters

(including stilt) and constructed for for industrial purpose;

(79) "floor area gross" means the area of the floor within the inside perimeter of the outside

walls of the floor of the building under consideration without deduction for corridors

and passage-ways stairs, closets, thickness of interior walls, columns, lifts and building

shafts or other features;

(80) "floor" means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building,

and does not include a mezzanine floor unless it is to be used for habitable purpose. The

floor at ground level with direct access to a street or open space shall be called the

ground floor; the floor above it shall be termed as first floor, with the next higher floor

being termed as second floor, and so on upwards;

(81) "floor area ratio (FAR)" means the quotient obtained by dividing the total covered

area on all floors by the area of the plot:

Floor Area Ratio (FAR) = Total Covered Area of all floors

Plot Area;

(82) "flue" means a duct for smoke or waste gases produced by fire, a gas heater or a power

station or other fuel burning installations from a furnace or fireplace to a chimney of a

building;

(83) "frame control drawing" means the numbered sheet of drawing signed by the

Competent Authority and kept in his office defining boundaries of building plots,

compulsory building lines, permissible heights of buildings to be realised in prescribed

stages, site and floor coverage, restrictions on treatment of external facades including the

permissible sizes of openings and such other restrictions on the development of sites as

may be specified;

(84) "front setback" means the peripheral area formed by the minimum horizontal distance

between edge of the front building line and of the plot or site line facing it, within which

any constructions other than exempted by the Competent Authority, are prohibited and

is meant to provide light, air, ventilation and fire safety to the building and landscaping

in the plot;

(85) "front" as applied to a building means a portion facing the existing road or road

proposed from the existing road from which the access to the building or project has

been provided or as determined by the Competent Authority;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1668

8

(86) "gallery" means an intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an

auditorium or a hall providing extra floor area, or additional seating accommodation and

includes the structures provided for seating in stadia;

(87) "garage" means a building or portion thereof, designed and used for parking of

vehicles;

(88) "government" means the Government of the State of Punjab in the Department of

Housing and Urban Development, and Department of Local Government;

(89) "ground coverage" means built-up area at ground level prescribed as percentage to the

total site area;

(90) "group housing" means a residential development on a plot of land where multiple

dwelling units, in the form of apartments or flats typically in multi-storied buildings,

along with shared common areas, amenities and facilities like parks, roads, parking,

water supply, sewage systems, electricity, security, community halls and recreational

areas.

(91) "guest house" means any premises or part of a premises providing lodging or boarding

and with minimum six rooms;

(92) "habitable room" means a room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or more

persons for study, living, sleeping, eating, kitchen but not including bathrooms, water-

closet compartments, laundries, serving and store pantries, corridors, cellars, attics, and

spaces that are not used frequently or during extended periods;

(93) "hazardous building" means any building or part thereof which is used for the storage,

handling, manufacture or processing of highly combustible or explosive materials or

products which are liable to burn with extreme rapidity or which may produce poisonous

fumes or explosions for storage, handling, manufacturing or processing which involve

highly corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing

flame, fumes and explosive, poisonous, irritant or corrosive gases; and for the storage,

handling or processing of any material producing explosive mixtures of dust which

result in the division of matter into fine particles subject to spontaneous ignition;

(94) "heritage building" means and includes any building of one or more premises or any

part thereof and/or structure and/or artifact which requires conservation and/or

preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or artisanry and/or aesthetic and/or

cultural and/or environmental and/or ecological purpose and includes such portion of

land adjoining such building or part thereof as may be required for fencing or covering

or in any manner preserving the historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or

cultural value of such building;

(95) "heritage precincts" means and includes any space that requires conservation and/or

preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural and/or

environmental and/or ecological purpose. Walls or other boundaries of a particular area

or place or building or may enclose such space by an imaginary line drawn around it;

(96) "high-rise building" means a building above 21m in height (including stilt);

(97) “high-rise industry" means an industrial building above 21 meters in height (including

stilt) and constructed for industrial purpose;

(98) "hospital" means a building where indoor patients are admitted and various types of

clinical or surgical procedures are carried out;

(99) "hostel" means a building which provides food and lodging to a specific group of

people such as students, workers etc., where the guest can rent a bed in single or shared

room or dormitory (with or without shared toilet), and lounge and kitchen;

(100) "hotel" means any premises or part of a premises wherein more than fifty percent of the

total covered area including temporary structure but excluding covered parking and

service floor area, shall be under lodging or boarding in the form of rooms, presidential

suites etc., which are commercially let out, and providing lodging with or without food,

or serving any kind of eatables or beverages or other services by way of business, for a

monetary consideration and having at least one restaurant with a capacity of minimum

fifty guests or a bar or banquet hall;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1669

9

(101) "illuminated exit signs" means a device for indicating the means of escape during

normal circumstances and power failure;

(102) "independent floors" means a building used or intended to be used for residential

purpose, where every floor of the building is a separate and independent dwelling unit

with common stair and services;

(103) "industrial building" means a building used or constructed or adapted to be used either

ordinarily or occasionally for fabrication, assembly, manufacturing or processing of

products or materials of all kinds;

(104) "information technology (IT)" means a building used or constructed or adapted to be

used for Software architecture design and development, software maintenance and

implementation, operation of software systems, provision of software services,

management of data bases, maintenance of computer networks and telecommunication

networks, network services, network administration, business process out sourcing or

providing information technology enabled services;

(105) "information technology enabled services" means digital communication services,

digital information content provision, digital data base management and updation,

remote digital office services, software operations and other information work that relies

primarily and substantially on digital communication including data centres, call centres,

global capability centre (GCC), and back-offices operations using Information

Technology but not direct sales and marketing;

(106) "institutional building" means a building constructed by Government, Semi-

Government Organizations or Registered Trusts or any private person or organization

and is used for medical or other treatment, or for an auditorium or complex for cultural

and allied activities or for an hospice, care of persons suffering from physical or mental

illness, handicap, disease or infirmity, care of orphans, abandoned women, children and

infants, convalescents, destitute or aged persons and for penal or correctional detention

with restricted liberty of the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation and

includes dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions such as jails,

prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and reformatories etc. It shall

also include quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises, and building

used as a hostel captive to an institution whether situated in its campus or outside;

(107) "intermittent floor" means a floor left vacant in high rise building(s) for evacuation,

play area or green area;

(108) "layout plan" means a plan of the entire site showing location of plots or building

blocks, roads, open spaces, entry or exit, parking, landscaping etc. indicating activity of

all land or part of it;

(109) "ledge or tand" means a shelf-like projection, supported in any manner whatsoever,

except by means of vertical supports within a room itself but not having projection wider

than 1 meter;

(110) "lift" means an appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or

more levels in a vertical or substantially vertical direction by means of a guided car or

platform. The word ‗elevator‘ is also synonymously used for ‗lift‘;

(111) "lift lobby" means a space from which people directly entered a lift car(s) and into

which people directly enter upon exiting a lift car(s) ;

(112) "lobby" means a covered space in which all the adjoining rooms open;

(113) "loft" means an intermediate space between two floors on a residual space with

maximum height of 1.5 metres and which is constructed or adopted for storage purposes

only;

(114) "louvre" means a window blind or shutter with horizontal slats that are angled to admit

light and air, but to keep out rain and direct sunshine, the angle of which may be

adjusted, usually in blinds and windows or may be fixed;

(115) "lower ground floor" means a floor which is more than half of its height above the

mean ground level and rest of the height below the mean ground level;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1670

10

(116) “low-rise Building” means a building with height not exceeding 21 meters (including

stilt);

(117) “low-rise industry" means an industrial building not exceeding 21 meters in height

(including stilt) and constructed for industrial purpose.

(118) "marriage palace" means premises built up or open or both or any part thereof, where

accommodation or space is used for marriage, receptions, social gatherings, meetings,

etc on regular or periodical or occasional basis and where atleast fifty persons can

congregate or gather;

(119) "means of egress" means a continuous and unobstructed way of travelling or escape

route provided in a building for safe evacuation of occupants;

(120) "mechanical parking" means a parking system designed to minimise the total area

required for parking the vehicles by adopting methods like multi-storey garages,

automated parking system, stack parking etc. and are generally powered by hydraulic or

electrical instruments;

(121) "mechanical ventilation" means supply of outside air either by positive ventilation or

by infiltration by reduction of pressure inside due to exhaust of air, or by a combination

of positive ventilation and exhaust of air;

(122) "mezzanine floor" means an intermediate floors between two floors of any storey

forming an integral part of floor below;

(123) "mixed occupancy or mixed use of building" means a building in which more than

one occupancy or use is present;

(124) "motel" means a roadside hotel designed primarily for motorists or travellers with

lodging and parking facilities on short term basis, typically having rooms arranged in

low blocks with parking directly outside but adjacent to the rooms may have small

amusement facilities also;

(125) "multi-level car parking" means a building partly or wholly below ground level

having two or more basements or multiple stories above ground level, primarily to be

used for parking of cars, scooters or any other type of light motorized vehicle;

(126) "multiplex" means an integrated entertainment and shopping centre having at least four

cinema halls;

(127) "miniplex" means an integrated entertainment and shopping centre having maximum

three cinema halls;

(128) "natural ventilation" means supply of outside air into a building through window or

other openings due to wind outside and convection effects arising from temperature or

vapour pressure differences (or both) between inside and outside of the building;

(129) "nursing home" means a building where persons suffering from illness, injury or

infirmity are usually received or accommodated or for both the purposes, for the purpose

of observation, nursing and treatment with number of beds upto 50, it may include a

maternity home;

(130) "occupancy" means the main purpose for which a building or a part of building is used

or intended to be used;

(131) "occupancy or use of building" means the principal occupancy or use for which a

building or a part of a building is intended to be used. For the purposes of classification

of a building according to occupancy, occupancy shall also include the subsidiary

occupancies which are contingent upon it;

(132) "occupation certificate" means a certificate issued by the competent authority to

occupy a building or part of the building or any portion whatsoever,

(133) "occupant load" means maximum numbers of persons that might occupy a building or

portion thereof at any one time;

(134) "open space" means an area forming an integral part of a site left open to the sky;

(135) "orientation" means the positioning of a building in relation to seasonal variations in

the sun‘s path as well as prevailing wind patterns;

(136) "owner" means the person or body having a legal interest in land or building thereon.

This includes free holders, leaseholders or those holding a sub-lease which both bestows

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1671

11

a legal right to occupation and gives rise to liabilities in respect of safety or building

condition. In case of lease or sub-lease holders, as far as ownership with respect to the

structure is concerned, the structure of a flat or structure on a plot belongs to the allottee

or lessee till the allotment or lease subsists;

(137) "parapet" means a low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or floor;

(138) "parking" means a space enclosed or unenclosed, to park vehicles together with a

driveway connecting the parking space with a street permitting ingress and egress of the

vehicles;

(139) "partial completion certificate" means a certificate or approval issued by the

Competent Authority to the application submitted by the owner or professional engaged

in construction of part of the said building along with the partial completion plans and

other requisite documents and after the satisfaction of panel of the officials that this part

of building is constructed on site as the approved building plans, in such cases where a

project has not been completed at one stretch but constructed in different stages but

fulfils the minimum area and other conditions;

(140) "partition" means vertical division of space between two areas in a building with an

interior non-load bearing barrier, either one storey or part-storey in height;

(141) "partition wall " means a wall forming part of a building and being used or constructed

to be used in any part of the height or length of such wall for separation of adjoining

buildings belonging to different owners or constructed or adopted to be occupied by

different persons; or a wall forming part of a building and standing in any part of the

length of such wall, to a greater extent than the projection of the footing on one side or

ground of different owners;

(142) "party wall" means a wall partly constructed on one plot of land, and partly on an

adjoining plot and serving both structurally;

(143) "PECBC" means the Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code, 2016 amended from

time to time;

(144) "pergola" means set of beams spaced apart without sheet or slab and not to be

considered as covered area;

(145) "permission or permit" means a valid permission or authorization in writing by the

competent authority to carryout development or a work regulated by these rules;

(146) "person" includes a company, firm, co-operative society, joint family and an

incorporated body of persons;

(147) "plinth" means the portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding ground

and surface of the floor, immediately above the ground;

(148) "plinth area" means the built up covered area measured at the floor level of the

basement or of any storey;

(149) "plinth level" means the level of the ground floor of a building with respect to the

crown of front street;

(150) "plot or site" means a parcel or piece of land enclosed by definite boundaries;

(151) "plotted development" means a type of development layout wherein a stretch of

developed land is divided into regular sized plots for uniform controlled building

volumes;

(152) "plumber" means a person holding any of the qualifications specified in the Schedule

and registered as such under these rules;

(153) "podium" means a horizontal projection (platform) extending beyond the building

footprint on one or more sides, and may consist of one or more levels;

(154) "podium parking" means parking of vehicles provided under podium of a building;

(155) "porch" means a covered structure supported on pillars or otherwise for the purpose of

pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building;

(156) "preservation" means and includes maintaining the fabric of a place in its existing state

and retarding deterioration;

(157) "prohibited area" means any area specified or declared to be a prohibited area under

The Punjab Land Preservation Act, 1900 or the Forest Area or Defense Area or under

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1672

12

section 20A of the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act,

1958 or any area declared by the State or Central Government for any purpose under any

statute;

(158) "projection" means a cantilevered horizontal slab from the wall of a building;

(159) "protected monument" means an ancient monument which is declared to be of

national importance by or under the Ancient Monuments And Archaeological Sites And

Remains Act, 1958, or by section 126 of the States Reorganisation Act, 1956;

(160) "public building" means a building used or constructed or adapted to be used either

ordinarily or occasionally as a place open to general public and it includes a hospital,

college, school, restaurant, theatre, public concert room, public lecture room, marriage

palace, public exhibition hall or as a public place of assembly or entertainment for

persons admitted there to buy tickets or otherwise, or used or constructed or adapted to

be used either ordinarily or occasionally for any similar public purposes;

(161) "public sewer"means a sewer laid by the Government or any Authority;

(162) "rain water harvesting" means the process of harvesting of rainwater, which involves

the collection of water from the surface(s) on which rain falls and subsequently storing

this water for direct use or can be recharged into the underground aquifers;

(163) "rain water pipe" means a pipe or drain situated wholly above ground and used or

constructed to be used solely for carrying off rain water directly from roof surfaces;

(164) "ramp" means a sloping surface joining two different levels, as at the entrance or

between different floors of a building;

(165) “reconstruction” means and includes returning a place as nearly as possible to a known

earlier state and distinguished by the introduction of materials (new or old) into the

fabric. This shall not include either recreation or conjectural reconstruction;

(166) "refuge area or floor" means a location in a building or floor in a high-rise building or

block or tower designed to hold occupants during a fire or other emergency, when

evacuation may not be safe or possible and where occupants can wait until rescued or

relieved by fire fighters;

(167) "rental housing" means a building to be used for providing accommodation (with or

without attached toilet and pantry) on rental basis and having common facilities like

kitchen with dining, common room for entertainment or indoor games, first aid room,

laundry, security guard room and convenient shopping;

(168) "residential building" means a building in which sleeping and living accommodation

is provided for normal residential purposes, with cooking facilities and includes one or

more family dwelling units, apartment houses, flats and private garages of such

buildings;

(169) "restoration" means returning the existing fabric of a place to a known earlier state by

removing accretions or by reassembling existing components without introducing new

materials;

(170) "road or street" means any highway, street, lane, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway

carriageway, footway, square, place or bridge whether a thorough-fare or over which the

public have a right of passage or access or have passed and have access uninterruptedly

for specified period, whether existing or proposed in any scheme and includes all bends,

channels, ditches, storm water drains, culverts sidewalks, traffic islands, roadside trees

and hedges, retaining walls fences, barriers and railing within the street lines;

(171) "road or street level or grade" means the officially established elevation or grade of

the centre line of street upon which a plot fronts, and if there is no officially established

grade, the existing grade of street at its mid-point;

(172) "road or street line" means the line defining the side limits of a road or street;

(173) "road width" means the whole extent of space within the boundaries of a road, when

applied to a new road or street as laid down in the city survey or development plan or

prescribed road lines by any law and measured at right angles to the course or intended

course of direction of such road;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1673

13

(174) "room height" means the vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface to

the finished ceiling surface. Where a finished ceiling is not provided, the underside of

the joists or beams or tie beams shall determine the upper point of measurement;

(175) "row buildings" means a row of buildings with only front, rear and interior open

spaces;

(176) "self-certification" means seeking approval of building plans duly prepared and

certified by Architect himself on behalf of the owner of the building and shall be

responsible if there is any contravention of relevant building rules or from the approved

plans, zoning plan and as per parameters or policies issued by the Competent Authority

from time to time;

(177) "semi-detached building" means a building detached on three sides with open space as

specified in these rules;

(178) "service apartments" means a fully furnished apartment available for both short term

as well as long term stays, is provided with minimum a habitable room and provided

with facilities or amenities including parking area and 24 hour front desk service;

(179) "service floor" means the floor of a building with maximum height of 2.4 metres,

where service equipment, such as utility lines and various machinery are located;

(180) "service plans" means the plans showing the details of building and plumbing services

and also plans, elevations and sections of private water supply, sewage disposal system,

rain water harvesting, if any, and other services and submitted to the Competent

Authority as enclosed with the application by the owner or professional engaged in

construction of the said building for seeking approval thereof;

(181) "service road" means a road/lane provided at the front, rear or side of a plot for service

purpose;

(182) "service studio" means studio consisting of one room, and a bathroom available for

short or long-term stay. The building consisting of serviced studios shall provide

amenities like laundry space, common kitchen, common room for indoor games or

entertainment. It shall be permissible in shopping arcades or projects in Municipal areas;

(183) "service zone" means a zone on the terrace for services related to building;

(184) "setback" means the peripheral area formed by the minimum horizontal distance

between edge of the property line of the plot or site and building or part thereof facing it,

within which any constructions other than exempted by the Competent Authority, are

prohibited and is meant to provide light, air, ventilation and fire safety to the building

and landscaping in the plot;

(185) "sewage drain" means a drain for conveying solid or liquid filth and waste liquids,

such conduit or pipe being the property of or vested in the Government or public

authority responsible for the disposal of such sewage;

(186) "site corner" means a site at the junction of and fronting on two or more intersecting

roads or streets or open space;

(187) "site depth" means horizontal distance between the front and rear site boundaries;

(188) "site plan" means a detailed Plan showing the proposed placement of structures,

parking areas, open space, landscaping, and other development features, on a parcel of

land, as required under these rules;

(189) "site with double frontage" means a site other than corner plot having frontage on two

streets;

(190) "sky bridge or skywalk" means an elevated path-way consisting of an enclosed or

covered bridge between two or more building blocks of a site/ plot, in order to protect

the pedestrians from weather;

(191) "solar panel" means a panel which absorb the sunlight as a source of energy to

generate electricity or heat;

(192) "special area" means the areas shown as such on the Zoning Plan;

(193) "spiral staircase" means a staircase forming winding curve around a central point or

axis;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1674

14

(194) "staircover (or mumty)" means a structure with a roof covering a staircase and its

landing built to enclose only the stairs for the purpose of providing protection from

weather and not used for human habitation;

(195) "standalone project" means any project which is independent with regard to its

location, approach and is not a part of any other project;

(196) "stilt" means poles, posts or pillars or columns used to allow a structure or building to

stand at a distance above the ground and which is of non-habitable use ;

(197) "storage and warehouse building" means a building used or constructed or adapted to

be used either ordinarily or occasionally for the storage or sheltering of goods, wares,

merchandise or any other similar activity, including servicing, processing or repairs

incidental to such storage;

(198) "storey" means the portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and

the surface of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the space

between any floor and the ceiling next above it.

(199) "storm waterdrain or rain water drain" means a drain used or constructed to be used

solely for conveying to any sewer (either directly or through another drain) any rain

water of roofs or grounds surfaces either paved or unpaved but shall not include a rain

water pipe;

(200) "structural engineer" means a person holding the minimum qualifications for a

Structural Engineer i.e. Graduate in Civil Engineering of recognized Indian or foreign

university, or Corporate Member of Civil Engineering Division of Institution of

Engineers (India), and with minimum 3 years experience in structural engineering

practice with designing and field work;

(201) "structural wall" means a load bearing wall or a wall that carries load in addition to its

own load;

(202) "studio apartments" means a self-contained apartment having, single bedroom with

bathroom and kitchenette with or without living room and shall be permissible in

residential projects;

(203) "Supervisor" mean a person who shall have minimum qualifications of Diploma in

Civil Engineering or Architectural Assistantship, or the qualification in architecture or

engineering plus 5 years‘ experience in building design, construction and supervision;

(204) "sub-soil drain" means a drain used or constructed to be used solely for conveying to

any sewer (either directly or through another drain) any water that may percolate

through the sub-soil;

(205) "sun-shade" means a slope or horizontal or vertical structure over hanging, usually

provided over openings on external wall to provide protection from sun and rain and

shall not be used for human habitation;

(206) "surface drainage" means arrangement of removal of water that collects on land

surface;

(207) "temporary building" means a building built of un-burnt bricks, burnt bricks without

mortar, corrugated iron, bamboo, thatch, wood board or plywood but shall not include

building built of burnt bricks, cement blocks or stones laid in mortar;

(208) "Town Planner" means a person holding a graduate or post-graduate degree in Urban

and Regional Planning or Town and Country Planning with valid Associate Membership

of the Institute of Town Planners, India;

(209) "travel distance" means the distance to be travelled from any point in a building to a

protected escape route, external escape route or final exit. However, it is clarified that

the balcony or open to sky area, if any, at the end of the room shall not be counted in

calculation of travel distance;

(210) "underground or overhead tank" means an installation constructed or placed for

storage of water;

(211) "ventilation" means supply of outside air into or the removal of inside air from an

enclosed space either naturally or mechanically or both, so as to improve the general

environment of the building;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1675

15

(212) "verandah" means a covered area with at least one side open to the outside with the

exception of 1.2 metre high parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side;

(213) "villa" means a single or duplex house for a single-family with one kitchen only;

(214) "water closet (W.C)"means a water flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive

human excrement directly from the user of the fixture. The term is used sometimes to

designate the room or compartment in which the fixture is placed;

(215) "wholesale building" means a building wholly or partly engaged in wholesale trade and

manufacture, wholesale outlets, including related storage facilities, warehouses and

establishments engaged in truck transport, including truck transport booking agencies;

(216) "window" means a window opening to the outside other than a door, which provides all

or part of the required natural light or ventilation or both to an interior space and not

used as a means of egress or ingress;

(217) "zoned area" means the horizontal spatial limits up to which a building may be

permitted to be constructed on a plot or site; and

(218) "zoning plan" means the plan approved by the Competent Authority showing the

streets, boundaries of building site open spaces position, permissible heights,

permissible uses of land and building site coverage and such other restrictions or

provisions on the use and development of land or buildings.

(2) The words and expressions used in these rules, but not defined, shall have the same meaning

as assigned to them in the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995;

Punjab Municipal Act, 1911; Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976; Punjab Town

Improvement Act, 1922, and the rules made there under, as the case may be.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1676

16

PART-II

PROCEDURE OF SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS FOR BUILDING PLAN,

COMPLETION CERTIFICATE AND OCCUPATION CERTIFICATE

4. Erection or re-erection without permission.- Subject to the provisions of the Act and

other provisions of these rules, no person shall commence the erection or re-erection of

any building on any site without previous sanction of the competent authority, except the

building plans for low-rise buildings approved exclusively under the self-certification

scheme.

5. Design and supervision.- Except where standard design has been supplied by the

competent authority, the architectural design of every building shall be prepared and

signed by an Architect or Civil Engineer and every building operation shall be supervised

by an Architect or a Civil Engineer.

6. Application to erect or re-erect High-Rise (without self-certification).-

(1)

Every person who intends to erect or re-erect a High-Rise building shall make an

application in Form ‗A‘ (Annexure 1) to the Competent Authority along with the following

documents and fee as determined by the competent authority -

(i)

Ownership documents-lease deed or sale deed or possession letter in the name of owner

issued by the allotment authority or permission to use the land issued by Competent

Authority;

(ii)

Soft Copy of Site plan in an un-editable format on any electronic medium along with

hard copies of the plans, if required, as permissible by the Competent Authority from

time to time containing the drawings in ―.dwg‖ format as detailed in sub-rule (3) of rule

6;

(iii)

Soft Copy of Building plan and other plans in an un-editable format on any electronic

medium along with hard copies of the plans, if required, as permissible by the Competent

Authority from time to time containing the drawings in ―.dwg‖ format as detailed in sub-

rule (4)of rule 6;

(iv)

Structural safety drawings (for record) as per Form ‗B‘ (Annexure 2);

(v)

Details of specifications of the work to be executed in Form ‗C‘ (Annexure 3);

(vi)

Fire safety design as required under The Punjab Fire and Emergency Service Act, 2024

(Punjab Act No. 12 of 2024), if applicable;

(vii)

Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning (H.V.A.C.) service plan wherever required;

(viii)

Certificate of conformity to regulation and structural safety for the relevant buildings

(depending upon type and height) in the relevant Form ‗B‘(Annexure 2);

(ix)

Public health services plan in un-editable soft copy in any electronic medium, containing

drawings in ―.dwg‖ format, if required;

(x)

All defined fee shall be deposited in favour of Competent Authority through any

prescribed payment mode, at the rate prescribed by the Government;

(xi)

Royalty charges, as prescribed by the Mining Department for basement construction,

shall be deposited by the applicant with the competent authority responsible for building

plan approval, through any officially prescribed mode of payment. These charges shall be

paid along with the building plan scrutiny fee. The collected royalty charges shall be duly

transferred to the concerned department (i.e., the Mining Department) at the end of each

calendar month;

(xii)

A certificate from the register architect confirming adherence to the planning and

architectural controls specified in the Building Rules, 2025. Additionally, a separate

certificate shall also be submitted by the register architect certifying compliance with fire

safety standards, structural safety norms, and public health service standards. These

certificates shall be accompanied by an appropriate note on the building plan itself,

indicating such compliance;

(xiii)

An undertaking from the owner affirming that the construction will be carried out in full

compliance with the approved building plans, structural design and in adherence to the

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1677

17

planning and architectural controls, fire safety standards, structural safety standards,

public health service standards, and all other regulations as prescribed in the Building

Rules, 2025.

Note:-

(a) The applicant shall submit all kind of plans in electronic format on the online

portal of Competent Authority along with hard copies of the plans, if required.

Competent Authority shall convey objections or observations or sanction or

refusal through online portal or as prescribed mode.

(b) Every person applying under these rules shall appoint an Architect or Engineer

for drawing up of building plans or structural drawings and for the supervision of

erection or re-erection of the building. The supervision of erection or re-erection

of residential or commercial building up to 21 metres height (including stilt) may

be undertaken by the Architect or the Civil Engineer. However, in case of

buildings of above 21 meters height (including stilt), the supervision shall be

undertaken by both the Architect and the Civil Engineer. During construction, if

appointed Architect or Civil Engineer notices that violation (except

compoundable) are going on, he shall intimate the owner and advise him to stop

further construction and remove the violation and will also intimate to the

concerned authority.

(c) The applicant, the Architect and Civil Engineer shall sign the application, plans,

structural drawings, specifications and the certificates as required in the relevant

forms and documents, before making submission to Competent Authority.

(d) In case of row type or semi-detached building where the adjoining building

already exists at the time of re-erection of building, the owner shall submit an

indemnity bond as per Annexure 21, stating that in case of any damage caused to

the adjoining property during construction, the owner will be bound to get the

damages repaired to the satisfaction of the neighbour.

(2)

The size of drawing sheets shall be of standard sizes i.e. A0, A1, A2 or A3.

Note:-

(a) All dimensions in plan shall be indicated in metric units or feet inches.

(b) Various elements of plans (site and building), elevation, section and details shall

be shown in different colours and thickness or type of line, etc., and shall be

preferably prepared in layers and as per Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) Code.

(c) The prints of drawings shall be on one side of paper only.

(3)

Site plan fully dimensioned shall be drawn to a readable scale and shall indicate;

(i)

Boundaries of the site and any contiguous features;

(ii)

Direction of the north point relative to the site of the building;

(iii)

Streets or roads adjoining the site with their width clearly dimensioned and

names, if any, giving also all existing roads, trees, or any other feature or structure

likely to affect the access to the building;

(iv)

Outlines of the proposed building(s);

(v)

Immediate neighbours on all sides identified, whether buildings or vacant plots;

(vi)

Levels of the site and the plinths of the building in relation to those of the

neighbouring roads and also the level of courtyard and open space;

(vii)

Area calculations such as Covered area, Ground Coverage, Floor Area Ratio and

Non-Floor Area Ratio area, Parking calculations, any other relevant calculations

as required;

(viii)

Such other particulars as may be required or specified by the Competent

Authority; and

(ix)

Plot number or revenue particulars of the property on which the building is

intended to be erected.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1678

18

(4)

The Building plans, sections and elevations shall be drawn to a readable scale. The

building plans and details so drawn shall indicate;

(i)

the plans of all the floors including basements and all external elevations and

cross sections illustrating distinctly all the different levels and minimum one

section through staircase;

(ii)

the plinth level of the building with reference to the level of the mean level of

street from where approach to the site is taken;

(iii)

the schedule indicating the size of the doors, windows, openings and other

methods of ventilation of each room or area;

(iv)

the use or occupancy of all parts of the buildings;

(v)

the means of access to the buildings and to its various floors as well as the means

of escape in case of fire, if required under the specific law or code; along with

ramps and steps with respect to the building;

(vi)

in case of proposed additions and alterations in the existing building, all new

works shall be shown on the drawings in distinctive colours along with index;

(vii)

exact location of essential services, for example, water closet, sink, bath and the

like;

(viii)

the method of disposal of waste water, sewage, storm water and water supply in

detail;

(ix)

provision for differently-able person as per rule 50 (wherever applicable);

(x)

provision for photovoltaic solar power plant as per rule 53 (wherever applicable);

(xi)

provision of rain water harvesting system as per rule 54 (wherever applicable);

and

(xii)

indications of the north point relative to the plan.

(5)

Notwithstanding anything stated in the foregoing sub-rules, in the case of low-rise

buildings, as defined in these rules, a single-line diagram plan indicating the zoned area shall be

submitted, accompanied by the details including plot size; setbacks; gate position; area

calculation details including ground coverage, floor area ratio (FAR), non-floor area ratio, total

covered area etc; number of floors; building height; floor-to-floor height; floor-wise usage;

staircase details; travel distance; means of entry and exit; parking details.

In such cases, submission of separate detailed drawings, such as floor plans, sections,

elevations, and service plans, shall not be required.

However, in case of building(s) where third party right shall be created by way of sale,

lease, transfer, allotments, possession, in those cases self-certified detail building plan as

specified in above sub-rules of this rule shall be submitted to the competent authority for record.

7. Procedure for submitting an application through self-certification.-

(I) For sites or plots under the jurisdiction of the Department of Housing and Urban

development.-

(1)

Self-certification by the empanelled architects shall be allowed for all low-rise

building.

However, commercial plots such as Shop-Cum-Offices (SCOs), Shop-Cum-Flats

(SCFs), individual shops, and booths, falling within an approved layout, shall be eligible

for self-certification, provided that a standard design for these structures has been

approved by the Competent Authority.

(2)

The building plans for such low-rise buildings shall be approved exclusively under the

self-certification scheme.

(3)

Procedure for self-certification scheme for sites or plots under the jurisdiction of the

Department of Housing and Urban development is as follows, namely:-

(i)

Any person intending to erect or re-erect a building is required to submit building

plans approved under self-certification through an empanelled Architect by

Section

180

P.A.

No. 11 of

1995, 262

(2a)

of

P.A.

No.

42 of 1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1679

19

submitting Form ‗A‘, along with all necessary documents as specified in rule 6 of

these rules, to the Competent Authority. The submitted plans must be duly signed

and bear a stamp marked ―sanctioned‖ under the self-certification scheme.

Additionally, the applicant is required to give a seven days advance notice to the

Competent Authority, informing the proposed date for the commencement of

construction. If the Competent Authority does not raise any objections within this

period, the applicant may proceed with the construction of the proposed building.

(ii)

The building plan submitted must conform to the provisions of these rules as

amended from time to time and approved zoning plan (where applicable). To

certify this compliance, a declaration must be provided on the building plan itself

as under:

“Certified that the building plan adheres to the zoning plan Drg. No.

........ Dated..... (where applicable) and complies with 'The Punjab Unified

Building Rules, 2025' as amended from time to time.

Architect

Seal with signature”

(iii)

Along with the building plan submission, the following certificates and

undertakings are also required to be submitted to ensure compliance with the

provisions of the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025, as well as other relevant

standards and codes:

(A) A certificate shall be provided by the empanelled architect confirming

adherence to the planning and architectural controls specified in the Building

Rules, 2025. Additionally, a separate certificate shall also be submitted by the

empanelled architect certifying compliance with fire safety standards,

structural safety norms, and public health service standards. These certificates

shall be accompanied by an appropriate note on the building plan itself,

indicating such compliance.

Furthermore, the empanelled architect certifies as follows, namely:-

(a) That he/she is fully conversant with the provisions of the Punjab

Unified Building Rules, 2025 and other applicable instructions or

regulations, which are in force (and also amended from time to time).

(b) That plans have been prepared as per the terms and conditions of

approved Change of Land Use or Layout or Zoning Plan and have also

been prepared within the framework of provisions applicable Building

Rules or Regulations and Development Controls.

(c) That plan is in conformity to structural safety norms, and fire and life

safety norms.

(d) That he/she has seen the originals of all the documents uploaded and

nothing has been concealed thereof.

(e) That all the requisite documents or No Objection Certificate (NOC)

required to be submitted along with plans.

(B) The owner shall also submit an undertaking affirming that the construction

will be carried out in full compliance with the approved building plans,

structural design and in adherence to the planning and architectural controls,

fire safety standards, structural safety standards, public health service

standards, and all other regulations as prescribed in the Building Rules, 2025.

Furthermore, the owner or applicant certifies as follows, namely:-

(a) That he/she has appointed the Empanelled Architects, as the case may

be for getting approval under Self-Certification Scheme.

(b) That he/she is the owner or authorized signatory for the site or plot.

(c) There is no legal dispute regarding the site or plot.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1680

20

(d) That construction of the building will be undertaken as per the

approved building plans and structural design given by the Architect

and Structural Engineer.

(e)

That the construction shall be carried out under the supervision of

qualified professionals as specified in these rules.

(f)

That he/she shall be solely responsible for any damage or loss

incurred during the construction of the building.

(iv)

After receiving the above documents, the competent authority issues an auto-

generation receipt mentioning that documents have been received and are being

kept in the office for record with this understanding that these plans have been

prepared as per the terms and conditions of approved Change of Land Use or

Layout or Zoning Plan and have also been prepared within the framework of

provisions applicable Building Rules or Regulations and Development Controls.

The competent authority may convey within seven days to the applicant regarding

discrepancies in the building plans, if any along with any default restricting the

approval of building plans and the applicant shall be bound to rectify the

discrepancies in building plans or to submit the required documents or payment if

any before start of the construction otherwise submitted plan shall be taken as

deemed approved.

(4)

The Competent Authority, or any authorized person or designated officer, reserves the

right to check the building plans and construction at any stage, and violations (except

compoundable ones), if found shall have to be rectified by the owner/ applicant. In case

the owner or applicant fails to rectify the violations, the Competent Authority may take

necessary steps to remove the violations. Action shall also be taken against the defaulting

Architect in case plans are wrongly certified. The Competent Authority may cancel the

empanelment or refer the matter to the Council of Architecture for misconduct and for

debarring or blacklisting the Architect. All rectifications shall be at the risk and cost of

the owner and no plea of the owner shall be entertained for any default committed by the

Architect engaged by him. In all such cases, the owner or applicant shall be required to

submit corrected and duly certified plans to the Competent Authority for its review and

approval.

(5)

If a building is erected or re-erected or construction work is commenced in contravention

to any of the building regulations, the Competent Authority or any other person

authorized by competent authority, shall be competent to alter or demolish, by a written

notice delivered to the owner. Such notice shall also specify the period during which such

alteration or demolition has to be completed and if the notice is not complied with, the

Competent Authority or any other person authorized by him may demolish the said

building at the expense of the owner.

Note:-

(a) The decision of Competent Authority, in case of any dispute shall be final and

binding on all concerned.

(b) At any stage during construction, if an Architect or Civil Engineer notices that

violations (except compoundable ones) are taking place, he shall intimate to the

concerned authority of such violations and stop further supervision. He shall also

intimate the allottee about the violations and advise him to stop further

construction. Complete details along with photographs shall be submitted to the

concerned authority. The Competent Authority shall immediately issue a notice to

the owner on the basis of the Architect’s or Civil Engineer's certificate to suspend

further work and rectify violations. In such cases the owner shall be held

responsible for further additions in violations. Such a situation shall

automatically annul the process of self-certification and the owner may, after

removal of violations, engage an Architect for preparing the revised drawings. In

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1681

21

such cases completion shall be given only after scrutiny of revised drawings and

inspection of site.

(c) After submission of application or during the construction of building, if the

Owner or Architect or Civil Engineer or Structural Engineer are changed, the

applicant shall intimate the Competent Authority by email or online building plan

approval system or otherwise in writing that he is no longer responsible for the

project from the date of actual dispatch of the letter. The information must be sent

within seven days of occurrence of the change to the Competent Authority by the

respective owner or Architect or Engineer. The construction work shall have to be

suspended until the new owner or Architect or Civil Engineer or Structural

Engineer, as case may be, undertakes the full responsibility of the project vide

forms and documents submitted at the time of applying for erection or re-erection

of the building within seven days of his taking over. Owner’s intimation regarding

change of name of professionals shall be considered to be final by the Competent

Authority or any other person authorized by him.

(II) For sites or plots under the jurisdiction of Department of Local Government.

(1)

Self-certification for all categories of building plans and completion or occupation

(upto height 21m):

The Third Party Certification (Self Certification) for all categories of the building

plans upto height 21m shall be approved exclusively under the self-certification

scheme.

Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors, as the case may be, empanelled

under Self Certification Scheme on the eNaksha portal shall be authorized to issue

building Plans as per the provisions and as per the following procedure.

(2)

Procedure for Self-Certification:-

(i)

The list of Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors, as the case may

be empanelled under Self Certification Scheme shall be displayed in eNaksha

portal. Only those who are duly empanelled can apply under Self Certification

Scheme.

(ii)

In case of plots allotted from any Government Authority or Agency like

Improvement trusts etc.; NOC and no due certificates from the authority

concerned shall be mandatory.

(iii)

Structural stability certificate duly signed by the Structural Engineer.

(iv)

The Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors, as the case may be,

empanelled under the Self-Certification Scheme shall have to upload all the

mandatory documents as per the check list of eNaksha portal. The following

documents or information will be submitted by the ―Empanelled Architects or

Engineers or Designers or Supervisors‖, as the case may be, along with

application:

(a) Proof of empanelment under the Self Certification Scheme with the

concerned Municipal Authority.

(b) Proof of appointment as ―Empanelled Architects or Engineers or

Designers or Supervisors‖, as the case may be, by the plot owner for

certification of the Building Plan under the Self Certification Scheme and

supervision of the construction.

(c) Building plan scrutiny or processing fee and other applicable fees or taxes

etc.

(v)

This is to be certified by an Empanelled Architects or Engineers or Designers or

Supervisors, as the case may be, that.-

(a) he/she is fully conversant with the provisions of the Punjab Unified

Building rules, 2025 and other applicable instructions or regulations and

Section

262 (2a)

of

PMC

Act 1976,

240(zzz)

of

PM

Act 1911,

73 (xv) of

PTI

Act

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1682

22

development controls which are in force (and also amended from time to

time).

(b) plans have been prepared within the framework of provisions of the

Master Plan and applicable Building Rules or Regulations.

(c) site does not fall in any prohibited area or government land or

encroachment or any other land or restricted for building construction or

in any unauthorized colony.

(d) plan is in conformity to structural safety norms.

(e) he/she has seen the originals of all the documents uploaded and nothing

has been concealed thereof.

(f) all the requisite documents or No Objection Certificate (NOC) required to

be uploaded have been uploaded on eNaksha portal along with plan.

(vi)

This is to be certified by an Owner, that.-

(a) he/she has appointed the Empanelled Architects or Engineers or Designers

or Supervisors, as the case may be for getting approval under Self-

Certification Scheme.

(b) he/she is the sole owner of the site.

(c) there is no dispute regarding the site

(d) construction of the building will be undertaken as per the approved

building plans and structural design given by the Structural Engineer.

(vii)

Once the Online Portal (eNaksha) of Local Government Punjab clears the

Building Plan, it would be approved automatically and digitally counter signed by

the concerned Commissioner Municipal Corporation (CMC) or Executive Officer

(EO) of the Municipal Corporation or Municipal Council or Nagar Panchayat.

This counter signature will bear the phrase that the plan has been sanctioned in

view of Self-Certification by Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors,

as the case may be. Further, Municipal Corporation or Municipal Council or

Nagar Panchayat reserves the right to verify the plan.

(viii)

The fees or charges would be auto-calculated by the software on the basis of the

information filled up by the Empanelled Architects or Engineers or Designers or

Supervisors, as the case may be.

(ix)

Concerned ―Empanelled Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors‖, as

the case may be can download the approved plan after deposition of the requisite

fee or charges. This process is without any intervention from the concerned

Municipal Authority.

(x)

Concerned Commissioner Municipal Corporation (CMC) or Executive Officer

(EO) of the Municipal Authority shall get the plan verified as required within 10

days and after the lapse of 10 days the construction can be started. Authority shall

verify the title document and scrutinize the interpretation of Development Code

or Zoning Regulations and the building plan.

(xi)

The owner shall display at site the name of the ―Empanelled Architects or

Engineers or Designers or Supervisors‖, as the case may be, along with Building

Application number etc.

(xii)

If the owner or Architects or Engineers or Designers or Supervisors, as the case

may be as specified in the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025 submits a wrong

report while self-certifying Building Plan or if any additional construction or

violation is reported to exist at site at the time of proposal of new construction or

conceals any fact or falsely justifies or misstates, they shall be jointly and

severally held responsible for such omission along with the owner. Further, if it is

emerged that the information is concealed by the Architects or Engineers or

Designers or Supervisors, as the case may be; necessary penal proceedings will be

initiated along with debarring Architects or Engineers or Designers or

Supervisors, as the case may be from practicing in any of the Urban Local Bodies

(ULBs) of Punjab. The Applicant shall be liable for punishment which includes

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1683

23

levy of penalty, demolition or sealing of the property as per the provisions of the

Punjab Municipal Act, 1911 or the Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976 or

the Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922 or the Punjab Unified Building Rules

as applicable.

8. Standard design and architectural controls.- Where the applicant intends to construct a

building in accordance with a standard design, approved by the competent authority

concerned, he shall obtain a copy of the same before starting the construction and notify

the competent authority accordingly of the site and design. In such cases, he shall not be

required to submit any building plan. However, site plans showing access, building

footprint and all other aspects as per sub-rule (3) of rule 6 above should be submitted.

Only the design plans can be indicated referring to standard design names or numbers:

Provided that if the owner proposes certain permitted modifications in the

standard design or the architectural controls, then he shall get the plan approved under

self certification from the empanelled architect.

9. Preparation of building plans of Government Departments.- The Government

Departments intending to erect or re-erect building shall get their building plans prepared

from the Department of Architecture of State Government or Central Government

conforming to these building rules and provisions of respective Master Plans and shall

issue a certificate specifying that the provisions of these building rules and respective

Master Plans have been followed in all respects. Such plans shall be submitted to the

Competent Authority for information and record before commencement of erection or re-

erection of the building.

However, if the building plans are prepared by any other Architect, the same shall

be submitted to Competent Authority for approval or shall get approval under self-

certification, as the case may be.

10. Scope of scrutiny of Building Plans by the Competent Authority. - (1) The building

plans received under the self-certification scheme shall not be scrutinized by the

department. However, random checking may be done, in case of any contravention found

with these rules, an action shall be taken against the defaulting Architect or owner as per

the sub-rule (4) of rule 7.

(2)

Building plans, other than those submitted under the self-certification scheme, shall be

examined by the competent authority solely with respect to the following aspects:-

(i)

Statutory and Planning Conformity

(a) Compliance with terms and conditions of Change of Land Use or Allotment

Letter or Layout Plan or Zoning Plan.

(ii)

Site and Building Parameters

(a) Site dimensions and area;

(b) Ground coverage as per prescribed norms;

(c) Covered Area and Floor Area Ratio;

(d) Area Detail including additional Ground Coverage and Floor Area Ratio;

(e) Setbacks, including provisions for Fire Tender movement;

(f) Allocation of Amenity Open Space;

(g) Green Area or Playground;

(h) Adherence to limits on the overall height of the building;

(i) Provision of adequate parking spaces;

(j) Compliance with prescribed width and positioning of entry or exit gates;

(k) Staircase detail, Travel Distance;

(l) Means of access;

(m) Numbers of Floor, floor to floor height.

Note: Fee for covered area including fee for additional Ground Coverage

and Floor Area Ratio to be calculated as per the area details

mentioned on submitted drawings.

Section

180

P.A.

No. 11 of

1995, 262

(2a)

of

P.A.

No.

42 of 1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

Section

180

P.A.

No. 11 of

1995, 262

(2a)

of

P.A.

No.

42 of 1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

Section

180

P.A.

No. 11 of

1995, 262

(2a)

of

P.A.

No.

42 of 1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1684

24

(iii)

Safety and Infrastructure Considerations

(a) Maintenance of clearance zones along High Tension (HT) electricity lines.

(b) No Construction Zones and Green Buffers adjacent to railway lines, water

channels, and water bodies.

(c) Verification of road widening, if any as per the terms and conditions of Master

Plans, Change of Land Use approval, Layout Plan approval and Zoning Plan

approval. The applicant shall also provide for setbacks as per this undertaking,

where applicable.

(d) Location Restrictions under Applicable Laws.

(iv)

Confirmation that the building is not located in any prohibited area under

the following or other relevant laws; namely:-

(a) The Defence Act, 1903.

(b) The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958.

(c) Eco-Sensitive Zones declared under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

(d) Lands covered under the Punjab Land Preservation Act (PLPA).

(e) Any other prohibitory provisions under applicable State or Central Acts.

(v)

Ownership and Permission Requirements

In the case of buildings proposed on land owned by the State Government,

Central Government, Public Undertakings, or Waqf Board, approval shall not

be considered without the written consent of the concerned department.

(vi)

Fire Safety Compliance

(a) Submission of a Provisional Fire Safety Certificate as mandated by the

Punjab Fire Safety and Emergency Services Act is required along with the

building plan.

(b) The Final Fire Safety Certificate is mandatory prior to issuance of the

Completion Certificate.

(vii)

Construction Inspection and Accessibility

(a) The authority may conduct construction site inspections and require

corrective actions to ensure compliance.

(b) The building shall conform to the requirements for accessibility for persons

with disabilities, in accordance with applicable guidelines and norms.

(3)

The competent authority shall scrutinize only the key aspects as mentioned above.

The architect and owner shall be solely responsible and accountable for ensuring that the

building plans submitted are fully compliant with these Building Rules; the provisions of

the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development (PRTPD) Act, 1995; and

Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, and Punjab Town

Improvement Act, 1922, the rules framed there under, as the case may be and all other

applicable regulations. The architect‘s certificate submitted with the building plans shall

include a declaration to this effect. The architect and owner shall be solely responsible for

any discrepancies identified in the building plans at any stage of review or construction.

11. Completion certificate.- (1) Applicant shall submit a Notice of Completion of the building

to the Competent Authority regarding completion of the work as per approved plans. The

notice of completion shall be submitted by the Owner through Architect and Engineer as

engaged for building plan design who fulfils the specified qualifications mentioned in

Annexure 13, or as the case may be, who has supervised the construction, in the Performa

given in Form- ‗F‘ and ‗G‘ respectively (Annexure 6 and Annexure 7), accompanied by

three copies of completion plan and the following documents along with the prescribed

fee, namely: -

(i)

Copy of all inspection reports of the Authority e.g. Fire Safety, Structural Safety,

Green Building (if applicable) etc;

(ii)

Detail of compoundable violations from the approved building plans, if any in the

building, shall be submitted jointly by the owner, Architect along with demand

draft or any other method specified by the competent authority for the due

Section

180

P.A.

No. 11 of

1995, 262

(2a)

of

P.A.

No.

42 of 1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1685

25

payment for compounding charges, if applicable at the rates specified by the

competent authority;

(iii)

Complete Completion drawings or as-built drawings - certified by the Architect;

(iv)

Photographs of front, side, rear setbacks, front and rear elevation of the building

shall be submitted along with photographs of essential areas like cut outs and

shafts from the roof top. An un-editable compact disc or DVD or any other

electronic media containing all photographs shall also be submitted;

(v)

Structural stability certificate duly signed by the Structural Engineer;

(vi)

Certificate of fitness of the lift from concerned Department wherever required;

(vii)

A Certificate of fitment of public health services, duly issued by a registered

plumber.

(viii)

A Certificate of fitment of electrical wiring and equipment, duly issued by a

licensed electrical engineer.

(ix)

Certificate from the Punjab Energy Development Agency (PEDA), if applicable,

for installation of Rooftop Solar Photo Voltaic Power Plant in accordance to

orders/ policies issued by the Renewable Energy Department from time to time;

(x)

Completion Certificate or Final Certificate or No Objection Certificate from the

rating agencies (Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment or Leadership in

Energy and Environmental Design or Indian Green Building Council or any other

agency certified by Government of India) for green building or Bureau of Energy

Efficiency (BEE), Certified Energy Auditor for Green Building or constructing

building in accordance to the provision of Punjab Energy Conservation Building

Code (PECBC), wherever applicable;

(xi)

No Objection Certificate (NOC) of fire safety of building from concerned Fire

Officer or an officer or fire consultant authorized for the purpose;

(xii)

Wherever applicable, No Objection Certificate(s) (NOCs) from the National

Highways Authority of India (NHAI), Punjab Pollution Control Board (PPCB),

Department of Drainage, Department of Forests, or any other competent authority

or department or agency, as the case may be.

(xiii)

For high-rise building or project which involve third party rights, a third-party

audit report along with certificate for structural safety, fire safety, and

environmental compliance.

(xiv)

A Certificate of Registration of the project with the Real Estate Regulatory

Authority (RERA), Punjab, where the project involves third-party rights.

(xv)

Any other information or document that the Authority may deem fit.

(2)

The building plans submitted for issuance of completion certificate shall be examined by

the competent authority only with reference to the aspects specified in sub rule (2) of rule

10. However, the architect and owner shall be solely responsible and accountable for

ensuring that the building plans submitted for issuance of completion certificate are fully

compliant with these Building Rules, the provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town

Planning and Development (PRTPD) Act, 1995, the rules framed there under, and Punjab

Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, Punjab Town

Improvement Act, 1922, as the case may be and all other applicable regulations. The

architect‘s completion certificate submitted along with the building plans shall include a

declaration affirming such compliance.

(3)

The Partial Completion Certificate may be granted upon fulfillment of the following

category-specific criteria; namely:-

(i)

in case of SCO‟s (shop-cum-office) or shops, the partial completion certificate

may be granted subject to the condition that construction of ground floor is

completed along with public safety measure;

(ii)

in case of a residential house, the partial completion certificate may be granted

for partially constructed building with at least one habitable room, one water

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1686

26

closet and one kitchen as per the sanctioned plan, shall be completed and duly

functional;

(iii)

in case of non-residential buildings, the Partial Completion Certificate may be

granted for partially constructed buildings subject to the minimum completion of

25 percent construction of the availed total floor area, along with all the required

public utilities, public safety measures, and site development.

(iv)

completion of individual block or building may be permitted by the competent

authority in accordance with the construction work completed phase wise;

(v)

in case of high-rise buildings, partial completion certificate may be issued if the

superstructure of the building has been constructed as per approved plans and all

common facilities such as corridors, staircases, lifts, toilets, and related

infrastructure are fully completed and functional. Additionally, essential services

like electrical wiring, plumbing, and fire safety systems shall be installed and

tested, and structural stability along with safety measures such as fire exits and

emergency access shall be ensured as per applicable norms.; and

(vi)

the minimum Built up area (FAR area) as mentioned below shall have to be

constructed to obtain partial completion certificate for industrial buildings:

Table 1: Minimum Built up area (FAR area) to obtain partial completion

certificate for industrial buildings

Serial

No.

Area of site

Percentage of permissible ground

coverage area

I.

Upto 2 acre

25%

II.

Above 2 acre and upto 5 acres

20%

III.

Above 5 acres

15%

(4)

No building shall be considered complete unless the following works are executed

to the satisfaction of the Competent Authority; namely:-

(i)

The building shall be constructed strictly in accordance with the sanctioned

building plan. Any deviations from the approved plan shall be regularized or

compounded as per applicable laws or policies.

(ii)

The Applicant shall comply with all terms and conditions stipulated in the

auction, allotment, change of land use, building plan approval, and zoning plan, as

well as those specified in the respective approval letters or No Objection

Certificates (NOCs) issued by the competent authority.

(iii)

The Applicant shall comply with all terms and conditions stipulated in the No

Objection Certificates (NOCs) and approvals issued by any department, authority,

or government agency.

(iv)

Certified fire-fighting systems shall be installed as per The Punjab Fire Safety act.

All fire escape infrastructure such as exits, corridors, staircases, and

compartmentation, shall conform to the provisions of this act. A valid ‗No

Objection Certificate‘ (NOC) from the Fire Department or authorized fire

consultant shall be submitted.

(v)

All site development works including approach roads, internal circulation roads,

footpaths, street lighting, stormwater drains, culverts, boundary walls, and

landscaping shall be completed in accordance with the approved site plan.

(vi)

All parking areas, driveways, and circulation spaces shall be paved, marked, and

made operational as per the sanctioned plan. Proportionate parking for the portion

under partial completion shall also be ensured.

(vii)

Parks, green belts, and open spaces earmarked in the sanctioned plan shall be

developed with plantation, irrigation arrangements, and pathways.

(viii)

Provision of street lighting, water supply lines, sewerage networks, and

stormwater drainage within the site shall be completed.

(ix)

Proper stormwater drainage and rainwater harvesting systems shall be installed

and made functional, where mandated.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1687

27

(x)

Functional water supply and electricity connections shall be established.

(xi)

Operational waste management systems, including garbage disposal and

segregation facilities, shall be in place.

(xii)

Adequate sanitation facilities or infrastructure including toilets, septic tanks, and

sewer connections shall be provided and completed in accordance with Bureau of

Indian Standards (BIS) standards.

(xiii)

All common areas such as staircases, corridors, lifts, and parking spaces shall be

completed in all respects and operational.

(xiv)

Accessibility Compliance adherence to standards for persons with disabilities

(ramps, lifts, tactile indicators, etc.) as specified in National building Code of

India, 2016, Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016‘ (Central Act 49 of

2016) and ‗Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier-Free Built

Environment for persons with Disability and Elderly Persons, 2016.

(xv)

For group housing, commercial complexes, or large campuses, all designated

amenity areas such as playground or park, community halls, clubhouses, or

crèches shall be developed proportionately to the phase for which completion is

sought.

(xvi)

All applicable fees and development charges shall be paid in full, and No Due

Certificate shall be submitted before completion.

(xvii)

The Applicant shall, wherever applicable, obtain the requisite No Objection

Certificate(s) or approvals from the Department of Drainage, Department of

Forests, or any other competent department or authority prior to completion.

(xviii)

Wherever applicable, in accordance with the guidelines of the Punjab Pollution

Control Board (PPCB), the project proponent shall obtain the necessary

environmental clearances, including the Consent to Establish (CTE) and Consent

to Operate (CTO).

(xix)

Where applicable, Environmental Impact Assessment shall be obtained.

(xx)

For high-rise or large-scale projects, a third-party audit report on structural safety,

fire safety, and environmental compliance may be required by the Competent

Authority.

(xxi)

Any deficiencies identified by the Competent Authority shall be rectified prior to

certificate issuance.

(xxii)

Any false declaration or submission of misleading documents shall attract

penalties under relevant laws.

Note:-

(a) A Partial Completion Certificate may be issued for a specific block, tower, or

floor, as specified in sub-rule (3) above, provided that the designated portion is

fully constructed, self-contained, and suitable for independent occupancy. All

essential services, including fire safety systems, elevators, utilities, staircase,

corridors and other infrastructure, shall be operational within that area.

Furthermore, proportionate parking spaces and common facilities should be

made available to support its use. Access roads and approaches must be

completed up to the concerned portion to ensure seamless connectivity and

functionality.

(b) In cases where third-party rights are involved, all applicable provisions of the

completion policy notified by the government shall be adhered to.

(c) For projects registered under Real Estate Regulatory Authority (RERA),

compliance with all provisions of the Real Estate (Regulation and Development)

Act, 2016 shall be mandatory prior to issuance of Completion Certificate.

(5)

The Competent Authority on receipt of the notice of completion shall inspect the work

and communicate the approval or refusal, or objection thereto, in the Performa given in

Form- H within 30 days from the receipt of notice of completion. However, the

Competent Authority may also seek compounding charges of compoundable violations

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1688

28

which are compoundable before issuance of completion certificate. If nothing is

communicated within this period, it shall be deemed to have been approved for

completion provided that the fact is immediately brought to the notice of Competent

Authority in writing by the person, who had given the notice and has not received any

intimation from the Competent Authority within prescribed period. Where the completion

certificate is refused, the reasons shall be intimated for rejecting in the first instance itself.

(6)

For low-rise buildings, the completion certificate shall be issued by the Empanelled

Architect under the process of self-certification. The Empanelled Architect shall submit

the detailed "as-built" completion plans, as specified in rule 6 or any other relevant detail

or plan as required, duly signed with stamp to the Competent Authority along with all

requisite documents and No Objection Certificates (NOCs), for official record.

The submitted completion plans must conform to the provisions of The Punjab

Urban Planning and Development Building Rules, 2025, as amended from time to time,

and to the approved zoning plan. To certify this compliance, the following declaration

must be included on the building plan:

"Certified that the completion plans adhere to the zoning plan Drg. No.

______ dated_______and comply with 'The Punjab Urban Planning and

Development Building Rules, 2025' as amended from time to time.

Architect

(Seal and Signature)”

Furthermore, in case of any addition in ground coverage or FAR, or deviations in

floor plans from the approved building plans, provided such changes are within the

permissible limits and in conformity with the provisions of these building rules, the

Architect shall clearly indicate the modifications in the submitted completion plan and

shall be responsible for calculating and ensuring payment of the applicable charges

accordingly.

(7)

If the Architect or Engineer engaged by the owner or applicant submits a wrong report

while making application under these rules or if any additional construction or violation

is reported to exist at site or has concealed any fact or misrepresented regarding

completion of construction of building along with its eligibility for seeking completion

certificate or before the completion of such report, he shall be jointly and severally held

responsible for such omission and complaint against the Architect or Engineer for

suspension of his registration and the owner shall be liable to pay for the penalty as may

be decided by the competent authority after giving an opportunity of hearing. Further, if it

is emerged that the information is concealed by the Architect or Engineer, necessary

penal proceedings shall be initiated along with debarring such Engineer or Architect from

practicing in the State of Punjab.

Note:-

(a) Any minor deviations observed during the completion stage of building plans;

such as internal changes in room layout, door or window positions, location of

toilets, re location of public health features (e.g., rainwater harvesting pit, water

tank, sewage treatment plant, manholes, inspection chambers), or changes in the

position of mechanical and electrical installations, as well as structural

alterations involving columns and beams (excluding core areas like staircases

and lifts); which are in conformity with the applicable building rules and other

regulations, shall be considered compoundable without any charges.

(b) A rebate of 20% in the charges for additional ground coverage and FAR (Floor

Area Ratio) shall be admissible, provided the same is duly approved and the

applicable charges are paid at the time of building plan approval.

(c) Under no circumstances shall ground coverage and FAR exceeding the

permissible additional limits be allowed

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1689

29

(d) Ground coverage and FAR exceeding the permissible additional limits shall, in no

case, be compoundable.

12. Occupation certificate.- (1) Applicant shall apply for obtaining occupation certificate of

the building to the Competent Authority for which completion certificate has already

been issued as specified in Form ―I‖. No owner or applicant shall occupy or allow any

other person to occupy building or part of a building or any portion whatsoever, until

such building or part thereof has been issued Occupation Certificate by the Competent

Authority after checking and found fit to occupy the building.

(2)

After receipt of application, the Competent Authority shall communicate in writing within

30 days, his decision for grant or refusal of such permission for occupation of the

building in Form ‗J‘. The E-register shall be maintained as specified in these rules for

maintaining record in respect of Occupation Certificate. If no communication is received

from the Competent Authority within 30 days of submitting the application for

―Occupation Certificate‖, the owner is permitted to occupy the building, considering

deemed issuance of ―Occupation certificate‖ and the application Form-D shall act as

―Occupation Certificate‖. However, the competent authority may check the violations

made by the owner and take suitable action.

(3)

In case, after the issuance of occupation certificate, if found at any stage that

building(s) is unsafe to use or occupy or the building is used for some other purpose

against the permission or make any addition or alteration in the building without

approval, then, after affording personal hearing to the owner, the Competent Authority

may pass orders for revocation of occupation permission and the same shall be restored

only after removal of violations.

Note:-

In case of Non-RERA projects, occupation certificate may be issued along with

completion certificate by the same competent authority, subject to the fulfilment of all

requirements as mentioned in these rules.

Section

180

P.A.

No. 11 of

1995, 262

(2a)

of

P.A.

No.

42 of 1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1690

30

PART III

ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL

13. Power of the Competent Authority to sanction or refuse erection or re-erection.-

(1) The competent authority shall refuse to sanction the erection or re-erection of any

building, if it is in contravention of any of the provisions of these rules.

(2) The Competent Authority may sanction the erection or re-erection of any building either

absolutely or subject to such modification in accordance with these rules as it may deem

fit and one copy of the sanctioned plans shall be sent to applicant.

(3) The intimation of sanction or rejection of the building plans shall be given in Form 'D'.

(4) The competent authority shall incorporate the following conditions in sanction letter;

namely:-

(i)

The competent authority has scrutinized the only key aspects mentioned in the

rule 10 of 'the Punjab Urban planning and Development Building rules, 2025'.

However, architect and owner shall be solely responsible and accountable for

ensuring that the building plan submitted is fully compliant with said Building

Rules; the provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and

Development Act, the rules made there under; and Punjab Municipal Act,

1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, Punjab Town Improvement

Act, 1922, the rules made there under; as the case may be and all other

applicable regulations.

(ii)

The building plans are hereby approved on the basis of Architect's Certificate

submitted with the building plan that the said building plans are compliant with

the 'Punjab Urban planning and Development Building rules, 2025'; the

provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development

(PRTPD) Act, 1995; the rules made there under; and Punjab Municipal Act,

1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, Punjab Town Improvement

Act, 1922, the rules made there under; as the case may be and all other

applicable regulations.

(iii)

The Approved Building Plan shall deem to be cancelled in case of any

discrepancies found in the approved plans at any stage.

(iv)

The applicant shall be required to obtain and maintain collective insurance

coverage for all building and construction workers engaged at the site,

protecting against injury, disability, or loss of life, and shall provide valid proof

of such insurance during inspections conducted throughout the construction

period.

Disclaimer:

Although due care has been taken while approving the building plan in accordance

with the technical norms and title of land. But this approval does not confer any right

to violate any rule or guidelines of this department or any other department and also

not provide any right for any illegal construction.

In case any violation found at any stage, owner shall be liable to rectify the

same and get the revised building plans approved accordingly immediately.

14. Presumption of sanction.- If the competent authority fails to convey approval or rejection

within the period as notified by the Government on the receipt from any person of a valid

application, complete in all respect to erect or re-erect a building, the plans shall without

prejudice to the provisions of these rules and the restrictions specified for erection or re-

erection of buildings, be deemed to have been sanctioned and the applicant may proceed

with the erection or re-erection of building or carryout any development work as

described in the application and in any accompanying documents, but not so as to

contravene any of the provisions of the Act and rules made thereunder and the restriction

specified for erection or re-erection of buildings.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No.

4

of

1922.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of

1995,

262 (2a) of

P.A. No. 42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No.

4

of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1691

31

15. Validity period of sanction.- Every sanction for the erection or re-erection of any building

or carrying out any development work shall remain in force, unless it is modified or

cancelled by the Competent Authority by due process of law.

In order to provide continuity between the previously notified building rules and

these rules, and to safeguard approvals already granted, the following provisions shall

apply; namely:-

(1)

Validity of Prior Approvals.- All building plans and projects duly sanctioned by the

Competent Authority prior to the enforcement of these rules shall remain valid and shall

continue to be governed by the provisions, standards, and conditions under which such

approval was originally granted.

(2)

Ongoing or Partially Commenced Projects. - (a) In cases, except individual

residential plots where construction of certain blocks has commenced prior to the

enforcement of these rules, revisions may be permitted in accordance with the provisions,

standards, and conditions outlined under these rules. However, additional Floor Area

Ratio (FAR), in such cases, shall be allowed only in the vacant pockets available for

re-planning subject to the fulfilment of these rules and shall not be permitted on the

existing build(s). Such revisions shall be subject to fresh scrutiny and approval by the

Competent Authority. The applicant shall be liable to ratify, modify, or demolish any part

of the building, structure, or services at their own cost, as required by the Competent

Authority or as per the approved plans.

Furthermore, where third-party rights have been created, the promoter shall be

bound to comply with the applicable provisions of the Punjab Apartment and Property

Regulation Act (PAPRA) and the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act

(RERA).

(b) In respect of blocks where construction has not commenced prior to the enforcement

of these rules, applicants may, at their discretion, seek cancellation of the approval for

such blocks and submit revised plans conforming to these rules. Such revisions shall be

subject to fresh scrutiny and approval by the Competent Authority as new blocks.

(3)

Projects Not Commenced.- Where no construction has been commenced prior to the

enforcement of these rules, the applicant may, at their discretion, request cancellation of

the sanctioned plans. The Competent Authority may, upon such request, cancel the

sanctioned plans. The applicant may thereafter apply for fresh approval in conformity

with these rules, and such applications shall be subject to fresh scrutiny and approval by

the Competent Authority.

(4)

Pending Applications.- Applications submitted prior to the enforcement of these rules

but not yet sanctioned shall be examined under the provisions of these rules, unless

otherwise directed by the Competent Authority.

Note:-

For sites already auctioned by the Government, development authorities, or other

government agencies, the applicable ground coverage, FAR and purchasable FAR shall

be governed by the terms and conditions specified in the auction and allotment

documents for the respective site or plot.

16. Submission of revised building plans in case of major alterations.- (1) If during the

construction of a building, any major deviation from the sanctioned plan is intended to be

made, approval of the Competent Authority for the same may be obtained before the

change is made. The revised plan showing the deviations shall be submitted and the

procedure laid down for the sanction of building plan as specified in these rules shall be

followed for all revised plans, along with the balance scrutiny fee, if any.

(2) The building approval is not necessary for compoundable alterations or violations, which

do not otherwise violate any provisions regarding general building requirements, structural

stability and fire safety requirements of these rules.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No.

4

of

1922.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1692

32

17. Revocation of sanction.- The sanction granted under these rules can be revoked by the

Competent Authority, if it is found that such sanction has been obtained by the owner by

misrepresentation of material facts or fraudulent document submitted along with the

building plan application or otherwise or the majority of construction is not being done in

accordance with the sanction granted.

18. Maintenance of record.- An record shall be maintained for all building applications

received, permissions given or deemed to have been given or refused or returned under these

rules.

19. Damp proof course certificate.- The owner shall submit a certification from an Architect

or Civil Engineer to the effect that the construction of building upto damp proof course level

is as per sanctioned plan.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1693

33

PART IV

PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURAL CONTROLS

A. FOR AREA UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING

AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT

(RULES 20 TO 28)

20. Compliance of zoning plan or standard design or architectural control sheets and

master plan or zonal plan. – In addition to these rules, the erection or re-erection of any

building(s) and uses thereof as well as activities permissible therein shall comply with the

provisions of the Zoning Plan or Standard Design or Architectural Control Sheets;

schedule of clauses appended thereto and use of the site shall conform to the Master Plan

or Zonal Plan of the area.

21. Compliance to Special Area development and control as per Master Plan or Zonal

Plan.- For the planned and regulated development of all ‗Special Areas‘ with specific

emphasis on harmonious development with public spaces, the planning and development

shall be undertaken by specially formulated Form Based Codes (FBCs) for each such

‗Special Area‘, namely:-

(1) Planning authority to delineate ―Form Based Zoning Districts‖ within the Master or

Zonal Plan for special consideration of planning with integrated Public spaces;

(2) Form Based Zoning Districts (FBCs) to be formulated for each such Form Based

Zoning Districts (FBZDs) with Single or Multiple Regulating Plans as necessary to

cover the entire delineated special area;

(3) Space Use matrix along with Form Based Codes (FBC) development standards, for

each Form Based Zoning District (FBZD) as formulated in the Form Based Codes

(FBC)are to be used for site layouts and building designs for all types of buildings; and

(4) Form Based Codes (FBC) standards of flexible and adaptive designs shall be

superseding, overriding all stipulations from rule 22 to rule 27 of these rules for all

types of buildings in the respective Form Based Zoning Districts (FBZDs).

22. Residential.- (1) The residential building of various types shall be governed by following

norms, namely:-

Table 2: Residential Plots or Villas falling in approved Layout Plan; (Except Affordable

and Economical Weaker Section Housing)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum

Approach

Road

(i)

For plot area upto 200sq.yd (167.225 sq.m): 30'-0" (9m), (only

in case of new projects and development.)

(ii)

For plot area above 200sq.yd (167.225 sq.m): 40'-0" (12m)

II.

Minimum

Plot Size

60 sq.m

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

For upto 150 sq.m

of plot area

70%

An additional Ground Coverage upto

10% of the plot area is allowed within the

zoned area.

This additional Ground Coverage shall be

purchasable at the rates prescribed as in

annexure 22. However, for plots up to 100

sq.m in size, these charges shall be 50%

of the applicable rates.

For the next 100

sq.m of plot area

65%

For the next 100

sq.m of plot area

60%

For the next 100

sq.m of plot area

50%

For the remaining

plot area

40%

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

The product of Number of Permitted Floors (excluding Basement) and

the permitted ground coverage (including pursuable Ground

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1694

34

Ratio

Coverage).

Note: FAR above 1:2.1 shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as

in annexure 22. However, for plots up to 100 sq.m in size, these

charges shall be 50% of the applicable rates.

V.

Maximum

No. of Floors

(i)

Without Stilt: Three Floors (Ground + Two Floors).

(ii)

With Stilt: Stilt+ Three Floors.

However, in the case of new projects or development only,

residential plots may be permitted for Stilt + Four Floors. No

individual plot within any approved layout plan or project or approved

scheme or urban estate, sanctioned prior to the notification of these

rules, shall be permitted Stilt + Four Floors, except for plots

specifically earmarked as independent floors in the approved layout

plan.

VI.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

(i) Without Stilt: 13 m from the plinth level.

(ii) Stilt+3 Floors: 15 m from the crown of the road level.

(iii) Stilt+4 Floors: 17.5 m from the crown of the road level.

VII.

Setbacks

Ser.

No.

Plot Size

Front

Rear

Side

(i)

100 sq.yd

(83.613 sq.m)

5‘-0‖

(1524mm)

6'x15' cut out

(1829x4572mm)

Not

required;

however,

if left, it

shall be at

least one

meter (3‘-

3‖).

(ii)

125sq.yd

(104.516

sq.m)

5‘-0‖

(1524mm)

6'x15' cut out

(1829x4572mm)

(iii)

150sq.yd

(125.419sq.m)

5‘-0‖

(1524mm)

6‘-0‖

(1829mm)

(iv)

200sq.yd

(167.225

sq.m)

6‘-0‖

(1829mm)

6‘-0‖

(1829mm)

(v)

250sq.yd

(209.032

sq.m)

7‘-0‖

(2134mm)

9‘-0‖

(2743mm)

(vi)

300 sq.yd

(250.838

sq.m)

7‘-0‖

(2134mm)

10‘-0‖

(3048mm)

(vii)

375 sq.yd

(313.548

sq.m)

9‘-0‖

(2743mm)

10‘-0‖

(3048mm)

(viii)

400 sq.yd

(334.451

sq.m)

10‘-0‖

(3048mm)

10‘-0‖

(3048mm)

(ix)

500 sq.yd

(418.064)

15‘-0‖

(4572mm)

10‘-0‖

(3048mm)

(x)

1000 sq.yd

(836.127

sq.m)

15'-0"

(4572mm)

10'-0"

(3048mm)

8'-0"

(2438mm)

(xi)

2000 sq.yd

(1,672.255

sq.m) and

above

30'-0"

(9144mm)

10'-0"

(3048mm)

10'-0"

(3048mm)

VIII.

Minimum

Parking

Space

Required,

Plot area

Parking Required

Upto 100 Sq.m

2 numbers Two-wheeler parking

space

Above 100 up to 250 Sq.m

1 Car & 2 numbers Two wheelers

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1695

35

where stilt not

provided

Above 250 up to 500 Sq.m

2 Car & 2 numbers Two wheelers

Above 500 Sq.m

3 Car & 2 numbers Two wheelers

IX.

Staircase

Requirement

Plot Size upto

150 sq.m

Plot size above

150 sq.m

Minimum Width

900 mm

1000 mm

Minimum Tread

250 mm

250 mm

Maximum Riser

190 mm

190 mm

Minimum Clear Head Height

2200 mm

2200 mm

For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and

courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall

building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth

levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,

ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic

tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,

ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or

watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these

building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) In case of projects, colonies, or urban estates that have already been approved,

additional Ground Coverage and FAR (Floor Area Ratio) may be permitted within the

rear and side setbacks, but not within the front setback, in order to maintain the existing

building line. For this purpose, there shall be no requirement to revise the existing zoning

plan of the approved project, colony, or urban estate.

However, if the additional Ground Coverage and FAR are proposed to be utilized

within the front setback, the zoning plan of the project, colony, or urban estate shall be

got amended by the promoter, RWA (Resident Welfare Association), or development

authority, as applicable.

Further, it is clarified that if a building has already been constructed and is not in

conformity with the approved plans, although it conforms to these building rules, there

shall be no requirement to compound it separately. Such buildings may be validated

under these rules by charging a fee for the additional Ground Coverage and FAR as

specified in Annexure 22 along with other charges including scrutiny fee, labour cess etc

as applicable.

(b) Each floor of a residential plot may be considered a separate independent floor.

(c) The stilt area shall be used exclusively for car or scooter parking, except for staircases

and lifts.

(d) Basement, permitted only as single level, if constructed, may be used for parking,

household storage, habitable except sleeping accommodation or residential purpose and

consultancy service purposes. Basement shall be counted towards Floor Area Ratio, if

used for habitable purposes.

(e) Front boundary wall shall be optional for providing easy access for parking in front

setback within plot area.

(f) No opening is allowed on party wall of properties.

(g) The maximum permissible ground coverage and Floor Area Ratio is subject to the

fulfilment of the setback, height and parking norms.

(h) A toilet, not exceeding 6 sq.m in area and 2.75 m in height, may be permitted on the

terrace and shall be excluded from the FAR calculation.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1696

36

(i) Common staircase or common elevator is permissible maximum for two plots subject to

the condition that the minimum clear width of staircases shall be 1350 mm.

Table 3: Economical Weaker Section Residential Plots falling in approved Layout Plan;

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Approach Road

7.5 m (only in case of new projects and development.)

I.

Plot Size

Minimum 30 sq.m and maximum upto 50 sq.m

II.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

No restrictions

III.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:2.0

IV.

Maximum No. of Floors

Two Floors (Ground + One Floors)

Note: Stilt allowed (optional), Clear height of the stilt

shall not be more than 2.4 m.

V.

Setbacks

Not required. However, no projection is allowed

beyond plot boundary except permitted sunshade.

VI.

Minimum

Parking

Space

Required, where stilt not

provided

One two-wheeler

VII.

Staircase Requirement

Minimum Width

750 mm

Minimum Tread

250 mm

Maximum Riser

230 mm

Minimum

Clear

Head

Height

2200 mm

For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and

courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall

building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth

levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,

ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic

tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,

ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or

watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these

building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) The stilt area shall be used exclusively for car or scooter parking, except for staircases

and lifts.

(b) No Basement shall be permitted.

(c) Front boundary wall shall be optional for providing easy access for parking in front

setback within plot area.

(d) No opening is allowed on party wall of properties.

(e) A toilet, not exceeding 6sq.m in area and 2.75 m in height, may be permitted on the

terrace and shall be excluded from the FAR calculation.

(f) Common staircase is permissible maximum for two plots subject to the condition that the

minimum clear width of staircases shall be 900 mm.

(g) The minimum requirements for different components of EWS housing, including room

sizes, kitchen, toilet, and other spaces, shall be followed as per Sr. No. XIII of Table 6

below.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1697

37

Table 4: Group Housing or Studio Apartment

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

2 Acres or as specified in Master Plan, whichever is more

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of

the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less

than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as

per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Minimum Frontage

20m

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

30% of Site Area

Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable on the rates as

prescribed as in annexure 22.

V.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

Minimum approach road 18 m

1:2.0

Minimum approach road 24 m

1:2.5

Minimum approach road 30 m

1:3.0

Minimum approach road 45 m & above

Unlimited*

Note: An additional 25% FAR beyond permissible limit

shall also be allowed on 18 m, 24 m and 30 m road.

FAR above 1:2.0 is purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22:

Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be

charged @ 1.5 times the purchasable rate prescribed as in

annexure 22.

Provided further that in cases where the site/plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority

or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall

be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment

letter.

VI.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports Authority

of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule

40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,

the architect approving the building plan under self-

certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance

with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VII.

Convenient Shopping

A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio

(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for

convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,

vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or

chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,

milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental

store, ATM, Bank, mobile shops, stationary shop, small

clinics excluding Club Building.

VIII.

Parking

Group

Housing

Dwelling Unit (D/U) Size

Equivalent Car

Space required

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1698

38

(ECS) per D/U

Area upto 90 sq.m.

1.0

Area above 90 sq.m upto 120 sq.m.

1.5

Area above 120 sq.m upto 300 sq.m.

2.0

Area Above 300 sq.m.

3.0

An additional 10% of the required parking spaces shall be

provided for guest parking.

Studio

Apartments

2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area

Commercial

within

Group

Housing

2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area

No separate mercantile parking is required.

Club

within

Group

Housing

0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area

IX.

Minimum

Green

Area

Requirement

Minimum 25 % of site area in which 15 percent of site area

shall be in the form of organized park or playground with

minimum width of 10m.

X.

Permissible Density

Group Housing: 90 Dwelling Units per Acre.

Studio Apartment: 150 apartments per Acre.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and

escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related

to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,

waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater

harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.

Note:-

(a) In case of studio apartment, the maximum size of the unit shall be 50 sq.m.

(b) *Unlimited Floor Area Ratio shall be subject to fulfillment of building controls

such as ground coverage, setbacks around the building, parking norms, light and

ventilation, height, fire and structural safety.

(c) In case of Group Housing or Studio Apartments, Economical Weaker Section

(E.W.S) housing shall be provided as per the government policy dated 24.05.2016

as amended from time to time. The Net Residential Density shall be permissible as

per the provisions of the respective Master Plans, government notifications as

amended from time to time whichever is applicable.

(d) The boundary wall shall be recessed by 6 meters at least on one side along the

approach road to accommodate visitor parking, wherein one ECS shall be

calculated @ 11.5 square meters.

(e) In cases where a ‘Convenient Shopping’ block is provided as a separate entity

within a Group Housing Project, such ‘Convenient Shopping’ block shall

maintain a minimum setback from the boundary walls facing the road. This

setback shall not be less than the minimum setback required for the tallest

residential tower within the project, irrespective of the height of the commercial

building.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1699

39

Table 5: Affordable Group Housing

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

1 Acres or as specified in Master Plan, whichever is more

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of

the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or

as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Minimum Frontage

20m

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of Site Area

Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at 50% of the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22 for Group Housing.

V.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

Minimum approach road 18 m

1:2.0

Minimum approach road 24 m

1:2.5

Minimum approach road 30 m

1:3.0

Minimum approach road 45 m & above

Unlimited*

Note: An additional 25% FAR beyond permissible limit

shall also be allowed on 18 m, 24m and 30 m road.

FAR above 1:2.0 is purchasable at 50% of the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22:

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority

or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall

be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment

letter.

Provided further that FAR beyond permissible shall

be charged at 75% of the purchasable rate prescribed as in

annexure 22.

VI.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports Authority

of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule

40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,

the architect approving the building plan under self-

certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance

with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VII.

Convenient Shopping

A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio

(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for

convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,

vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or

chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,

milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental

store, ATM, mobile shops, small clinics excluding Club

Building.

VIII.

Dwelling Unit Size

(i) Low Income Group (LIG):

Carpet Area - 45 sq.m to 60sq.m.

(ii) Medium Income Group (MIG):

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1700

40

Carpet Area - above 60 sq.m to 90sq.m.

IX.

Minimum

Parking

Required

Affordable

Group

Housing

LIG: 0.75 ECS per Dwelling Unit

MIG: 1 ECS per Dwelling Unit

plus, an additional 10% of the required parking spaces shall

be provided for guest parking.

Commercial

within Group

Housing

2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area

No separate mercantile parking is required.

Club

within

Group

Housing

0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area

X.

Minimum

Green

Area

Requirement

Minimum 25 % of site area in which 15 percent of site area

shall be in the form of organized park or playground with

minimum width of 10m.

XI.

Permissible Density

LIG : 200 Dwelling Units per Acre

MIG: 150 Dwelling Units per Acre

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and

escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related

to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,

waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater

harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.

Note:-

(a) *Unlimited Floor Area Ratio shall be subject to fulfillment of building controls

such as ground coverage, setbacks around the building, parking norms, light and

ventilation, height, fire and structural safety.

(b) The boundary wall shall be recessed by 6 meters at least on one side along the

approach road to accommodate visitor parking, wherein one ECS shall be

calculated @ 11.5 square meters.

(c) Apart from the aforementioned physical norms, all other provisions; such as

applicability, enforcement, and other conditions; for affordable housing shall be

governed by the government policies issued from time to time.

(d) In cases where a ‘Convenient Shopping’ block is provided as a separate entity

within an Affordable Housing Project, such ‘Convenient Shopping’ block shall

maintain a minimum setback from the boundary walls facing the road. This

setback shall not be less than the minimum setback required for the tallest

residential tower within the project, irrespective of the height of the commercial

building.

Table 6: Economical Weaker Section (EWS) Group Housing

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

1 Acres or as specified in Master Plan, whichever is more

II.

Minimum

Approach 18m

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1701

41

Road

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of

the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less

than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as

per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Minimum Frontage

20m

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

60% of Site Area

V.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

Minimum approach road 18 m

1:2.5

Minimum approach road 30 m

1:3.0

Minimum approach road 45 m &

above

Unlimited*

VI.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports Authority

of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule

40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,

the architect approving the building plan under self-

certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance

with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VII.

Convenient Shopping

A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio

(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for

convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,

vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or

chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,

milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental

store, ATM, mobile shops, small clinics excluding Club

Building.

VIII.

Size of Dwelling Unit

Carpet Area of 30 sq.m to 45 sq.m

IX.

Minimum

Parking

Required

EWS

Housing

1 two-wheeler per Dwelling Unit plus an additional 10% of

the required parking spaces shall be provided for guest

parking.

Commercial

within Group

Housing

1 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area

No separate mercantile parking is required.

Club

within

Group

Housing

0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area

X.

Minimum

Green

Area

Requirement

Minimum 15 % of site area in which 10 percent of site area

shall be in the form of organized park or playground with

minimum width of 10m.

XI.

Permissible Density

400 Dwelling Units per Acre

XII.

Minimum requirements of different component of a EWS Housing:

Component of a Building:

Minimum Requirement

Area (Sq.m)

Width (m)

Clear Height (m)

Habitable room

(a) In

case

Single

Room unit:

multipurpose

single

room

(a) 12.5

2.4

2.6

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1702

42

(b) In case Two Room

unit:

First Room

Second Room

(b)

9.0

6.5

2.4

2.1

Kitchen:

cooking alcove

(in Single Room unit)

individual kitchen

(in Two Room unit)

2.4

3.3

2.1

1.5

2.6

2.6

Bathroom

1.2

1.0

2.1

Water Closet (W.C.)

0.9

0.9

2.1

Combined Bath and W.C.

1.8

1.0

2.1

Balcony

-

Minimum width: 0.9

m and shall not be

more than 1.2 m.

2.6

XIII.

Staircases

Minimum Width: 900 mm

Minimum Tread: 250 mm

Maximum Riser: 200 mm

Minimum Clear Head room: 2100 mm

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and

escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related

to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,

waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater

harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.

Note:-

(a) The circulation area on any floor including staircase, shall not exceed 8 m2 per

dwelling unit.

(b) *Unlimited Floor Area Ratio shall be subject to fulfillment of building controls

such as ground coverage, setbacks around the building, parking norms, light and

ventilation, height, fire and structural safety.

(c) The boundary wall shall be recessed by 6 meters at least on one side along the

approach road to accommodate visitor parking, wherein one Equivalent Car

Space (ECS) shall be calculated @ 11.5 square meters.

(d) Apart from the aforementioned physical norms, all other provisions; such as

applicability, enforcement, and other conditions; for Economically Weaker

Section (EWS) housing shall be governed by the government policies issued from

time to time.

Table 7: Rental Housing or Hostel

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

800 sq.m

II.

Minimum

Approach a)

Within

Master Minimum 60‘-0‖

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1703

43

Road

Plan SAS Nagar and

New Chandigarh:

b) Rest of Punjab

(other than Master

Plan SAS Nagar and

New Chandigarh):

Minimum width of existing revenue

rasta or road shall not be less than

22‘-0‖ widen to 60‘-0‖ or as per

master plan whichever is more.

c) With in layout

plan

or

approved

colony

or

urban

estate

Minimum 60‘-0‖

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

60% of Site Area

Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable on the rates as

prescribed as in Annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

Plot area upto 1600 sq.m.

1:2.5

Plot area above 1600 sq.m.

1:3.0

Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit

shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as in annexure

22:

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority

or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall

be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment

letter.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports Authority

of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule

40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,

the architect approving the building plan under self-

certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance

with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VI.

Convenient Shopping

In ‗Rental Housing Accommodation Projects‘ upto

5% of the FAR availed, may be used for canteen or coffee

shop, library, Automated Teller Machine (ATM), Grocery

shop, Pharmacy, office, Mobile shop, Fruit or Vegetable

shop, Barber shop or any other similar activities for self-use

of the occupants and shall be permissible within the

building block. However, in case of large campuses having

an area of 5 acres and above, such commercial use may be

permitted in a sperate block, subject to condition that these

facilities shall open only within the premises and shall have

no access from the external road.

VII.

Parking

a)

For

Students

and

Senior Citizen:

1.0 Two-wheeler per three

persons.

b)

Other than Students

or Senior Citizens:

1.0 Equivalent car space per

five persons.

VIII.

Permissible density

1000 persons per acre.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1704

44

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and

escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related

to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,

waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater

harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.

Note:-

(a) Rental housing building shall be a detached building.

(b) It shall provide common kitchen with dining hall, common room for indoor

games, First Aid room, Laundry and security guard room.

(c) A pantry may be permitted within a bedroom or dormitory, subject to compliance

with applicable building norms and safety regulations.

(d) Apart from the aforementioned physical norms, all other provisions; such as

applicability,

enforcement,

and

other

conditions;

for

rental

housing

accommodation or hostel projects shall be governed by the policy dated

09.02.2018, as amended on 12.11.2024 and 20.02.2025, and as may be amended

from time to time.

Table 8: Farm House

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

2.5 Acres

II.

Minimum Approach Road

Minimum width of existing revenue rasta or road shall not

be less than 11‘-0‖ widen to 40‘-0‖ or as per master plan

whichever is more.

However, in case the width of revenue rasta or

road is 22‘-0‖, the road widening shall be 60‘-0‖ or as per

master plan whichever is more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

5 % of the site area

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:0.1

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

9 m

VI.

Maximum

Number

of

Floors

G+1

VII.

Minimum Setbacks around

buildings

Front: 15 m

Side and Rear: 6 m

VIII.

Parking

1.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1705

45

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift and

escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,

waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater

harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.

Note:-

(a) The ground coverage and Floor Area Ratio is inclusive of ancillary buildings

such as labour or servant quarters which shall not be more than 25 percent of the

Floor Area Ratio area of the site.

(b) The temporary structure or building like Cattle Shed, Motor Room, covered

parking etc. shall be exempted from ground coverage and floor area ratio.

(c) No sub-division of plot shall be allowed.

(d) Basement upto building line, limited to single level only, if constructed, may be

used

for

parking,

household

storage

and

habitable

except

sleeping

accommodation purposes. Basement shall be counted towards Floor Area Ratio,

if used for habitable purposes.

(e) Check Post or guard room or watch and ward cabins, whatever the term used,

upto 150 square feet may be allowed along the entry gate and exempted from

Ground Coverage and Floor Area Ratio (FAR). The total height of the guard

room from plinth shall not be more than 2.75 meters.

(2)

Other general control for residential building

(i)

For the purpose of calculating the infrastructure requirements of the project, the

population shall be estimated based on the type of residential unit. The population

for villas shall be counted at 4.5 persons per villa. For residential plots without

stilt (G+2) or with stilt +3 floors, the population shall be counted at 13.5 persons

per plot, while for residential plots with stilt +4 floors, it shall be 18 persons per

plot. In the case of group housing, the population shall be counted at 4.5 persons

per dwelling unit and in case of Studio Apartments, it shall be counted as two

persons per unit.

(ii)

Floating population shall be taken as minimum one hundred person per acre for

calculation of infrastructural or services requirements only and shall not be

counted towards the regular density of the project or sector.

(iii)

The density for each category of flats in case of Group Housing or Apartments or

Studio Apartments shall be calculated separately. The promoter has to clearly

indicate the area under each category of flats.

(iv)

The clubbing or amalgamation of two or more adjoining residential plots sites

may be permitted, subject to the approval of a revised zoning plan by the

Competent Authority. Whereas, bifurcation or fragmentation of a plot shall not be

allowed. However, in case of approved standalone site or project, the transfer of

Change of Land Use (CLU) or approval of the entire site or part thereof (subject

to the fulfilment of minimum area and other siting guidelines) may be allowed

and shall be governed by the relevant policies of the department.

(v)

The clubbing or amalgamation of two or more adjoining Group Housing sites of

same promoter or developer may be permitted, subject to the approval of a revised

zoning plan by the Competent Authority. However, bifurcation or fragmentation

of a site shall not be allowed.

(vi)

For Low Density Country Homes Residential Development Projects, Economical

Weaker Section housing, Affordable housing, housing for all, Pardhan Mantri

Awas Yojna (PMAY), Punjab Shehri Awas Yojana (PSAY) and any other policy

relating to housing issued by State or Central Government, the physical and

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1706

46

development norms as prescribed in the respective policies as amended from time

to time, shall be applicable.

(vii)

Professional activity shall be allowed in residential plots and flats on any floor,

subject to the following condition: -

Part of the premises shall be permitted to be used upto a maximum of 50

percent of Floor Area Ratio or 100 sq.m, whichever is less, for non-nuisance, non-

teaching, non-commercial, or non-trading activities for rendering consultancy

based on professional skills such as charted accountant, architect, engineer, town

planner, advocates, doctors (only consultancy) or other similar activities.

23. Commercial.- (1) Commercial Buildings of various types shall be governed by the

following norms:

Table 9: Convenient Shopping or Neighbourhood Shopping Plotted within approved layout

plan.

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

Category

Booths

Shops

or

Double

Storey Shops (DSS)

Shops or Shop cum

offices (SCO‟s)

I.

Minimum Approach

Road

to

site

or

colony

18m

18m

24m

II.

Width of plot

Upto 3m

Above 3m to 5m

Above 5m

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

100%

of

plot area

Depth

of

Plot

%

of

Ground

Coverage

Depth

of

Plot

%

of

Ground

Coverage

upto 18m

100

upto 18m

100

more than

18m

85

more than

18m

85

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area Ratio

1:1.0

1:2.0

1:3.0

Note: The FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22. However, in cases where the

site/plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR

shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment

letter.

V.

No. of Stories

1 (Ground

Floor)

2 (G + 1)

4 (G + 3)

Note: Excluding mumty, parapet, lift room and architectural

features

VI.

Setbacks

Setbacks of booths or Shops or shop cum offices shall be

governed by the permissible ground coverage and architectural

control sheets or zoning plan.

VII.

Maximum

Permissible Height

Height of booths or Shops or Shop cum Offices shall be

governed by Control Sheets or Zoning Plan. However, the

maximum height shall not be more than 18 meters.

VIII.

Minimum width of

corridor or Canopy

or Projection

etc.

for

weather

protection

2.2m

2.5m

2.5m

IX.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area.

In addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the rate

of 3.5m x 7.5m shall be provided for loading and unloading

activities for each 2000 m2 of floor area or fraction thereof.

For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1707

47

courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall

building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as, plinth

levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,

ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic

tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,

ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or

watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these

building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) The plotted Convenient Shopping or Neighbourhood Shopping development shall

be permissible on 18m (60’-0”) wide road subject to the condition that the

maximum area of the site shall not be more than 8000 sq.m. For sites exceeding

8,000 sq.m, the minimum approach road width shall be 24 meters (80’-0”).

(b) In case of commercial plots in a row having openings on both front and rear, then

the ground coverage to be permitted upto 100% of the plot area for Booths or

Shops or SCOs or SCF etc., subject to the conditions that corridors of

appropriate width, as specified above shall be provided in front of each opening.

The FAR, height, number of storeys, clear width of the corridor shall be governed

by the width of the plot and stipulation made under these rules. However, the total

coverage shall continue to be governed by the parking requirements mentioned

above with adequate parking space provided both in front and rear of the site or

plaza as the case may be. The width of such plaza shall not be less than 10

meters.

(c) The depth of parking spaces in front of Booths, Shops, or Shop-cum-Offices

(SCOs) openings shall not be less than 12 meters, except at block junctions where

the front and side of these units intersect and parking is not provided, as

illustrated in Figure 1. In such cases, a minimum distance of 6 meters shall be

maintained between the blocks and this distance may be connected with a

corridor.

Figure 1

(d) Pavement shall be provided adjoining the corridor. The width of such pavement

shall not be less than the minimum corridor width specified in the table above.

(e) The basement shall be restricted under the building including the area under

corridors.

(f) For booths, Double Storey Shop (DSS) or Shop-cum-Offices (SCO’s), having

depth upto 18m and where rear courtyard is not provided, a setback of at least 3

meters from the property lines shall be required.

(g) Approach to upper floors in case of double storeyed shops, shop-cum-shop or

offices can also be permitted from the public corridor.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1708

48

(h) Approach to basement floors shall be permitted only from within the booth or

shops or shop-cum-shop or offices.

(i) Government commercial site(s) for Retail outlet may be planned as a special

category, irrespective of above rules related to Ground Coverage, FAR, Height,

Number of Floors and these special category sites shall be governed by approved

layout plan or zoning plan or standard architectural control sheets prepared by

the concerned Development Authorities.

(j) No separate fire tender movement shall be mandatory in case of Booths or Shops

or SCOs or SCF maximum upto a height of 18m.

(k) All activities specified in these rules are permitted in commercial sites; except for

school, college, religious buildings, general industries (except green industry) or

factories, storage of hazardous materials, residential apartments and any other

activities that are expressly prohibited under any law; subject to fulfilment of all

applicable requirements in these rules.

(l) In case of Double Storey Shop (DSS) or Shop-cum-Offices (SCO’s), common

staircase or common elevator is permissible maximum for two Double Storey

Shop (DSS) or Shop-cum-Offices (SCO’s) subjected to the condition the minimum

clear width of such staircase shall be 1500 mm.

Provided that if common lift is given, then the minimum clear width of

staircase shall not be less than 1220 mm (4’-0”).

(m) The Maximum floor to floor height of Booth(s) or Shop(s) or Shop-cum-Office(s)

shall not be more than 5000 mm (16’-4”).

(n) Clear height of the basement shall not be more than 4m.

(o) 100% Ground Coverage for all types of Shop-cum-Offices’ shall be subject to the

fulfilment of the following conditions, namely:

(i) The width of the road, abutting the rear side of 'Shop-cum-Offices’, shall be

minimum 20 feet and maximum 80 feet;

(ii) No entry or exit shall be allowed on the service lane or road, abutting the

rear side of the Shop-cum-Offices’;

(iii) There shall be no front of residential plots on the road at the rear side of the

'Shop-cum-Offices’;

(iv) 100% ground coverage shall be mandatory in complete row of Shop-cum-

Offices;

(v) Any service or equipment of the building i.e. air conditioner or gas cylinder

or diesel generator set shall not be installed on the road or plaza at the rear

side of the Shop-cum-Offices'. An undertaking in this regard shall be

obtained from the applicant to ensure the installation of these services or

equipment on the roof;

(vi) It is mandatory to provide the window at the rear side of the Shop-cum-

Offices to ensure the provision of light and ventilation and the sill level of

this window shall be minimum 2.5 feet and this window shall not be used for

any service; and

(vii) if Shop-cum-Offices', where the depth is more than 18m, are proposed back-

to-back with booths, Shops or Double Storey Shop (DSS) or Shop-cum-

Offices (SCO’s) then the distance between them shall be at least 10 meters.

Apart from this, if the applicant wants to propose entry or exit on both sides

then the corridors must be proposed on both sides:

Provided that those commercial colonies or pockets or urban estates

whose layout plans are already approved by the Competent Authority but no

development has taken place on the site i.e. no Shop-cum-Office has been

constructed on the site, in that case, 100% ground coverage can be permitted

in these commercial colonies or pockets or urban estates on the conditions

mentioned above. However, the promoters or development authorities shall

be bound to get the revised layout plans approved by the Competent

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1709

49

Authority. However, a public notice in this regard shall be given in the public

newspapers. Thereafter, the Competent Authority shall take appropriate

decision and if layout plans are revised then 100% ground coverage can be

permitted in those commercial colonies or pockets or urban estates. If the

building plan of any Shop-cum-Office is already approved then the applicant

shall be bound to get the building plans revised.

Table 10: Commercials such as Shopping Mall or Shopping Complex or a Building

primarily used for Display and Sale of Merchandise or any similar purpose

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site

500 sq.m

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

upto 4000 sq.m : 18m

Above 4000 sq.m : 24m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width

of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or

as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Minimum Frontage

12m

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

45% of Plot Area

Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22.

V.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

Minimum approach road 18 m

1:2.0

Minimum approach road 24 m

1:2.5

Minimum approach road 30 m

1:3.0

Minimum approach road 45 m & above

Unlimited*

Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit

shall also be allowed on 18m, 24m and 30m road.

The FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22:

Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be

charged at 1.5 times the pursuable rate prescribed as in

annexure 22.

Provided further that in cases where the site or

plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable

FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the

allotment letter.

VI.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

However,

for

clearance

from

the

Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause

clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is

up to 21 meters, the architect approving the building plan

under self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

authority approving the building plans.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1710

50

VII.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area

In addition to the parking spaces provided, a space

at the rate of 3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading

unloading activities for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or

fraction thereof for mercantile activity or use only

excluding area under hotel, restaurant, studio apartment,

marriage palaces, cinema, offices etc.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as

ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,

height, fire and structural safety.

(b) All activities specified in these rules are permitted in commercial sites; except for

school, college, religious buildings, general industries (except green industry) or

factories, storage of hazardous materials, residential apartments and any other

activities that are expressly prohibited under any law; subject to fulfilment of all

applicable requirements in these rules.

(c) The Maximum floor to floor height in commercial building shall not be more than

5000 mm (16‘-4‖). However, in case floor to floor height exceeds 5000 mm, in

that case FAR of such area shall be counted as 1.5 times. However, for special use

like cinemas, auditoriums, studios, sports arena etc. additional height may be

permitted by the competent authority from case-to-case basis without counting

additional FAR.

Table 11: Miniplex

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

2000 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach

Road & Site Area

plot size below 4000 sq.m

18 m

plot size 4000 sq.m and above

24 m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of the

abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less than

22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the

Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Minimum Frontage

24 m, subject to the exemption granted by the competent

authority under the Punjab Cinemas (Regulation) Rules, 1952,

as amended from time to time or otherwise as per the Punjab

Cinemas (Regulation) Rules, 1952.

IV.

Maximum

Ground 40% of Plot Area

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1711

51

Coverage

Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site area is

allowed within the zoned area. This additional Ground

Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as in

annexure 22.

V.

Maximum

Floor

Area Ratio

Minimum approach road width 18 m

1:2.0

Minimum approach road width 30 m and above 1:2.5

Note: An additional 10 % FAR beyond permissible limit shall

also be allowed.

FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22:

Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be charged

at 1.5 times the purchasable rate prescribed as in annexure 22.

Provided further that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority or

government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall be

governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment letter.

VI.

Maximum Height of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and

fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground

coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports Authority of

India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause clause (xi) of rule

40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters, the

architect approving the building plan under self-certification

shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with the

provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the responsibility

shall lie with the competent authority approving the building

plans.

VII.

Parking

3.0 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area in respect

of miniplex or cinema component and 2 ECS per 100 square

meters of the balance FAR area.

Note: In case of buildings of mercantile (commercial), in

addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the rate of

3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading unloading activities

for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or fraction thereof.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) In case of cinemas, if any provision is not specified or covered under these rules

then the physical and development norms as specified in the National Building

Code of India as amended from time to time, as the case may be, shall be

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1712

52

applicable.

(b) Commercial component such as retail, shopping restaurant, food courts etc. are

permissible in Miniplex and above rules shall be applicable with the exemption

from the competent authority under the Punjab Cinemas (regulations) Act, 1952,

as amended from time to time.

Table 12: Multiplex

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

4000 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach

Road

24 m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of the

abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less than

22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the

Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Minimum Frontage

30 m, subject to the exemption granted by the competent

authority under the Punjab Cinemas (Regulation) Rules, 1952,

as amended from time to time.

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of Plot Area

Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site area is

allowed within the zoned area. This additional Ground

Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as in

annexure 22.

V.

Maximum

Floor

Area Ratio

Minimum approach road width 24 m

1:2.0

Minimum approach road width 30 m

1:2.5

Minimum approach road width 45 m and above Unlimited*

Note: An additional 10 % FAR beyond permissible limit shall

also be allowed on 24 m and 30 m road.

FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates prescribed as in

annexure 22:

Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be

charged at 1.5 times the purchasable rate prescribed as in

annexure 22.

Provided further that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority or

government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall be

governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment letter.

VI.

Maximum Height of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and

fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground

coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports Authority of

India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of Rule 27. In

cases where the building height is up to 21 meters, the architect

approving the building plan under self-certification shall be

responsible for ensuring compliance with the provisions of the

above clause; otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the

competent authority approving the building plans.

VII.

Parking

3.0 ECS per 100 square meters of the FAR area in respect of

multiplex or cinema component plus 30 percent of the total

FAR area of that component i.e (multiplex or cinema

component) and 2 ECS per 100 square meters of the balance

FAR area.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1713

53

Note: In case of buildings of mercantile (commercial), in

addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the rate of

3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading unloading activities

for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or fraction thereof.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as

ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,

height, fire and structural safety.

(b) In case of cinemas, if any provision is not specified or covered under these rules

then the physical and development norms as specified in the National Building

Code of India as amended from time to time, as the case may be, shall be

applicable.

(c) Commercial component such as retail, shopping restaurant, food courts etc. are

permissible in Multiplex and above rules shall be applicable with the exemption

from the competent authority under the Punjab Cinemas (regulations) Act, 1952,

as amended from time to time.

Table 13: Hotel or Motel

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

800 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

Plot size upto 2000 sq.m

12m

Plot size above 2000 sq.m

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width

of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)

or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of Plot Area

Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in Annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio as per approach

road

Minimum road width of 12 m

1:2.0

Minimum road width of 18 m

1:2.5

Minimum road width of 30 m

1:3.0

Minimum road width of 45 m & above

Unlimited*

Note: An additional 10 % FAR beyond permissible limit

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1714

54

shall also be allowed on 12m, 18m and 30m road.

FAR above 1:2.0 is purchasable at the rates prescribed

as in annexure 22.

Provided that FAR beyond permissible

shall be charged at 1.5 times the purchasable rate

prescribed as in annexure 22.

Provided further that in cases where the

site or plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any

development authority or government agency, the slab of

purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and

conditions of the allotment letter.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to

21 meters, the architect approving the building plan

under self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

authority approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as: plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) Commercial use within the main Hotel Building envelope shall be permissible

upto 10% of the availed FAR and the commercial charges shall be applicable on

commercial component. However, in case of Hotel or Motel sites auctioned by

government or government agencies or development authorities, commercial

component shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the auction and

allotment letters.

(b) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as

ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,

height, fire and structural safety.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1715

55

Table 14: Mix Land Use Project

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Permitted Use

All uses except formal school, college, orange and red

category industries, storage of hazardous materials, and

any other activities that are expressly prohibited under any

law. White and green Industries are permitted subject to

the fulfillment of siting guidelines and Punjab Pollution

Control Board (PPCB) norms.

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

24 m

III.

Minimum Site Area

8000 sq.m.

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

45% of Plot Area

Additional ground coverage upto 5% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in Annexure 22.

V.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

Minimum approach road 24 m

1:2.5

Minimum approach road 30 m

1:3.0

Minimum approach road 45 m &

above

Unlimited*

Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit

shall also be allowed on 24 m road.

The FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22:

Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be

charged at 1.5 times the purchasable rate prescribed as in

annexure 22.

Provided further that in cases where the site or

plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable

FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the

allotment letter.

VI.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However,

for

clearance

from

the

Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to

21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under

self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

authority approving the building plans.

VII.

Parking

As per component of the building.

VIII.

Green Area Requirement

Minimum 15 % of site area in the form of organized park

or playground with minimum width of 15m.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1716

56

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as

ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,

height, fire and structural safety.

(b) The Development Authority may permit mixed‑use projects at any location within

its urban estates, subject to the fulfilment of the siting parameters. However, in

cases other than those undertaken by the Development Authority, such projects

shall be permitted only in accordance with the provisions of the respective Master

Plan.

(c) For Mixed Land Use projects, the applicable charges shall be the same as those

prescribed for commercial or Group Housing category, whichever is higher

within the respective potential zone.

(d) The relevant norms or provisions, other than above, shall be applicable as per the

component provided for in the Mix Use Project.

Table 15: Club

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

1000 sq.m

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

Plot size upto 2000 sq.m

18m (60‘-0‖)

Plot size above 2000 sq.m

24m (80‘-0‖)

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of Plot Area

Additional ground coverage upto 5% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:1.5

The FAR above 1:1.0 shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22:

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority

or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall

be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment

letter.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However,

for

clearance

from

the

Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to

21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under

self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1717

57

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

authority approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

3 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Table 16: Guest House or Lodging & Boarding or Service Apartments or Dharamshala or

Sarai

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

400 sq.m

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

Plot size upto 2000 sq.m

12m (40‘-0‖)

Plot size above 2000 sq.m

18m (60‘-0‖)

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width

of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)

or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of Plot Area

Additional ground coverage upto 20% of the plot/ site

area is allowed within the zoned area This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates as

prescribed as in Annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

Plot size upto 2000 sq.m

1:1.0

Plot size above 2000 sq.m

1:2.0

Note: An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-

mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the

rates as prescribed as in Annexure 22:

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable

FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the

allotment letter.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However,

for

clearance

from

the

Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1718

58

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to

21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under

self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

authority approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

1 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Table 17: Dhaba

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

1000 sq.m

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

Plot size upto 2000 sq.m

18m (60‘-0‖)

Plot size above 2000 sq.m

24m (80‘-0‖)

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of

the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less

than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as

per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of Plot Area

IV.

Floor Area Ratio

1:0.5

V.

Height

5m.

VI.

Setbacks

around

buildings

Front: 10m

Sides and rear: 3m

VII.

Parking

30% of plot area

For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and

courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall

building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth

levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,

ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic

tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,

ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or

watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these

building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1719

59

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) Maximum 50 sq.m area for Kiosks like mobile shop, books, toy shop, pickle shop

etc. can be permissible as ancillary uses within F.A.R.

(b) The access permission is required from competent authority if the site is located

on scheduled road or State Highway or National Highway.

(c) Approach from National Highways can be considered if the site fulfils minimum

distance norm from intersection or access or abuts 7M wide service road or

applicant submits prior permission of access from National Highway Authority of

India (NHAI).

Table 18: Wholesale Trade or Integrated Freight complex (Standalone)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

1 Hectare

II.

Minimum Approach

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width

of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)

or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of Plot Area

Additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the revised zoned area. This

additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the

rates prescribed as in annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:1.2

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer clause

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to

21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under

self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

authority approving the building plans.

VI.

Setbacks around buildings

The minimum setback from boundary wall and around

the building shall be at least one-fourth (¼) of the

building height, up to a maximum of 20 meters.

However, it shall not be less than 6 meters.

Provided that where rooms do not derive light and

ventilation from the exterior open space between two

buildings, the required setback of such exterior open

space may be reduced by 1 m subject to a minimum of

3m and a maximum of 8m.

VII.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

In addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the

rate of 3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1720

60

unloading activities for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or

fraction thereof.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note: For Risk based approval of types of Warehouses or Integrated Freight Complex

(IFC) refer Part XII of these rules.

Table 19: Warehouse or Godown (Standalone)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

500 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width

of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)

or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

65% of Plot Area

Additional Ground Coverage upto 5% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:3.0

The additional FAR above 1:1.0 shall be purchasable at

the rates prescribed as in annexure 22:

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable

FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the

allotment letter.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to

21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under

self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1721

61

authority approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

1 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

In addition to the parking spaces provided, a space at the

rate of 3.5m x 7.5m, shall be provided for loading

unloading activities for each 2000 m2 of FAR area or

fraction thereof.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:- For Risk based approval of types of Warehouses refer Part XII of these rules.

(2)

Other general control for commercial building.-

Petrol Pumps or Filling cum Service Stations: Sitting of Petrol Pump or filling cum

service stations or two-three wheelers petrol pump shall be governed as per instructions

or guidelines of Indian Roads Congress (IRC) or Ministry of Road Transportation and

Highways (MORTH) or Town and Country planning Organisation (TCPO) or

Department of Housing and Urban Development Department, Punjab Government, as

amended from time to time.

However, every Petrol Pump or Filling cum Service Stations shall have a

charging station for electric drive vehicle.

24. Industry.- (1) The Industry or Factory Buildings shall be governed by the following norms:

Table 20: Low Rise Industry (Plotted Industry) - upto 21m in height (General or Factory

or Information Technology)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum

Approach

Road

Plot size upto 500 sq.yd (418.064 sq.m): 40'-0" (12m)

Plot size above 500 sq.yd (418.064 sq.m): 60'-0" (18m)

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width of

the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be less

than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or as per

the Master Plan, whichever is more.

II.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

70% of the plot area for General Industry or Factory

65% of the plot area for IT Industry

Additional ground coverage upto10% of the plot or site area

shall allowed within the zoned area. This additional Ground

Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed as in

Annexure 22.

III.

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

Unlimited*

The FAR above 1:2.0 shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22:

Section

180 P.A.

No.

11

of 1995

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1722

62

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is allotted

or sold or auctioned by any development authority or

government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall be

governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment letter.

IV.

Maximum Height of

Building

upto 21m (including stilt, if provided)

Note: Excluding equipment, machinery such as chimney,

boiler, plant, hammer, silos, etc. irrespective of its height.

However, for clearance from the Airports Authority of

India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule 40. In

cases where the building height is up to 21 meters, the

architect approving the building plan under self-certification

shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with the

provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the responsibility

shall lie with the competent authority approving the building

plans.

V.

Setbacks

around

buildings

The open spaces around the building shall not be less than

4.5m for height below 21 m, with an increase of the open

spaces of 0.25 m for every increase of 1 m or fraction thereof

in height 21 m and above

Provided that in case of special building (as mentioned

in sub rule (15) of rule 43 and part 4, ‗Fire and Life Safety‘ of

National Building Code of India, 2016) or high-rise building,

the open spaces around the building shall not be less than 6m.

However, for plots upto 2025 sq.m area, the front and

rear setback shall be 3m irrespective of requirement, and the

side setbacks may be relaxed, subject to the condition that the

owner has to submit a fire safety certificate from the

competent authority in this regard.

Further, the plot size above 2025 sq.m area to 4047

sq.m (1 acres), one side setback is relaxed, however, it shall be

atleast 1.5 m from site or plot boundary, and the front and rear

set back also relaxed to 4.5 m, subject to the condition that the

owner has to submit a fire safety certificate from the

competent authority in this regard.

VI.

Parking

General

Industry

0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of the total FAR area.

In addition to the parking spaces provided, a

space at the rate of 3.5m x 7.5m, shall be

provided for loading unloading activities for

each 2000 m2 of FAR area or fraction thereof.

Information

Technology

1.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of total FAR area.

For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards,

projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building

requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels,

spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or

tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks,

office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps,

lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-

ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions related

to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency,

waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic, Rainwater

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1723

63

harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building rules.

Table 21: High Rise Industry- above 21m in height (General or Factory or Information

Technology)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

1000 sq.mt.

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum

width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road

shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to

18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is

more.

III.

Maximum Ground Coverage

40 %

Additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or

site area is allowed within the zoned area. This

additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at

the rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

Unlimited*

The FAR above 1:2.0 shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22:

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority or government agency, the slab of

purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and

conditions of the allotment letter.

V.

Maximum Height of Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to

clause clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the

building height is up to 21 meters, the architect

approving the building plan under self-certification

shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with the

provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

General

Industry or

Factory

0.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of the total FAR

area.

In addition to the parking spaces

provided, a space at the rate of 3.5m x

7.5m, shall be provided for loading

unloading activities for each 2000 m2

of FAR area or fraction thereof.

Information

Technology

1.5 ECS per 100 sq.m. of total FAR

area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1724

64

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

(2)

Other controls for Industrial Buildings

(i)

For low-rise general industry or factory buildings with a site or plot area of 10

acres or more, 15% of the permitted ground coverage may be utilized for high-rise

construction.

(ii)

Any newly auctioned industrial site or plot by the development authority, having

an area of 10 acres or more, may also be developed as an Industrial Park, subject

to applicable planning norms and approvals.

(iii)

For industrial plots more than 1000 sq.m, 10% of the total plot area to a maximum

of 2500 sq.m., shall be reserved as amenity open space which means an area left

'open to sky' for the welfare or wellbeing of workers or employees or staff. Such

an amenity open space shall have a means of access and shall be so located that it

could be conveniently utilized as such by the persons working in the industry.

(iv)

Upto 15 percent of the availed FAR in industrial buildings shall be permissible for

the housing of staff or workers.

(v)

*Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as

ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,

height, fire and structural safety.

(vi)

In case of General Industry or Factory, where corridors and staircases are used

solely for the purpose of access to service areas of machinery, such as

maintenance of machinery or On/Off switch operation, where no habitable space

such as office or seating area or watching cabin or store or toilet etc. are provided,

in such case, the width of such corridors and staircases can be relaxed upto 1000

mm and 1200 mm, respectively, subject to the fulfilment of the other conditions.

These corridor(s) and staircase(s) shall not be considered as fire exit passage or

fire staircase.

(vii)

In case of Industrial Estate or Private Industrial Areas or Conglomeration of

Industries opt for central parking then:

(a) Minimum 20 percent parking shall be within the premises of the industry.

(b) The parking requirement if provided in mechanical or common pool area shall

be duly certified by the concerned association by whom it is being maintained.

(c) The share of common parking shall be calculated as per the total area of the

industrial plot duly certified by the concerned agency maintaining that

parking.

(d) In case any false claim regarding common parking is observed then the

industrial plot holder has to provide parking in his own premises.

25. Educational.- (1) The educational Buildings shall be governed by the following norms:

Table 22: Pre Nursery or Nursery School or Crèche

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

400 sq.m

II.

Minimum

Approach 12 m

Section

180 P.A.

No. 11 of

1995

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1725

65

Road

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width

of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖) or

as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of site area

Additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or site

area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in Annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

1:1.0

An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-mentioned

permissible limit shall be purchasable at the rates as

prescribed as in Annexure 22.

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development authority

or government agency, the slab of purchasable FAR shall

be governed by the terms and conditions of the allotment

letter.

V.

Setbacks

around

buildings

Front

6 m

Other

side

4.5 m

VI.

Parking

0.75 ECS per 100 sq.m. of total FAR area.

VII.

Maximum number of

Floors

G+1 and upto 9m.

However, for clearance from the Airports Authority

of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause (xi) of rule

40. In cases where the building height is up to 21 meters,

the architect approving the building plan under self-

certification shall be responsible for ensuring compliance

with the provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

Note: Only ground floor shall be used for academics.

However, first floor may be used for residential, office,

storage etc.

For provisions related to setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and

courtyards, projections and balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall

building requirements, occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth

levels, spatial requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms,

ledges or tand, mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic

tanks, office-cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions,

ramps, lift and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or

watch-and-ward cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these

building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Table 23: Primary School (class 1 to 5)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1726

66

I.

Minimum Site area

2000 sq.m. or as per affiliation authority norms,

whichever is more.

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

12 m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width

of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)

or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Minimum Frontage

20m

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of site area

An additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or

site area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22.

V.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:1.2

An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-

mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the

rates as prescribed as in annexure 22.

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable

FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the

allotment letter.

VI.

Parking

0.75 ECS per 100 sq.m. of total FAR area.

VII.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

Upto 21 m.

However,

for

clearance

from

the

Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to

21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under

self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

authority approving the building plans.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Table 24: High and/or Senior secondary school or College or Educational Institute or

Universities.

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

5000 sq.m or as per the norms of affiliation authority,

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1727

67

whichever is more.

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

for School

18m

for

College

or

university

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width

of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)

or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more.

III.

Minimum Frontage

30m

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of plot area

An additional Ground Coverage upto 10% of the plot or

site area is allowed within the zoned area. This additional

Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in Annexure 22.

V.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:1.5

An additional FAR up to 20% beyond the above-

mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the

rates as prescribed as in Annexure 22:

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable

FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the

allotment letter.

VI.

Parking

0.75 ECS /100 sq.m of the total FAR area.

VII.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for

clearance

from

the

Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to

21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under

self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

authority approving the building plans.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1728

68

(2)

Other controls for Educational Building(s)

a) In case of educational buildings of 1 acre or above, the front boundary wall shall be

recessed by 6m to accommodate visitors parking within setback area and minimum

15% of site area shall be kept or developed as playground with minimum width of 10

m.

b) Upto 15 percent of the total availed FAR in educational buildings shall be permissible

for the housing of staff or workers.

c) In case of large Campus or Universities or IIT or IIM, upto 30% of the total FAR area

can be utilized for residential use for essential staff and fellow accommodations by

providing housing for staff, dormitories, guest houses or crèche.

d) Student Hostel(s) shall not be counted in residential component.

e) Area requirements of each type of educational institutions wherever not specified shall

be as per the norms or guidelines issued by the affiliating authority.

f) Separate office buildings are allowed within educational institutions; however, they are

not permitted to be sold or partially sold.

26. Institutional. - The Institutional Buildings shall be governed by the following norms:

Table 25: Hospital or Nursing Home or Dispensary or Medical Laboratory

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

400 sq.m

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road and Site Area

Plot size from 400 sq.m upto 2000 sq.m

12m (40'-0")

Plot size above 2000 sq.m upto 4000

sq.m

18m (60'-0")

Plot size above 4000 sq.m

24m (80'-0")

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum width

of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road shall not be

less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to 18m (60‘-0‖)

or as per the Master Plan, whichever is more, irrespective

of site area. However, sites with an area more than 4,000

sq.m shall have a minimum frontage of 24 meters.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of site area

An additional ground coverage upto 10% of the plot or

site area shall allowed within the zoned area. This

additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the

rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

Minimum approach road 12 m

1:2.0

Minimum approach road 18 m

1:2.25

Minimum approach road 24 m and above

1:2.75

Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit

shall also be allowed.

The FAR above 1:1.5 is purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in annexure 22. Provided that FAR beyond

permissible shall be charged at 1.5 times the purchasable

rate prescribed as in Annexure 22

Provided further that in cases where the site or

plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority or government agency, the slab of purchasable

FAR shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the

allotment letter.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1729

69

safety and fire safety norms.

However,

for

clearance

from

the

Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to clause

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up to

21 meters, the architect approving the building plan under

self-certification shall be responsible for ensuring

compliance with the provisions of the above clause;

otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the competent

authority approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) In case of Hospitals, 25% of the total FAR area may be utilized for residential use

for staff, dormitory or hostels for attendants of the patients, crèche etc.

(b) Adequate arrangements for disposal of hospital waste have to be made as per the

Bio Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998 as amended from

time to time along with the instructions or guidelines issued by the Punjab

Pollution Control Board from time to time.

Table 26: Orphanage Home or Old Age Home or Children's Centre / Care Centre / School

/ Institute for Mentally challenged and/or Physically Handicapped Person

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

400 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

12m (40‘-0‖)

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum

width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road

shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to

18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is

more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

60%

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:1.5

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer clause

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1730

70

(xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building height is up

to 21 meters, the architect approving the building plan

under self-certification shall be responsible for

ensuring compliance with the provisions of the above

clause; otherwise, the responsibility shall lie with the

competent authority approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

0.75 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) Minimum 15% of site area shall be kept or developed as playground or green

with minimum width of 10 m.

(b) In case of school for mentally or differently able persons, 25% of the total FAR

area can be utilized for residential use for essential staff and student

accommodations.

27. Public Buildings. - The Public Buildings of various types shall be governed by the

following norms:

Table 27: Community Centre or Public Concert Hall or Auditorium or Museum or

Gymnasium or Public Exhibition

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

800 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum

width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road

shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to

18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is

more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40%

An additional Ground Coverage upto 5% (for

Community

Centre,

Public

Concert

Hall

or

Auditorium, Public Exhibition) and upto 10% ( for

Museum and Gymnasium) of the plot or site area is

allowed within the zoned area. This additional Ground

Coverage shall be purchasable at the rates prescribed

as in Annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:1.2

An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-

mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the

Section

180

P.A.

No. 11 of

1995

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1731

71

rates as prescribed as in Annexure 22.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to

clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building

height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the

building

plan

under

self-certification

shall

be

responsible

for

ensuring

compliance

with

the

provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

3 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) In case of Community Centre, it shall only have banquet hall, kitchen, library,

office and reading room, except these if any other activity proposed than it shall

be considered as club.

(b) Upto 15% of the total FAR area in Public Buildings shall be permissible for the

housing of the staff or workers.

Table 28: Religious Building

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

400 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

and Site area

Plot size upto 2000 sq.m

12m (40'-0")

Plot size above 2000 sq.m

18m (60'-0")

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum

width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road

shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to

18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is

more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

60% of site area

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:1.0

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1732

72

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to

clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building

height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the

building

plan

under

self-certification

shall

be

responsible

for

ensuring

compliance

with

the

provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

1ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Table 29: Public Offices

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

1000 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum

width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road

shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to

18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is

more.

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of plot area

An additional ground coverage upto 10% of the plot or

site area shall allowed within the zoned area. This

additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at the

rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

Minimum approach road 18m

1:2.0

Minimum approach road 24m

1:2.5

Minimum approach road 30m

1:3.0

Minimum approach road 45m & above

Unlimited*

Note: An additional 10% FAR beyond permissible limit

shall also be allowed on 18m, 24m and 30m road.

However, FAR above 1:1.75 is purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in Annexure 22 except State and central

Government offices.

Provided that FAR beyond permissible shall be

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1733

73

charged at 1.5 times the pursuable rate prescribed as

in Annexure 22.

Provided further that in cases where the site or

plot is allotted or sold or auctioned by any

development authority or government agency, the slab

of purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and

conditions of the allotment letter.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to

clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building

height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the

building

plan

under

self-certification

shall

be

responsible

for

ensuring

compliance

with

the

provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

(a) *Unlimited F.A.R shall be subject to fulfilment of building controls such as

ground coverage, setback around building, parking norms, light and ventilation,

height, fire and structural safety.

(b) Upto 15 percent of the total FAR area in Public buildings shall be permissible for

the housing of staff or workers.

Table 30: Convention Centre

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

8000 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum

width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road

shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to

18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is

more.

III.

Maximum

Ground 50% of plot area

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1734

74

Coverage

An additional ground coverage upto 10% of the plot or

site area shall allowed within the zoned area. This

additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at

the rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:2.0

An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-

mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the

rates as prescribed as in Annexure 22:

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority

or

government

agency,

the

slab

of

purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and

conditions of the allotment letter.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to

clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building

height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the

building

plan

under

self-certification

shall

be

responsible

for

ensuring

compliance

with

the

provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VI.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

Upto 30 percent of the total Floor Area Ratio area of Convention Centre shall be

allowable for hotel activity. However, in case of already allotted or auctioned site, terms

and conditions of the auction and allotment letter shall be applicable.

Table 31: Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I. Minimum Site area

4000 SQ.M

II. Minimum Approach Road

18m

Note: In the case of a standalone site, the minimum

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1735

75

width of the abutting existing revenue rasta or road

shall not be less than 22'-0", and it shall be widened to

18m (60‘-0‖) or as per the Master Plan, whichever is

more.

III. Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of plot area

An additional ground coverage upto 10% of the plot or

site area shall allowed within the zoned area. This

additional Ground Coverage shall be purchasable at

the rates prescribed as in Annexure 22.

IV. Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:3.0

The FAR above 1:2.0 shall be purchasable at the rates

prescribed as in Annexure 22.

Provided that in cases where the site or plot is

allotted or sold or auctioned by any development

authority

or

government

agency,

the

slab

of

purchasable FAR shall be governed by the terms and

conditions of the allotment letter.

V. Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to

clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building

height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the

building

plan

under

self-certification

shall

be

responsible

for

ensuring

compliance

with

the

provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

approving the building plans.

VI. Parking

3 ECS per 100 square meters of the Exhibition area and

2 ECS per 100 square meters other than Exhibition

area.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

Minimum area for different component shall be provided as per the Punjab Industrial

and Business Development (IBDP) Policy, 2022 or as amendment from time to time.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1736

76

Table 32: Multi Level Car Parking (standalone)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

4000 sq.m

II.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

80%

III.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

for commercial

A maximum of 20% of the total covered area within

the main parking building envelope may be allowed for

commercial use on any two floors.

IV.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

However, for clearance from the Airports

Authority of India or the Indian Air Force, refer to

clause (xi) of rule 40. In cases where the building

height is up to 21 meters, the architect approving the

building

plan

under

self-certification

shall

be

responsible

for

ensuring

compliance

with

the

provisions of the above clause; otherwise, the

responsibility shall lie with the competent authority

V.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the commercial FAR.

For provisions related to setback around building, refer to rule 28, and for provisions related to

setbacks for projected portions at roof level, open spaces and courtyards, projections and

balconies, parking requirements, exemptions, general notes, overall building requirements,

occupant load, clearance zones, part building requirements such as; plinth levels, spatial

requirements for various building components, lighting and ventilation of rooms, ledges or tand,

mezzanine floors, basements, chimneys, parapets, cabins, boundary walls, septic tanks, office-

cum-letter box rooms, meter rooms, staircases and exit routes, corridor dimensions, ramps, lift

and escalator, roof structures, sunken courtyards, check posts or guard rooms or watch-and-ward

cabins, and drainage and sanitation fitments, refer to rules 39 to 43 of these building rules.

Further, for the provisions of Fire protection, Structural design, Lighting and ventilation,

Electrical and allied installations and Building Materials refer to part VI and for provisions

related to differently-abled, elderly and children refer to part VII of these building rules.

Furthermore, for the provisions of water conservation and management, energy

efficiency, waste management and energy utilization, Energy efficiency, Solar photovoltaic,

Rainwater harvesting and Sustainable waste management refer to part VIII of these building

rules.

Note:-

a) The ground coverage includes all built-up areas at the ground level, including the

main structure as well as ancillary facilities such as parking areas, toilets, service

zones, utility rooms, and other supporting buildings.

b) Commercial shops may be rented out but are not permitted to be leased or sold.

c) Completion or partial completion of commercial component shall only be allowed

after the completion of the parking component as per approved plans.

28. Setbacks and open space around the buildings.- For buildings other than residential

plotted or row type buildings or crèche or pre nursery or nursery school or farm house or

low-rise industry or factory, the set back or open space around the building(s) or outer

open spaces shall be as given in the Table below:

Table 33: Minimum Setback or Open Space Around Buildings

Serial

No.

Building Height Range (m)

Minimum required Setback or open space all

around building (m)

Section

180 P.A.

No. 11 of

1995

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1737

77

I.

Up to first 25 meters

¼ (one-fourth) of the building height, However, it

shall be atleast 3m around the building within site

and 6m from the site boundary.

II.

Next 25 meters (above 25m to

50m)

⅕ (one-fifth) of the building height + 6.25m for the

first 25m

III.

Any height beyond 50 meters

⅙ (one-sixth) of the building height + 11.25m for

the first 50m, however maximum upto 18m

IV.

Explanation

Let‘s say you‘re planning a 80-meter-tall building.

1. First 25m:

Setback = ¼ × 25m = 6.25 meters

2. Next 25m (25m to 50m):

Setback = ⅕ × 25m = 5 meters

3. Remaining 30m (50m to 80m):

Setback = ⅙ × 30m = 5 meters

Total setback required around the building: 6.25

+ 5 + 5 = 16.25 meters

The maximum required minimum setback is 18m.

Note:-

(i)

For buildings exceeding 120 meters in height, an additional setback of 2 meters

shall be required on all sides of the building.

(ii)

Where rooms do not derive light and ventilation from the exterior open space, the

width of such exterior open space or distance between two buildings as given

above may be reduced by 1 m subject to a minimum of 3m and a maximum of 8m.

(iii)

For high rise buildings and special buildings as specified in rule 31(14) (see

Part4 Fire and Life Safety' of the National Building Code of India, 2016 as

amended from time to time), the approach to the building and open spaces on all

sides shall not be less than 6 m.

(iv)

For the plots upto 2025 sq.m area where width of the plot is less than 30.50m

(100'-0") and the maximum height of building is below 21 m excluding the

architectural and symbolism element of religious building like dome, minarets,

sikharas, crucifix etc. from building height, then one side setbacks may be relaxed

subject to the condition that the owner has to submit a fire safety certificate from

the competent authority in this regard.

(v)

In addition to setback defined in different category of buildings, for the plots upto

2025 sq.m area where width of the plot is less than 30.50 m (100'-0") and the

maximum height of building is below 21 m excluding the architectural and

symbolism element of religious building like dome, minarets, shikharas, crucifix

etc. from building height then one side setback may be relaxed subject to the

condition that the owner has to submit a fire safety certificate from the competent

authority in this regard.

However, for sites or plots up to 2,025 sq.m in size with roads on more

than one side, a relaxation of 3 meters in setback along the side and rear roads

(excluding the front setback) may be granted, provided that the setback width

shall not be less than 3 meters from the boundary, subject to the following

conditions, namely:

(a) Minimum road width of side or rear road shall not less than 9 m.

(b) The height of the boundary wall including railing for this side shall not be

more than 1 m.

(c) No objection certificate from Fire Department is required for this relaxation.

(d) No entry or exit shall be allowed on such roads, except that a wicket gate of

up to 1.2 meters in width may be permitted.

(vi)

In the case of tower-like or recessed buildings, setbacks or open spaces may be

provided in accordance with alternative provisions to Table 33, as detailed

below:

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1738

78

(a) Up to a height of 35 m, with one set-back, the open spaces at the ground level,

shall be not less than 6 m [see Fig. 2(a)];

(b) For heights above 35 m and upto 55 m with one set-back, the open spaces at

the ground level, shall be not less than 9 m [see Fig. 2(b)];

(c) For heights above 55 m and 75 m with two set-backs, the open spaces at the

ground level, shall be not less than 12 m [see Fig. 2(c)];

(d) For heights between 75 m and 120 m with two set-backs, the open spaces at

the ground level, shall be not less than 14 m [see Fig. 2(d)];

(e) For heights above 120 m and above with two set-backs, the open spaces at the

ground level, shall be not less than 16 m [see Fig. 2(e)]; and

(f) The deficiency in the open spaces shall be made good to satisfy Table 33

through the set-backs at the upper levels; these set-backs shall not be

accessible from individual rooms or flats at these levels.

Note: The minimum setback on the ground shall be in proportion to height

specified in the above Table 33.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1739

79

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1740

80

B. FOR AREA UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF DEPARTMENT OF LOCAL

GOVERNMENT

(RULES 29 TO 38)

29. Development Control Regulations.- (1) These rules shall be applicable to building

activity within all Town Planning Schemes or Building Schemes or Development

Schemes or in any planned scheme/colony and including Lal Lakir area falling within

entire Municipal areas of all Municipal Corporations or Municipal Councils or Nagar

Panchayats or Improvement Trusts except areas developed by the Department of

Housing and Urban Development, located within the jurisdiction of all Urban Local

Bodies (ULBs), unless other specified by the Government.

(2) The permitted uses and use activities within the premises shall be allowed in

accordance with provisions of Master Plan or Zonal Plan or Local Area Plan or Layout

Plan.

(3) The objective of these rules is to provide control for building(s) within use premises

excluding the internal arrangement, which is covered and controlled by these rules.

(4) Nothing in these rules shall require the removal, alteration or abandonment, nor

prevent continuance of the lawfully established use or occupancy of an existing

approved building.

30. Applicability in Scheme Areas. – (1) In case of erection or re-erection of any building(s)

on sites reserved for any purpose in any approved or notified layout plan, condition of

minimum road width minimum, plot size and minimum frontage shall not be applicable.

(2) Commercial activity shall be permitted as per instructions issued by Government from time

to time on existing residential plots in town planning or building schemes, falling within

the entire municipal areas of all Municipal Corporations, Councils, or Nagar Panchayats

developed prior to 31.12.2019, without requirement of notification of road for the purpose

subject to fulfilment of all norms, charges, and other mandatory requirements. Such

schemes shall stand amended to that extent. However, no road falling within any scheme or

part of scheme approved after 31.12.2019 shall be allowed to be used for commercial

purpose.

31. Residential.- (1) The residential building of various types shall be governed by following

norms, namely:-

Table 34: Residential Plotted

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

Site Requirements

I.

Minimum Approach

Road

(i)

40 feet in case of Affordable Colony.

(ii)

45 feet in case of Licensed Colony under PAPRA or

Town Planning Scheme (with an area upto 10 acres)

(iii)

60 feet in case of Licensed Colony under PAPRA or

Town Planning Scheme (upto 50 acres)

(iv)

80 feet in case of Licensed Colony under PAPRA or

Town Planning Scheme (upto 100 acres).

(v)

In case of an area which is landlocked viz. surrounded

by built-up area on all sides and approach road cannot

be widened, in such cases the colony may be

considered for approval on the existing road width

subject to a minimum of 16 feet 6 inches and with the

condition that the applicant shall comply with all the

norms within the project area and a loop of internal

road shall be provided. The Competent Authority shall

certify that the area is built-up and there is no scope for

widening of the road.

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1741

81

II.

Internal Road Width

in Colony

Plot Size (Sq.m)

Road Width

Upto 167 (200sq.yd.)

30 feet

Above 167

40 feet

Building Norms

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

Upto 100 sq. m of plot area

90%

For the next 50 sq.m of plot area

80%

For the next 100 sq.m of plot area

70%

For the next 100 sq.m of plot area

60%

For the next 100 sq.m of plot area

50%

For the next remaining area of plot

40%

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area Ratio or No. of

Floors

i.

Without Stilt: Three Storeys (Ground + Two Floors)

ii.

With Stilt: 4 Floors (Stilt+ Four Floors)

Note: FAR above 1:2.00 shall be purchasable as per charges

mentioned in Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended

by government from time to time.

V.

Maximum Height of

Building

(i)

Without Stilt: 15m from the plinth level

(ii)

With Stilt: 17.5 m from Ground level

VI.

Setbacks

Plot area (in

Sq. m)

Front setback

Rear or Side

setback (optional)

Upto 150

1.54 m (5 feet)

1.54 m (5 feet)

Above 150 to

200

1.8 m (6 feet)

1.8 m (6 feet)

Above 200 to

300

2.13 m (7 feet)

2.13 m (7 feet)

Above 300 to

500

3.0 m (10 feet)

3.0 m (10 feet)

Above 500 to

1000

4.6 m (15 feet)

3.0 m (10 feet)

Above 1000

6.17 m (20 feet)

3.0 m (10 feet)

VII.

Minimum

Parking

Space

Required,

where

stilt

not

provided

Plot area

Parking Required

Upto 100 sq. meters

2 no. of two wheeler parking

space

Above 100 to 150 Sq.m

1 ECS

Above 150 to 200 Sq.m

1 ECS

Above 200 to 300 Sq.m

2 ECS

Above 300 to 500 Sq.m

3 ECS

Above 500 to 1000 Sq.m

3 ECS

VIII.

Staircase

Width

900mm (For plot upto 150 sq.m.)

1000 mm ( For plot above 150 sq.m.)

Riser

190mm

Tread

250mm

IX.

In

Core

Areas

(notified

by

the

Government)

Road Width – As per existing ground situation or revenue

record.

Ground Coverage, Setback, Parking – exempted

In built-up areas

(i)

As per revenue record or existing ground situation,

whichever is more, with a condition that in case

existing road width is less than 20 feet same shall be

widened to 20 feet by leaving equal setbacks on both

sides.

(ii)

However, where public streets have been declared by

the Competent Authority, minimum road width will be

as per notified public street or Revenue record.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1742

82

Note:-

(a) The stilt area shall be used exclusively for car or scooter parking, except for

staircases and lifts.

(b) Basement, if constructed, may be used for parking, household storage, habitable

and consultancy service purposes. Basement shall be counted towards Floor Area

Ratio, if used for habitable purposes.

(c) Front boundary wall shall be optional for providing easy access for parking in

front setback within plot area.

(d) No opening is allowed on party wall of properties.

(e) The maximum permissible ground coverage and Floor Area Ratio is subject to the

fulfilment of the setback, height and parking norms.

(f) A toilet, not exceeding 6 sq.m in area and 2.75 m in height, may be permitted on

the terrace and shall be excluded from the FAR calculation.

(g) The permissible building height shall exclude the parapet, water tank, and mumty.

However, a lift machine room and a toilet may be provided on the terrace floor.

(h) Minimum clear height for habitable room shall be 9’-0”or 2.75 m in every part of

the room.

(i) Open balcony or projection at the 1st or higher floor levels shall not be included

in the covered area. The Maximum permissible width of such balcony shall be 1.2

m for plot sizes upto 250 sq.m and 1.83m for plot sizes above 250 sq.m. However,

the width of the balcony shall not exceed more than half of setback width.

(j) The minimum area of a habitable room shall not be less than 100 sq. feet and one

side not less than 8 ft. and maximum area of a habitable room shall not be more

than 500 sq. feet and one side more than 30’-0”.

(k) The arrangement of habitable rooms and other components of a residential

dwelling unit shall be based on sound principles of planning and design of a

residential building.

(l) Construction of maximum two independent dwelling units on each floor shall be

allowed, provided the site coverage, FAR and height restrictions are adhered to.

(m) Minimum width of staircase in any case shall be 2’-6”.

(n) Minimum ventilation should be 20% of the floor area.

(o) At least 5% of the space to be left open in or around the building shall be used for

plantation.

(p) Professional activity shall be allowed in residential plots and flats on any floor,

subject to the following condition: -

(q) Part of the premises shall be permitted to be used upto a maximum of 50 percent

of Floor Area Ratio or 100 sq.m, whichever is less, for non-nuisance, non-

teaching, non-commercial, or non-trading activities for rendering consultancy

based on professional skills such as charted accountant, architect, engineer, town

planner, advocates, doctors (only consultancy) or other similar activities.

(r) Car parking or porch covered with a fiberglass roof will be permitted in the front

courtyard of the residential house. The stilts shall be permitted for parking

purposes as per norms, subject to condition that the total height achieved is

within the permissible height.

(s) Construction of access ramps within the street or road portion shall not be

allowed. This will be applicable to all categories of buildings.

(t) Clubbing of plots under single ownership for purpose of constructing one unit

with provision of rain water harvesting system & provision of underground water

storage tanks to ensure proper water pressure for supply to upper floors will be

permissible.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1743

83

Table 35: Group Housing, Multi-storeyed building and Apartments

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Road Width

60 feet (18m) and above

II.

Minimum Plot size

2000 Sq.m

III.

Minimum Frontage

18 Meters in width

IV.

Net

Residential

Density in Dwelling

Units per Acre

As per Master Plan or

Instructions of Government

V.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage in %age

35%

VI.

Maximum FAR

Minimum

Approach road

FAR

18 m (60 feet)

1:2.0

24 m (80 feet)

1:2.5

30 m (100 feet)

1:3.0

45 m (148 feet)

Unlimited

Notes:

(i)

FAR above 1:2.00 shall be purchasable as per

Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended by

government from time to time.

(ii)

The permissible or purchasable FAR shall be allowed

on all sizes of plots subject to fulfilment of all other

building norms such as ground coverage, setbacks,

parking, green area, fire and structural safety or any

permission required from any Department or Agency.

(iii)

The purchasable FAR may also be allowed on vacant

pockets of ongoing projects subject to fulfilment of

all other building norms such as ground coverage,

setbacks, parking, green area, structural stability

certificate, NOC from Fire Department or any

permission required from any Department or Agency.

(iv)

Further such addition or alteration shall be subject to

fulfillment of all liabilities created due to prior

permission, on payment of such charges and such fee

and on such terms and conditions, as may be

specified after giving due notice to the apartment

holders, who have taken apartments in such building,

as on date of application.

VII.

Maximum Height

No Restriction subject to Air Safety Regulations, Traffic

Circulation, Fire safety Norms. Fire preparedness and

Equipment‘s of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).

VIII.

Minimum

Setbacks

along the boundary of

site

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required

to be left (in meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1744

84

(i)

The deficiency in the open spaces shall be made good

to satisfy required setbacks by providing further

setbacks at the upper levels;

(ii)

On sides where no habitable rooms face, a minimum

space of 9.0 m. shall be left for heights above 27.0 m.

(iii)

In case of multi storeyed buildings the exterior open

space around a building shall be of hard surface

capable to taking load of fire engine weighting upto

45 tonnes.

IX.

Economically Weaker

Section (EWS)

10% of No. of Dwelling Units (DU) or If the developer or

promoter opts for not providing EWS, then the charges as

per Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended by

government from time to time.

X.

Parking

Unit area upto 120

sq. m

1.5 ECS per Dwelling Units

Unit area above 120

sq. m upto 300 sq.

m

2.0 ECS per Dwelling Units

Unit area above 300

sq. m

3.0 ECS per Dwelling Units

Additional 10% guest parking shall also be provided

*Unit area = total covered area on all floors in a block

including common areas i.e. lifts, stairs, corridor etc. ÷

(divided by) total number of dwelling units in the block.

XI

Other Uses

(i) The provisions of organized community open space or

parks shall be compulsory and shall be minimum 15%

of the total plot area.

(ii) Upto 1.0 percent of the total covered area of group

housing project shall be allowable for convenient

shopping such as grocery shop, vegetable shop, laundry

and dry cleaning, medical store, confectionery, bakery,

hair cutting saloon, stationery shop, milk booth

excluding Club Building.

(iii) Plot frontage shall not be less than 18 meters. If shops

are to be provided on the main approach road, the plot

frontage shall have 18 meters clear circulation space for

access to the apartments, required parking space and

frontage.

(iv) Provision of crèche, School, Community hall, Public

toilets, Solid Waste Management and other such

facilities like Sewerage Treat Plant shall be mandatory.

For these following norms shall be followed:

(a) Crèche or Nursery School (1 for 2500 persons)

having an area of 800 square meter

(b) Primary School (1 for 5000 persons) having an

area of 4000 square meter

Note: If there is school near the vicinity, i.e, 1

km of the radius from the Centre of the site then

exemption for providing the school within the

area may be granted.

(c) Community Hall (1 for 15000 persons) having an

area of 2000 square meter

(d) Public Toilets: Public toilets for visitors or

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1745

85

customers shall be provided as per norms of

National Building Code (NBC)-2016 separately for

males, females and differently abled persons.

(e) Norms for other utilities or facilities shall be as

per Urban and Regional Development Plans

Formulation and Implementation guidelines.

(f) Minimum number of staircases in a single cluster

of units or tower shall be provided as per National

Building Code-2016 norms. Fire staircase shall not

be counted in FAR.

(g) One lift in the towered group housing buildings

shall have the capacity for a stretcher to carry an

ailing person.

(h) Parapet height for high rise buildings (30 meter

and above) shall be at least 4 feet.

(i) A studio apartment means a self - contained

apartment having, single bedroom with bathroom

and kitchenette with or without living room.

Table 36: Affordable Group Housing

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

0.5 acres

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

18m

III.

Minimum Frontage

20m

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of Site Area

V.

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

Minimum approach road 18 m to 45 m

1:3.0

Minimum approach road 45 m & above

Unlimited*

VI.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

VII.

Convenient Shopping

A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio

(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for

convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,

vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or

chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,

milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental

store, Automated Teller Machine (ATM), mobile shops,

small clinics excluding Club Building.

VIII.

Dwelling Unit Size

Carpet Area - 45 sq.m to 90sq.m.

IX.

Minimum

Parking

Required

Affordable

Group

Housing

1 ECS per Dwelling Unit

Note: An additional 10% of the required parking spaces

shall be provided for guest parking.

Commercia

l

within

Group

Housing

2 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area

No separate mercantile parking is required.

X.

Minimum Green Area

Requirement

Minimum 25 % of site area in which 15 percent of site area

shall be in the form of organized park or playground with

minimum width of 10m.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1746

86

XI.

Permissible Density

150 Dwelling Units per Acre

Table 37: Economical Weaker Section Housing

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

0.5 acres

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

18m

III.

Minimum Frontage

20m

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of Site Area

V.

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

Minimum approach road 18 m to 45

m

1:3.0

Minimum approach road 45 m &

above

Unlimited*

VI.

Convenient Shopping

A Maximum of up to 1.0% of the total Floor Area Ratio

(FAR) of a group housing project may be allocated for

convenient shopping facilities such as grocery shop,

vegetable shop, laundry and dry cleaning, pharmacy or

chemist shop, confectionery, bakery, salon, stationery shop,

milk booth, canteen, cafeteria, restaurant, departmental

store, ATM, mobile shops, small clinics excluding Club

Building.

VII.

Size of Dwelling Unit

Carpet Area of 30 sq.m to 45 sq.m

VIII.

Minimu

m

Parking

Require

d

EWS Housing

1 ECS per Dwelling Unit

Note: An additional 10% of the required parking spaces

shall be provided for guest parking.

Commercial

within Group

Housing

1 ECS per 100 sq.m of total FAR area

No separate mercantile parking is required.

IX.

Minimum Green Area

Requirement

Minimum 15 % of site area in which 10 percent of site area

shall be in the form of organized park or playground with

minimum width of 10m.

X.

Permissible Density

300 Dwelling Units per Acre

(2)

Other general control for Group Housing, Affordable Group Housing and

Economical Weaker Section Housing following shall be applicable; namely:-

(i)

Staircase:- Min. Width: 1350mm, Maximum Riser: 150mm and Minimum Tread: 300mm.

(ii)

*Unlimited Floor Area Ratio shall be subject to fulfillment of building controls such as

ground coverage, setbacks around the building, parking norms, light and ventilation,

height, fire and structural safety.

(iii)

An incentive in the form of additional Floor Area Ratio (FAR) shall be admissible on the

basic FAR, subject to submission of a valid Green Building Certificate or provisional or

pre- Green Building Certificate at the time of building plan approval and as per other

terms and conditions mentioned in these regulations. The incentive shall be as under:

(a) 5% additional FAR for buildings rated Three Star or Bronze or Silver

(b) 7.5% additional FAR for buildings rated Four Star or Gold

(c) 10% additional FAR for buildings rated Five Star or Platinum

(iv)

The boundary wall may be recessed by 6 meters along the approach road’s to

accommodate visitor parking, wherein one ECS shall be calculated @ 11.5 square

meters.

(v)

Apart from the aforementioned norms, all other provisions; such as applicability,

enforcement, and other conditions; for EWS housing shall be governed by the

government policies issued from time to time.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1747

87

(3) Other general control for Independent Floors.- Independent Floors means selling

independent residential floors on residential plots subject to the following:

(i)

Ground coverage, FAR, Height and Setbacks shall be as per Residential Plotted. Further,

Rear setback shall be mandatory on plots above 100 sq.m only. Maximum numbers of

floors shall be S+4.

(ii)

Provision of a stilt shall be mandatory. The stilt area shall be used exclusively for car or

scooter parking, except for staircases and lifts.

(iii) In case of Independent Floor, common staircase or common elevator is permissible

maximum for two plots subjected to the conditions the minimum clear width of staircases

for buildings shall be 1250 mm.

(iv)

The builder or seller of independent floors shall have to obtain permission from Real

Estate Regulatory Authority (RERA), if required.

(v)

No Objection Certificate (NOC) regarding Fire safety shall be mandatory.

(vi)

Structural Stability Certificate from Structural Engineer shall be mandatory as prescribed

by the Government from time to time.

(vii)

For selling Independent Floors, the owner shall be bound to pay charges as applicable to

Group Housing Project less plotted development, if already paid.

32. Commercial.- The commercial building of various types shall be governed by following

norms, namely:-

Table 38: Commercial Building

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Approach

Road

Licensed Colony or Town Planning Scheme or Development

Scheme or Commercial Building: - 60 feet

However, in case of Municipal Councils or Nagar

Panchayats, double storey commercial shall also be permissible

for plots upto 500 sq.yds abutting on 40 feet wide road.

Note*

(a) In case sites are clubbed, minimum road width as

applicable to clubbed area shall be applicable.

(b) In declared Commercial areas in Master Plan or

notification by Local Government Department in any

Urban Local Body (ULB), the road width shall be as per

existing ground situation or revenue record subject to fire

and safety regulations.

II.

Maximum Ground

Coverage

Upto 50 sq. m of plot area

80%

For the next 75 sq.m of plot area

75%

For the next 125 sq.m of plot area

65%

For the next 250 sq.m of plot area

60%

For the next remaining area of plot

50%

Note: The additional ground coverage excluding Front

Setback area shall be purchasable as per Annexure-23 of these

regulations or as amended by government from time to time

subject to permissible F.A.R, fulfillment of parking and other

mandatory parameters.

III.

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

Road Width

F.A.R

18 meters

1:2.00

24 meters

1:3.00

45 meters

Unlimited

FAR above 1:3.00 shall be purchasable as per Annexure-23 of

these regulations or as amended by government from time to

time.

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1748

88

IV.

Maximum Permissible

Height

No Restriction subject to Air Safety, Fire Safety requirement

Circulation, Fire Preparedness and Equipment‘s of Urban

Local Bodies (ULBs).

V.

Setbacks

a)

For

Low

Rise

Building Height upto

21 m

Front setback shall be minimum 10% and rear and side

setbacks shall be as per the area left after the permissible

ground coverage and front setback for all plot sizes.

b)

For

High

Rise

Buildings height above

21 meters

Front setback shall be 10% or as per the following table,

whichever is more subject to a maximum of 20m and the rear

and side setbacks shall be as per the following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required

to be left (in meters)

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VI.

Parking

1 ECS for every 60 square yards (50 square meters) of covered

area.

Note: Multi Level Mechanical covered Parking will also be

permissible subject to fulfilment of structural requirements

within the permissible norms.

VII.

Basement

The construction of basement in commercial buildings shall be

governed in accordance with detailed provisions contained in

these rules.

VIII.

Staircase or

exit requirements

Upto 125 square yards

1.0 meters (3 feet 3 inches)

125 square yards up to

250 square yards

1.2 meters (4 feet)

Above 250 square yards

1.5 meters (5 feet)

(a) Maximum Riser: 150mm and Minimum Tread:

300mm

(b) In case of common staircase, width of staircase shall

be provided as per the total plot area of the clubbed

plots for which the same is being put to use.

(c) Approach to upper floors can also be permitted from

the public corridor.

IX

Licensed Colony or

Town Planning Scheme

or Development Scheme

Public corridor of width 8 feet 3 inches shall be mandatory

and Basement plus 3 storeys shall be allowed in Commercial

Units in a Licensed Colony or Town Planning Scheme or

Development Scheme and no separate zoning plan is required.

Table 39: Commercial Buildings in Core Areas or Walled City

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Permissible Use All activities permissible in Mixed Land use

II.

Minimum

approach road

No Restriction

III.

Ground

Coverage

100%

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1749

89

IV.

Height

upto 21m height

Note: However, in case of site abutting 60 feet or above road width,

the owner can opt for construction as per table 38.

V.

Parking

Exempted on payment of such charges as per Annexure-23 of these

regulations or as amended by government from time to time.

Table 40: Miniplex

Serial No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum

Approach Road

Plot size 2000 sqm and upto 4054 square meter;

60'-0"

II.

Minimum Frontage

70 feet

III.

Maximum Ground

Coverage

50 % of Net Plot Area

IV.

Maximum Floor

Area Ratio

Minimum approach road width 18 m (60'-0")

1:2.25

Minimum approach road width 24 m (80'-0")

1:2.5

V.

In case of existing cinema sites, if road width is less than 60

feet but more than 35 feet then FAR will be 1:2.00

VI.

Maximum Height

of Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

VII.

Setbacks

Front setback shall be 20% or as per the following table,

whichever is more subject to a maximum of 20m and the

rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required

to be left (in meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VIII.

Parking

Parking area shall be 2 ECS (Equivalent car space) for every

80 square yards or 66.91 sq.m of built up area of the cinema

component and 2 ECS for every 120 square yards or 100

sq.m of built up area of commercial or other components.

Note:-

(a) Miniplex: shall mean an integrated entertainment and shopping centre having maximum

of four cinema halls with maximum seating capacity not exceeding 999 seats in all

cinema halls.

(b) In case of Miniplex or Cinema the physical and development norms as specified in the

Punjab Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1952, shall also be applicable. However, for the

provisions not specified or covered under this Act, these rules shall be applicable.

(c) Commercial component such as retail, shopping restaurant, food courts are permissible

in Miniplex.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1750

90

Table 41: Multiplex

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Plot area

4840 square yards.

In case of existing cinema sites, plot area will be as per

approved cinema site.

II.

Minimum road Width

80 foot

In case of existing cinema sites, road width will be as per

existing road width on which the cinema abuts.

III.

Permissible

Site

Coverage

45%

IV.

Minimum Frontage

24m

V.

Permissible FAR

ROAD WIDTH

FAR

24 meters

1: 2.5

30 meters

1:3.0

45 meters

Unlimited

Note: FAR above 1:1.75 shall be purchasable as per

Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended by

government from time to time.

In case of existing cinema sites, if road width is less than 80

feet then FAR will be as follows.

Road Width

F.A.R

60 foot or more but less than 80 foot

1:1.50

35 foot or more but less than 60 foot

1:1.25

VI.

Height

No Restriction subject to Air Safety Regulations, Traffic

Circulation, Fire safety Norms. Fire preparedness and

Equipments of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).

VII.

Minimum Cinemas

2

In case of existing cinemas or cinema sites, minimum 1

cinema will be required to be provided.

VIII.

Minimum

number

of

seats

150 for each cinema

IX.

Setbacks

Front setback shall be 20% or as per the following table,

whichever is more subject to a maximum of 20m and the

rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required

to be left (in meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

X.

Parking Norms

i)

10% of the open area shall be used for

landscaping and remaining for parking as per

norms.

ii)

Parking area shall be 2 ECS (Equivalent car

space) for every 80 square yards or 66.91 sq.m of

built up area of the cinema component and 2 ECS

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1751

91

for every 120 square yards or 100 sq.m of built

up area of commercial or other components.

Note:-

(a) Multiplex: Shall mean an integrated entertainment and shopping complex or centre

having at least two cinema halls and may have theatres, auditorium, Retail Shops,

Commercial Showroom, Restaurants, Food Plazas, Health Club, Fitness Centre, Club,

Call Centre, Private Offices, Hotel, Service Apartments, Convention Hall, Bank, Cyber

Café, Video Games Parlours, Pub, Bar, Bowling Allies and other Commercial and

Recreational facilities. It is clarified that entire area or Building of Multiplex except

Cinema Halls, shall fall in the commercial category.

(b) Multiplex building shall also be allowed on cinema sites approved under ―The Punjab

Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1952.

Table 42: Hotel or Motel:-

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Approach

Road

Road width

FAR

12 meters

1:2.00

18 meters

1:2.5

24 meters

1:3.00

30 meters

Unlimited

II.

Minimum Plot Size

200 sq.m

III.

Minimum Frontage

12 m

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of Net Plot Area

Note: The additional ground coverage excluding Front Setback

area shall be purchasable as per Annexure-23 of these

regulations or as amended by government from time to time

subject to permissible FAR, fulfilment of parking and other

mandatory parameters.

V.

Maximum Height of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and

fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground

coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety norms.

VI.

Parking

1 ECS per 50 square meters of the total covered area.

VII.

Setbacks

(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be mandatory i.e.

minimum 20% or 20m whichever is less and rear and side

setbacks shall be optional. If left, it shall be minimum 3 meters.

(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% or as per the

following table, whichever is more subject to a maximum of

20m and the rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following

table:-

Height

of

Building

(in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required to

be left (in meters)

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

Note:-

(a) 5% of the FAR can be used for commercial purpose within the Hotel building.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1752

92

Table 43: Mix Land Use

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Permitted Use

All compatible uses including IT Industry, except all other

category of Industries subject to the fulfillment of siting

guidelines and Punjab Pollution Control Board (PPCB)

norms.

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18 m

III.

Minimum Site Area

2000 sq.m.

IV.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of Plot Area

V.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio 18 m

1:2.0

24 m

1:2.5

30 m

1:3.0

45 m

Unlimited*

Note:-FAR above 1:2.00 shall be purchasable as per

Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended by

government from time to time.

VI.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

VII.

Setbacks

Front setback shall be 20% subject to a maximum of 20m

or as per the following table, whichever is more and the

rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required

to be left (in meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VIII.

Parking

As per component of the building.

IX.

Green Area Requirement

Minimum 15 % of site area in the form of organized park

or playground with minimum width of 15m.

Note:-

(a)

The relevant provisions, other than above, shall be applicable as per the component

provided for in the Mix Use Project.

Table 44: Club or Community Center:-

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Approach Road

Plot size from 500 sq.m upto 2000

sq.m

18m (60‘-0‖)

Plot size above 2000 sq.m

24m (80‘-0‖)

II.

Maximum Ground Coverage

40% of Net Plot Area

III.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:1.5

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1753

93

IV.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

V.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area.

VI.

Setbacks

(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be

minimum 20% and rear and side setbacks shall be as

per the area left after the permissible ground coverage

and front setback for all plot sizes.

(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% or

as per the following table, whichever is more and the

rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following

table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum

Setbacks

required to be left (in

meters)

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

Note:-

(a) Community Centre shall only have banquet hall, kitchen, library, office and

reading room, except these if any other activity proposed than it shall be

considered as club.

Table 45: Guest house or Lodging & Boarding or Service Apartments:-

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

200 sq. meters

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

Plot size from 200 sq. meters upto 836.43 sq.

meters

12 meters

Plot size above 836.43 square meters

18 meters

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of Net Plot Area

IV.

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

Plot size from 200 square meters upto 836.43 sq.

meters

1:1.0

Plot size above 836.43 square meters

1:2.0

V.

Maximum Height of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

VI.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area.

VII.

Frontage

Plot size from 200 sq. meters upto 836.43 sq.

meters

12 meters

Plot size above 836.43 sq. meters

20 meters

VIII.

Setbacks

(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be minimum 20%

and rear and side setbacks shall be as per the area left after

the permissible ground coverage and front setback for all

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1754

94

plot sizes.

(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% subject

to a maximum of 20m or as per the following table,

whichever is more and the rear and side setbacks shall be as

per the following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required

to be left (in meters)

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

Table 46: Dhaba

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum

Approach

Road

Plot size from 500 sq.m upto 2000 sq.m

18m (60‘-0‖)

Plot size above 2000 sq.m

24m (80‘-0‖)

II.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of Plot Area

III.

Floor Area Ratio

1:0.5

IV.

Height

8m.

V.

Setbacks

around

buildings

Front: 10m

Sides and rear: 3m

VI.

Parking

30% of plot area

(a) Maximum 50 sq.mt. area for Kiosks like STD, books, cassettes etc. can be permissible

as ancillary uses within F.A.R

(b) The access permission is required from competent authority if the site is located on

scheduled road or State Highway or National Highway.

Table 47: Wholesale Trade or Ware house or Integrated Freight Complex (Standalone)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

1 Ha.

II.

Minimum Approach Road

24 m (80‘-0‖)

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of Net Plot Area

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:1.50

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

VI.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area.

VII.

Setbacks

Front setback shall be 20% subject to a maximum of

20m or as per the following table, whichever is more and

the rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following

table:-

Height of Building (in Minimum

Setbacks

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1755

95

meters)

required to be left (in

meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

Note:-

a. The minimum parking area shall be 2 ECS for every 100 sq m or 120 sqyds

constructed area.

b. Relevant provisions of the Master Plan of the town shall be adhered.

Petrol Pumps:

Table 48: The following regulations are recommended for locating the petrol pump cum

service stations:-

Serial

No.

Categories

Minimum size

Min Front

Setback

Ground

Coverage

FAR

Height

I.

Only filling

Station

30 m.(Front) x 17 m.

(side)

(98‘-6‖ X 55‘-9‖)

3m or 10‘

10%

1:0.10 6m or

20‘

II.

For two-three

wheelers

18 m.(Front) x 15 m.

(side)

(59‘ X 49‘-3‖)

3m or 10‘

10%

III.

Filling-cum-

service station

Minimum size:- 36

m.(Front x 30 m. (side)

(118‘ X 98‘-6‖)

Maximum 45m (Front) X

33m. (side) (147‘-6‖ X

108‘-3‖)

6m or 20‘

20%

1:0.20 6m or

20‘

IV.

Compressed

Natural Gas

(CNG) Mother

Station

36 m.(Front) x 30 m.

(side)

(118‘ X 98‘-6‖)

6m or 20‘

20%

1:0.20 4.5 m

or 15‘

(single

Storey)

V.

Compressed

Natural Gas

(CNG)

Daughter

Station

30 m.(Front) x 17 m.

(side)

(98‘-6‖ X 55‘-9‖)

3m or 10‘

10%

1:0.10 6m or

20‘

VI.

Minimum

Road width

New Petrol Pump shall not be located on roads having less than 60

feet. Right of Way. Anything not contained in these rules shall be as

per Indian Road Congress (IRC) or Ministry of Road Transport and

Highways (MoRTH) Guidelines.

VII.

Minimum

distance from

the

road

intersections

1) For minor roads having less than 30 m or 98‘-6‖ ROW(Right of

Way) = 50 m. or 164‘

2) For major roads having ROW (Right of Way) 30 m. or 98‘-6‖

or more = 100 m. or 328‘

Note:- Any Rasta kacha or pucca where ROW (Right of Way) is

less than or equal to 22 feet, it will not be considered as

intersection.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1756

96

VIII.

Other

regulations

1) For Sites abutting on National Highways, the guidelines of IRC

or MoRTH shall be apply.

2) No Objection Certificate (NOC) from Punjab Pollution Control

Board (PPCB).

3) It shall be approved by Explosives or Fire Department.

4) The canopy area shall be equivalent to permissible ground

coverage within setback line.

5) The building component shall include Control room or office or

Dispensing room, store, pantry and Water Closet (W.C.).

33. Industrial.- (1) The industrial buildings of various types shall be governed by following

norms, namely:-

(i)

Set back lines, ground coverage and height of industrial buildings in the

government approved schemes or Industrial Focal Points transferred to the local

bodies shall be as per approved zoning plans or schedule of clauses.

(ii)

In the non-scheme industrial land use zones ground coverage, F.A.R. and height

shall be regulated as following and other components shall be regulated as per the

provisions of the Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020

and the rules made there under.

Note:-

Residential components in the industrial plot or premises shall not exceed 15% of

the area of the site and shall be within the maximum permissible covered area.

Table 49: Industrial plotted or Godowns or storage buildings:

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Approach Road

12 meters

II.

Maximum Ground Coverage

70 % of the plot area

III.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:3.0

IV.

Maximum Height of Building

21m

Note: Excluding mumty, parapet, lift room and

architectural features

V.

Setbacks around buildings

Front and Rear

setback

Side setback , if left at any

point of the building,

1/4th of the height

of the building or

2m whichever is

more.

1/5th of the height of the

building

or

1.5

m

whichever is more

VI.

Parking

General,

Textile,

Knitwear

and

Sports Industry

0.5 ECS per 100 sq. meters

of the total covered area.

Information

Technology

For site area upto 2 Acres,

1 ECS per 100 sq. meters of

the total covered area.

For site area above 2 Acres,

2 ECS per 100 sq. meters of

the total covered area.

Note: For plots above 1000

sq.m, a loading unloading

space of 3.5m x 7.5m shall

be provided at the rate of 1

space per 1000 sq.m of plot

area.

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1757

97

Note:-

5% additional ground coverage shall be permitted in case of retail service

industry.

Table 50: Industrial flatted:

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

2000 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach

Road

18 meters

III.

Maximum Ground

Coverage

40 %

IV.

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

1:3

V.

Maximum height of

the Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfillment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

VI.

Setbacks

Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the

following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required

to be left (in meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VII.

Parking

2.0 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area.

(2)

Other controls for Industrial Buildings.-

(i)

For industrial plots more than 1000 sq.mt,. 10% of the total plot area shall be

reserved as amenity open space. When such amenity open space exceeds 1500

sq.m, the excess area could be utilized for construction of buildings for banks,

canteen, welfare centre and such other common purposes.

(ii)

Upto 15 percent of the total covered area in industrial buildings will be

permissible for the housing of staff and/or workers.

34. Educational Buildings.- The educational buildings of various types shall be governed by

following norms, namely:

Table 51: Pre Nursery or Nursery School

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

200 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

12 m

III.

Maximum Ground Coverage

40% of site area

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:1.0

V.

Maximum number of Floors

G+2

VI.

Setbacks around buildings

Front: 6m or 1/4th of the height of the building,

whichever is more

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1758

98

Other side: 4.5m or 1/4th of the height of the

building, whichever is more

VII.

Parking

1 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.

Note:-

(a) Creche or Day Care facilities: As per the provision of Occupational Safety,

Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020.

(b) The height of the rooms shall be not less than 3.6 meter from the floor to soffit

and there shall not be less than 1.86 sq.m of floor area or child to be

accommodated and maintaining adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh

air.

(c) There is a minimum of one toilet and one wash hand basin for every 10

children over the age of two years.

(d) The minimum staffing ratios for care shall be 1:4 children

(e) Monitoring- There is a necessity of minimum two supervisor on continuous

duty.

(f) Crèches or day care facilities for toddlers are allowed in Residential zones

with minimum 40 feet road. Ground coverage and FAR as per Residential

plotted category will be applicable.

(g) Day care centers/ crèches which are above 1000 sq. meters shall be

considered at par with nursery schools.

(h) Play way schools shall attract norms of nursery schools.

Table 52: Primary School

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

2000 sq. meters or as per requirement of affiliation

authority, whichever is more

II.

Minimum Approach Road

12 m

III.

Maximum Ground Coverage

40% of site area

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:1.20

V.

Maximum Height of Building Upto 21 m.

VI.

Setbacks

6 meters

VII.

Parking

1 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.

Table 53: Higher Secondary School or College

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

5000 sq. meters or as per requirement of affiliation

authority, whichever is more

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18 m

III.

Maximum Ground Coverage

35% of site area

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:1.50

V.

Maximum Height of Building

No Height Restriction subject to Air Safety, Fire

Safety requirement Circulation, Fire Preparedness

and Equipment‘s of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).

VI.

Setbacks

Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per

the following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum

Setbacks

required to be left (in

meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1759

99

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VII.

Parking

1 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.

Table 54: Education and Research Centre

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

above 8 Ha. or 19.75 acres

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18 m

III.

Maximum Ground Coverage

30% of site area

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:1.20

V.

Maximum Height of Building

No Height Restriction subject to Air Safety, Fire

Safety requirement Circulation, Fire Preparedness

and Equipment‘s of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).

VI.

Setbacks

Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per

the following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum

Setbacks

required to be left (in

meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VII.

Parking

1 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.

VIII.

Components

Academic,

including

administration

45% of the total land area with

Ground coverage up to 30%, FAR

up to 1:1.20.

Residential

25% of the total land area.

Housing

(Plotted

or

Group

Housing) shall be regulated by the

applicable planning norms and

these rules.

Sports

and

Cultural

Activities

15% of the total land area with

Ground coverage up to 10% and

FAR up to 1:0.15.

Parks

and

landscape

15% of the total land area.

Table 55: Medical College or Nursing College with Hospital, Hostel

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

5 acres

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1760

100

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18 m

III.

Maximum Ground Coverage

5-10 acres

40%

10 acres

45%

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

5-10 acres

1:1.50

10 acres

1:2.0

V.

Maximum Height of Building

No Height Restriction subject to Air Safety, Fire

Safety requirement Circulation, Fire Preparedness and

Equipment‘s of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs).

VI.

Setbacks

Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per

the following table:-

Height of Building

(in meters)

Minimum

Setbacks

required to be left (in

meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VII.

Parking

1.5 ECS per 100sq.m. of total FAR area.

35. Institutional.- (1) The institutional buildings of various types shall be governed by

following norms; namely:-

Table 56: Nursing home or Hospital

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Plot

Size

and

Minimum approach

road

Plot Size (in sq yards)

Road width (in feets)

From 200-1000 sq.yds

30‘

Above 1000 sq.yds

60‘

II.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

Upto 1000 sq.yds – 50% of site area

Above 1000 sq.yds - 40% of site area

III.

Maximum

Floor

Area Ratio

Permissible

F.A.R

Total Permissible FAR

after Purchase

Road width

1:1.5

1:2

Min. approach road

30‘

1:1.75

1:2.25

Min. approach road

60‘

1:2.25

1:2.75

Min. approach road

80‘

FAR as mentioned above shall be purchasable as per charges

mentioned in Annexure-23 of these regulations or as amended

by government from time to time.

IV.

Maximum height of

the building

No restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and

fulfillment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground

coverage, FAR, structural safety and fire safety norms.

V.

Setbacks

(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be minimum 20%

and rear and side setbacks shall be as per the area left after the

permissible ground coverage and front setback for all plot

sizes.

Section

262 (2a)

of

PMC

Act 1976,

240(zzz)

of

PM

Act 1911,

73 (xv) of

PTI

Act

1922.

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1761

101

(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% or as per

the following table, whichever is more subject to a maximum

of 20m and the rear and side setbacks shall be as per the

following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required to

be left (in meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VI.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total covered area

(2)

Other Controls (for all plot sizes of Nursing Homes or Hospitals):

(i) Upto 25% of the permitted FAR can be utilized for residential use for essential staffs,

dormitory or hostel for attendants of the patients, Crèche.

(ii) Common areas such as waiting halls, reception and fire stairs cases shall be allowed

free from FAR.

(iii) Service floor shall not be counted in FAR.

(iv) Maximum up to 2% of covered area shall be allowed to be used for community space

or crèche or chemist shop or bank counter on Hospital sites and also Medical College

or Nursing and Paramedic institutes sites.

(v) Adequate arrangements for disposal of hospital waste have to be made as per the Bio-

Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998, as amended from time to

time along with the instructions or guidelines issued by the Punjab Pollution Control

Board from time to time.

(vi) The double basement may be allowed, if all other conditions for structural stability,

fire safety, light and ventilation are fulfilled and one of the basements shall be used

exclusively for parking.

(vii) Every building having more than fifteen meters height shall be provided with a

minimum of one lift and total number of such lifts shall be calculated on the basis of

one lift for every 900 square meter floor area above 4 storey.

(a) The size of lift shall not be less than 5‘x8‖

(b) Ramp: The width of the ramp for movement of patients and public shall not be

less than 4‘-6‖ and gradient shall not be less than 1:8.

(viii) Every such building shall have a water storage capacity of 200 liters per bed with an

additional storage of 100 liters per bed where laundry facility is provided.

(ix) Every such building shall have a provision for an alternate power supply and proper

area will be earmarked for installation of a silent generator or any other mode at such

place that it will not cause any inconvenience to the patients, public in general and the

neighborhood.

(x) The provisions contained in ―The persons with Disability Equal Opportunities

protection of Rights & Full participation Act, 1996‖, so far as this relates to planning,

designing and construction of public buildings, guidelines and space standards for

Barrier Free Environment for Disabled & Elderly persons proposed under this Act by

CPWD, Ministry of Urban Affairs & Employment India-1998 or as revised from time

to time shall also be compiled with.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1762

102

Table 57: Orphanage Home, Old Age Home, Children's Centre or Care Centre or School

or Institute for Mentally challenged or Physically Handicapped Person or Hostel

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

200 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

12m (40‘-0‖)

III.

Maximum Ground Coverage

40%

IV.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio

1:2.00

V.

Maximum Height of Building

21m, for hostel- unrestricted

VI.

Setbacks

6 meters

VII.

Parking

1.8 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

36. Public Buildings.- The public buildings of various types shall be governed by the

following norms:

Table 58: Public Concert Hall or Auditorium, Museum, Gymnasium or Public Exhibition

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

800 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18m

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40%

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:1.0

An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-

mentioned permissible limit shall be purchasable at the

rates as per charges mentioned in Annexure-23 of these

regulations or as amended by government from time to

time.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

VI.

Setbacks around buildings

Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the

following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required

to be left (in meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VII.

Parking

3 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

Notes:

(a) Upto 1.0 percent of the total FAR area of Public Concert Hall or Auditorium,

Museum, Gymnasium or Public Exhibition shall be allowable for commercial

activity.

(b) Upto 15% of the total FAR area in Public Buildings shall be permissible for the

housing of the staff or workers.

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1763

103

Table 59: Public Offices

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Approach Road

18m

II.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

30% of plot area

III.

Maximum Floor Area Ratio 1:2.00

IV.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport

Authority and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks

around building, ground coverage, F.A.R., structural

safety and fire safety norms.

V.

Setbacks

Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the

following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum

Setbacks

required to be left (in

meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VI.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

Table 60: Religious Buildings

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

200 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

and Site area

12m (40'-0")

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

40% of site area

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:1.0

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

15 meters upto roof level and including shikhara 26

meters.

VI.

Parking

2ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

Table 61: Convention Centre

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site Area

8000 sq.m

II.

Minimum Approach Road

18m

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of plot area

IV.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

1:2.0

An additional FAR up to 10% beyond the above-mentioned

permissible limit shall be purchasable at the rates as per

charges mentioned in Annexure-23 of these regulations or

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1764

104

as amended by government from time to time.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

VI.

Setbacks

Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the

following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required

to be left (in meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VII.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the total FAR area.

Note:-

(a) Upto 30 percent of the total Floor Area Ratio area of Convention Centre shall be

allowable for hotel activity.

(b) Upto 1.0 percent of the total Floor Area Ratio area of Convention Centre shall be

allowed for commercial activity.

Table 62: Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

4000 sq.m

II.

Minimum

Approach

Road

18m

III.

Maximum

Ground

Coverage

50% of plot area

IV.

Maximum Floor Area

Ratio

1:3.0

The FAR above 1:2.0 shall be purchasable as per charges

mentioned in Annexure-23 of these regulations or as

amended by government from time to time.

V.

Maximum

Height

of

Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority

and fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building,

ground coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety

norms.

VI.

Setbacks

Front setback, rear and side setbacks shall be as per the

following table:-

Height of Building (in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required to

be left (in meters)

Upto 21

6

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1765

105

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VII.

Parking

3 ECS per 100 square meters of the Exhibition area and 2

ECS per100 square meters other than Exhibition area.

Note:-

Minimum area for different component shall be provided as per the Punjab

Industrial and Business Development Policy, 2022 or as amendment from time to

time.

37. Marriage Palace.- As per the Government of Punjab, Department of Housing and Urban

Development Punjab Notification No.12/8/2012-5HgII/4610, dated 11.08.2017.

38. Multi level Car Parking (Standalone)

Table 63: Multi Level Car Parking (standalone)

Serial

No.

Parameter

Permissible Limits

I.

Minimum Site area

1000 sq.m

II.

Maximum Ground

Coverage

80%

III.

Maximum

Floor

Area

Ratio

for

commercial

A maximum of 20% of the total covered area within the main

parking building envelope may be allowed for commercial use on

any two floors.

IV.

Maximum

Height

of Building

No Restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority and

fulfilment of norms such as setbacks around building, ground

coverage, F.A.R., structural safety and fire safety norms.

V.

Setbacks

(i) Height below 21m- Front setback shall be minimum 20% and

rear and side setbacks shall be as per the area left after the

permissible ground coverage and front setback for all plot sizes.

(ii) Height above 21m- Front setback shall be 20% or as per the

following table, whichever is more subject to a maximum of 20m

and the rear and side setbacks shall be as per the following

table:-

Height

of

Building

(in

meters)

Minimum Setbacks required to

be left (in meters)

Above 21 Upto 24

7

Above 24 Upto 27

8

Above 27 Upto 40

9

Above 40 Upto 55

12

Above 55 Upto 70

14

Above 70 upto 100

16

Above 100 Upto 120

18

Above 120

20

VI.

Parking

2 ECS per 100 square meters of the commercial FAR

Note:-

a) The ground coverage includes all built-up areas at the ground level, including the

main structure as well as ancillary facilities such as parking areas, toilets, service

zones, utility rooms, and other supporting buildings.

b) Commercial shops may be rented out but are not permitted to be leased or sold.

c) Completion or partial completion of commercial component shall only be allowed

after the completion of the parking component as per approved plans.

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

Section

262 (2a)

of

P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zz

z) of P.A.

No. 3 of

1911, 73

of

P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1766

106

PART VI

GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS

39. General Planning or Development Norms.- (1) Setback of Projected portion of roof

level- The projected portion of parapet, flues, ducts, water storage tanks, mumties,

minarets, domes, water cooling tanks, lift rooms exceeding 2.75 meters in height shall be

receded from the facade by a minimum distance equal to their height above roof level,

failing which these shall be counted in calculating the height of the building as well as

floor area ratio.

However, For the purpose of calculating the height of a building, architectural

elements mean non‑habitable features such as parapets, cornices, ornamental projections,

service chimneys, antennae, and other similar features which are purely decorative or non

functional in nature and do not constitute an additional floor or habitable space or usable

space. Such elements shall not be counted towards the overall permissible height of the

building, provided they conform to the limits specified by the competent authority i.e the

Airport Authority of India, or the Indian Air Force, as the case may be. Any enclosure or

structure on the roof or façade that is used, or is capable of being used, as habitable space

or any non-habitable usable space shall not be treated as an architectural element and

shall be included in the height of the building.

In the case of rooftop installation of photovoltaic solar panels, a clear height of up

to 2.4 meters may be permitted below the panels. This structure shall not be considered in

the calculation of the building's overall height or the Floor Area Ratio (FAR).

(2)

Courtyard or Open Space:-

(i)

Inner Courtyard for Light and Ventilation.- The minimum area of every closed

or partially closed courtyard of any building upon which habitable rooms abut

shall not be less than 9 sq.m. (nine square meters) and the minimum clear width of

every such courtyard in any direction shall not be less than 2.4 meters or 1/5th of

the average height of the building, whichever is more.

Where only water-closet and bath room are abutting on the inner courtyard,

the size of the inner courtyard shall be in line with the provision for ventilation shaft

as given in sub rule (ii) below.

(ii)

Ventilation Shaft.- For ventilating the spaces for water-closets and bath rooms, if

not opening on to outer or interior open spaces, these shall open in to the

ventilation shaft, the size of which shall not be less than the values given below:

Table 64 : Size of Ventilation shaft

Serial

No.

Height of building

(excluding Stilt)

Size

of

ventilation shaft

(m2)

Minimum

one

dimension of the shaft

(m)

I.

upto 3 Floors

1.2

0.9

II.

upto 4 Floors

2.0

1.2

III.

upto 6 Floors

4.0

1.5

IV.

upto 8 Floors

5.4

1.8

V.

upto 10 Floors

8.0

2.4

VI.

Above 10 Floors

9.0

3.0

Note:-

(a) For buildings of height above 30 m, a mechanical ventilation system shall be

installed besides the provision of minimum ventilation shaft.

(b) For fully air conditioned residential or business buildings, the ventilation shaft

need not be insisted upon, provided the air conditioning system works in an

uninterrupted manner, also, provided there is an alternative source of power

supply.

(c) For mechanical ventilation in building shall be as per the provision of National

Building Code of India, 2016 (NBC-2016), amended time to time.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1767

107

(iii)

Outer courtyard or open space.-The minimum width of the outer courtyard or

open space shall be not less than 2.4 m. If the width of the outer courtyard or open

space is less than 2.4 m, it shall not be treated as an outer courtyard or open space

and the provisions of outer courtyard or open space shall not apply. However, if

the depth of the outer courtyard or open space is more than the width, the

provisions of above sub rule (i) shall apply for the open spaces to be left between

the building(s) when any habitable room depends on light and ventilation from

such outer courtyard or open space.

(3)

Projection and Balcony.-

Table 65: Projections

Serial

No.

Size of Plot

Maximum allowable projection within Plot Area

(free from ground coverage and floor area ratio)

I.

Upto 250 sq.m

Shall not be more than one-third of the corresponding

depth of front or rear setback or 0.91 meters (3'-0"),

whichever is less.

II.

Above 250 sq.m

1.83 meter (6'-0")

Table 66: Balcony

Serial

No.

Size of Plot

Maximum allowable projection within Plot Area

(free from ground coverage and floor area ratio)

I.

Upto 250 sq.m

Shall not be more than one-third of the corresponding

depth of front or rear setback or 1.22 meters (4'-0"),

whichever is less.

II.

Above 250 sq.m

2.45 meter (8'-0")

Note:-

(a) The width of the balcony or projection shall not exceed more than half of setback

width.

(b) Provided that projection on door and window shall not exceed 0.91 meters. (3'-0").

(c) Provided further that projection shall not be at a lesser height than 2.06 meters (6'-

9") clear above the plinth level of the building.

(d) In case of corner plots, in any case sunshade not exceeding 0.60 meter (2 feet) on

window opening on to the side shall be permitted at a height not less than 2.06 meters

(6'-9").

(e) If the projection or balcony is provided more than the provision of above Tables, then

the area of the additional projection shall be counted toward F.A.R.

(f) Wrap around continuous balconies will be allowed as long as their area does not

exceed 50% of the total open area, otherwise counted in FAR. In such cases 50% of

open area shall not fall within the shaded area after considering 45 dgree angles

from both sides.

(4)

Parking.- (i) Parking of vehicles shall be permissible as given below:-

(a) Surface Parking.

(b) Under stilts of building(s).

(c) Under Basement or Multilevel Basement of the building(s).

Provided that the provisions of the basement shall be as per sub-rule (7)

of rule 43 of these rules.

(d) Under podium of a building(s), the provisions of the podium shall be as

per the National Building Code of India, 2016 (NBC-2016) as amended

from time to time.

(e) Under separate multi-level parking block exclusively for parking,

maximum upto 20 percent of the plot area and such area shall not be

counted towards FAR (Floor Area Ratio) and Ground Coverage subject to

fulfilment of these rules.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1768

108

(f) Under Multi Level Car Parking within the building block as per the

provisions of these rules.

(ii)

A maximum 20% of the total required parking may be allowed as mechanical

parking, except for the residential component in Group Housing. However, it

shall be provided fully automatic in which lower cars do not have to manually be

moved out to take out the cars parked in upper stacks.

Mechanical parking shall be permitted subject to compliance with

mechanical and structural safety and shall be covered with a permanent or

temporary roof structure.

Provided that, to establish automatic stack systems, a brochure

demonstrating the operation of the stacks shall be submitted as part of the

building plan approval application. The completion certificate shall be issued only

after it is verified that the installed stack parking system operates in accordance

with the submitted specifications.

(iii)

It is mandatory to provide Electrical Vehicle Charging Infra-structure in all

buildings as per the clauses 4.4.4.3 and 4.4.4.4 of the Punjab Electric Vehicle

Policy-2022 issued by Government of Punjab, Department of Transport,

Notification No. 10/43/2018-2T2 (PF 2022)/ 330 dated the 21st February, 2023.

(iv)

Parking under stilts shall be permissible and the clear height of the stilt from the

finished level of the ground floor to the under surface of the beam, joint girders or

any other horizontal structure member shall not be less than 2.4m.

(v)

In case parking is provided under stilts or podium or basement it shall not be

counted towards FAR and height for calculating the setback of the building for

the purpose of light and ventilation only.

(vi)

Parking spaces shall be paved and clearly marked for different types of vehicles.

(vii)

In buildings of mercantile (commercial), industrial (except Information

Technology) and storage type, in addition to the parking spaces provided, a space

at the rate of 3.5 m × 7.5 m, shall be provided for loading and unloading

activities, for each 2000 m2 of floor area or fraction thereof.

(viii)

For the provision of car parking spaces, the space standards shall be as under.-

(a) For open parking 23 square meters per equivalent car space.

(b) For ground floor covered parking or Stilt 28 square meters per equivalent

car space.

(c) For basement or podium or multilevel floors: 32 square meter per

equivalent car space.

Provided further that, if the boundary wall is recessed by 6 meters

along the approach road to accommodate parking, then only 11.5 square

meters is required per ECS, as compared to the standard 23 square meters

and this recessed space shall be counted towards the setback subject to the

fulfilment of fire tender movement within the plot.

(ix)

Vehicular ramp is mandatory in accordance with sub-rule (18) of rule 43 for

multilevel parking i.e. stilt or basement or podium, if used for vehicular parking.

(x)

For plots measuring up to 2025 sq.m, the provision of vehicular ramps for access

to parking areas located in the basement, podium, or upper floors (up to one level)

is not mandatory, provided that car lifts are installed to facilitate vehicle

movement. However, this exemption does not apply to Group Housing

developments or commercial retail or shopping complexes, where ramps are

mandatory regardless of plot size. For plots exceeding 2025 sq.m, the provision of

ramps for vehicular access to all designated parking areas is mandatory.

(xi)

In the case of parking spaces provided in basement(s) or multilevel podium(s) or

floor(s) at least two one-way ramps or one two-way ramp shall be provided, with

width and slope in accordance with sub rule (18) of rule 43. These ramps should

preferably be located at opposite ends.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1769

109

(xii)

If there is any doubt regarding the category of any building, for the purpose of

calculation of parking the decision of the Government shall be final. Parking for

the disabled persons shall comply the provisions of ‗Rights of Persons with

Disabilities Act, 2016‘ (Central Act 49 of 2016), National Building Code of India,

2016 and Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier-Free Built

Environment for persons with Disability and Elderly Persons, 2016.

(xiii)

Up to 25% of the required parking in case of Information Technology (IT)

Industry and upto 10 % of the required parking for all other categories of

building except residential component in Group Housing, booth, Shops or Shop-

cum-Office (SCO); may be compoundable at the time of completion on the

payment of following charges:

Table 67: Compounding Charges for Parking

Serial

No.

Master Plan Area

Rate per ECS

Commercial

Buildings i.e Mall,

Multiplex or

Miniplex

Other than

Commercial

Buildings i.e Mall,

Multiplex or Miniplex

I.

SAS Nagar, New

Chandigarh

₹ 5,00,000/-

₹ 3,00,000/-

II.

Ludhiana,

Jalandhar,

Amritsar, Zirakpur,

Dera Bassi, Banur,

Kharar, Nayagaon,

Lalru

₹ 3,00,000/-

₹ 2,00,000/-

III.

Rest of Area

₹ 2,00,000/-

₹ 1,00,000/-

Note:-

(a) The aforementioned charges shall be utilized for the development and

enhancement of city-level transport infrastructure.

(b) An annual compoundable increase of 5% shall be applied to the above

charges, effective on the 1st of April each year.

(5)

Exemptions.-

(i) Exemptions from Ground Coverage:

(a) Canopy or porch maximum upto 500 sq.ft along each entry or exit of the

building,

(b) Atrium or atria, maximum upto 20% of plot area.

(c) Escalator or travellator well, covered sky bridges in high rise buildings,

jogging tracks, swimming pools (open to sky), architectural features or

elements such as, coffers, louvers, end wall projected upto 900 mm;

(d) Pergolas, other sunshade elements, any landscape element;

(e) Fire Staircase, fire towers, ramp;

(f) Podium(s) or multi-storey podium, stilt, separate parking block, basement if

used for parking and the services like sewerage treatment plant, water

treatment plant, garbage collection, electrical sub-station, service ducts.

(g) Service area block having services such as Diesel Generator (DG) room, Air

Conditioning (AC) plant room etc. No habitable rooms are allowed to be

made in any of the items above. If they are, then they will be part of the

Ground Coverage.

(h) Staircases provided in addition to their minimum required shall be exempted

from ground coverage.

(i) Lift Wells

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1770

110

(ii)

Exemptions from Floor Area Ratio (FAR):

(a) Canopy or Porch maximum upto 500 sq.ft along each entry or exit of the

building.

(b) Escalator, Atrium or atria, covered sky bridges or intermittent floors as relief

in high rise buildings;

(c) Area on habitable floor for providing services like Heating, Ventilation and

Air Conditioning (HVAC), Mechanical Electrical and Plumbing (MEP)

installations, Janitor rooms, Air Handling Unit (AHU) room, Air

Conditioning (AC) plant room, electric installations, Low Tension (LT) panel

room, Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) room or any other similar services;

(d) Architectural features such as coffers, louvers, end wall projected upto 900

mm, pergolas, other sunshade, elements;

(e) Any landscape element, podium(s) or multistory podium or basement or stilts

of building(s) if used for parking and services like water tank or water works,

sewerage treatment plant, water treatment plant, garbage collection, electrical

sub-station, Diesel Generator (DG) room and service ducts,

(f) Ramp, fire exit stair cases or fire towers, fire refuge area (as per National

Building Code of India, 2016), toilet blocks for visitors or drivers or guards

on ground floor only,

(g) Only one Cupboard in each bedroom upto depth of 0.6 m and 1.8 m length

shall be exempted from Floor Area Ratio.

(h) Any corridor width provided in excess of the dimensions specified below

table shall be excluded from the calculation of FAR:

Table 68: Corridor dimensions

Category of Building

Corridor

(i) Residential buildings (e.g., hostels, group housing,

etc.)

1500 mm

(ii) Assembly buildings (e.g., auditoriums, theatres,

cinemas)

2000 mm

(iii) Commercial buildings

Street floor and sales basement

Upper sales floor

2500 mm

1800mm

(iv) Educational buildings and hotels

1500 mm

(v) Hospitals, nursing homes, etc.

2400 mm

(vi) Any other building(s) except industry

1500 mm

(i) Staircases provided in addition to their minimum required shall be exempted

from floor area ratio:

Provided that the area of service shaft shall be taken on one floor:

Provided further that in multi-storey buildings, service floors shall

be allowed after minimum four floors. Maximum of three service floors

shall be allowed in a building. The area of service floors shall not be

counted towards floor area ratio and maximum height of such floors shall

be 2.4 m from floor to bottom of the beam, and in any case, the floor-to-

floor height shall not exceed 3.3 meters.

Any habitable rooms made along with any of the items above will

be taken as part of Floor Area Ratio.

(iii)

Exemptions to projections into open spaces or setbacks: Every open space

provided either interior or exterior shall be kept free from any erection thereon

and shall be open to the sky, except as given below:

(a) Cornice, roof or weather shade not more than 0.75 m wide;

(b) Sunshades over windows or ventilators or other openings not more

than 0.75 m wide;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1771

111

(c) Canopy not to be used as a sit out with clearance of 1.5 m between the plot

boundary and the canopy;

(d) Projected balcony at higher floors of width not more than as permitted free of

FAR;

However, these projections into open spaces shall not reduce the minimum

required open spaces and hinder the fire tender movement.

(iv)

Exemption to accessory use buildings: The following accessory use

buildings may be permitted in the open spaces:

(a) In an existing building, sanitary block of 2.4 m in height subject to a

maximum of 4m2 in the rear open space at a distance of 1.5 m from the rear

boundary may be permitted, where facilities are not adequate.

(b) Parking lock up garages not exceeding 2.4 m in height shall be permitted in

the side or rear open spaces at a distance of 7.5 m from any road line or the

front boundary of the plot;

(c) Suction tank and pump room each up to 2.5 m2 in area.

(d) Meter Room (Power supply) or Diesel Generator(DG) set room, Rain water

harvesting Pit, Check post, Waste or Garbage collection room, Covered

parking for car or motorcycle or cycles, Pump room or Underground tank or

Overhead tank, Cooling Towers for Heating, Ventilation and Air

Conditioning (HVAC) Plant and Diesel Generator(DG) set, Sewer treatment

plant and water treatment plant may be allowed in rear and side setback of

the site subjected to that they cannot hinder the fire tender movement with

minimum 6m setback from the building(s) and the maximum height of these

structure shall not more than 2.75m.

(e) For plot having area one acre and above, Meter Room may be allowed within

area permissible for Watch and Ward Cabins.

40. General Notes.- (i) For projects proposed within the ―Special Area‖ as defined or

delineated in the Master Plan or Zonal Plan, the Development regulations of Height,

Floor Area Ratio, Ground Coverage and any other building controls stipulated in

these rules for general buildings shall be superseded by site-specific Form Based

Code (FBC) prepared and notified by the Competent Authority under the Punjab

Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995 or Punjab Municipal Act,

1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, and Punjab Town Improvement Act,

1922, as the case may be and the provisions of rules 22 to 27 or rules 31 to 38 of

these rules shall be superseded by relevant Form Based Code (FBC) or Regulating

Plans.

(ii)

For projects proposed within the Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined in the

Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958, the

development regulations of Height, Floor Area Ratio, Ground Coverage and any

other controls stipulated in these rules for general buildings shall be superseded by

site specific Heritage Bye-Laws prepared and notified by the Competent Authority or

the National Monuments Authority under the said Act of 1958. No Objection

Certificate (NOC) shall have to be obtained as per the Rules framed under the said

Act by submission of required documents as may be necessary vide rules, including

―Heritage Impact Assessment‖ report, if so, necessitated by the National Monuments

Authority.

(iii)

The premises for which building regulations have not been formulated shall be

examined by the Competent Authority on the basis of actual requirements and other

relevant factors. Activities or uses for which these rules are silent shall be governed

by National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time and where

National Building Code of India, 2016 are silent; Norms or Guidelines of Model

Building Bye laws, 2016 as amended from time to time shall be followed.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1772

112

(iv)

The provision of minimum setbacks for different sizes of plots for all categories of

the plots if not specified in these rules shall be as per the provisions of the Zoning

Plan of the said site.

(v)

Area requirements of each type of educational institutions wherever not specified

shall be as per the norms or guidelines issued by the affiliating authority for such

institutions.

(vi)

The Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code notified by the Government of

Punjab, Department of New and Renewable Energy vide Notification No. 18/4/16-

6ਸ1/1856, dated the 24th June, 2016, as amended from time to time, wherever

applicable shall be adhered to the buildings in additions to these rules.

(vii)

The setting up of the Petrol pumps, Brick Kiln, Rice Sheller, Stone Crusher, Cinema,

Multiplex, Economical Weaker Section Houses, Affordable Housing, Communication

Towers, Iconic building, Low Density Country Homes, Housing for All, Ancient

Building and any other activity not specifically mentioned in these rules, shall be

governed by the respective policy guidelines or notifications or Acts or rules or norms

of the department of Housing and Urban Development, Punjab or Department of

Local Government, or any other concerned department, as the case may be.

(viii)

In addition to these rules, Guidelines or Notifications (amended from time to time)

issued by the Punjab Pollution Control Board (Department of Science, Technology

and Environment, Government. of Punjab) and the Department of Forests and

Wildlife Preservation, Punjab shall be applicable, where ever required.

(ix)

No sub-division of the land or site would be subsequently permitted.

(x)

Specific approvals shall be obtained from Airports Authority of India, Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Fire Services Department, Pollution

Control Board, designated authorities under the Occupational Safety, Health and

Working Conditions Code, 2020 or the Punjab Cinemas Regulation Act,1952,

Archaeological Survey of India, Heritage Committee, National Highway Authority of

India and any such other authority, as may be applicable. Approval of Fire Services

Department shall be required for buildings of height above 21 m and for such other

buildings or special buildings referred to sub-rule (15) of rule 43.

(xi)

In cases of aerodromes where the Colour Coded Zoning Maps have been issued, the

Competent Authority under these rules shall, as per the provisions of the Ministry of

Civil Aviation (Height Restrictions for safeguarding of Aircraft Operations) Rules,

2015 notified vide Notification No. G.S.R. 751 (E), dated the 30th September, 2015

by the Ministry of Civil Aviation and in accordance with the height specifications

provided in such Colour Coded Zoning Maps, approve the building plans up to the

permissible elevation (Average Mean Sea Level), as per the prevailing building rules

or any other law for the time being in force and certify on the sanction plan that the

Floor Space Index or Floor Area Ratio and the related height of the building or

structure is within the permissible elevation as indicated in the Colour Coded Zoning

Maps for the given site:

Provided that no such approval shall be given by the Competent Authority for

sites which lies in approach, take off and transitional areas of an airport or in any

other area, marked in the Colour Coded Zoning Map for the compulsory obtaining of

No Objection Certificate from the designated officer or authorized officer by Ministry

of Civil Aviation:

Provided further that the applicant shall submit all documents as prescribed by

the Airport Authority of India or Indian Air Force, in original to the building plan

approval Competent Authority. The Competent Authority shall approve the plan

without No Objection Certificate from the Airport Authority of India or Indian Air

Force and forward copy of its approval letter along with application and all

documents in original to the Competent Authority of the Airport Authority of India or

Indian Air Force (as applicable) within a period of thirty days of approval. The

Competent Authority shall ensure that the applicants exempted from seeking No

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1773

113

Objection Certificate from Airport Authority of India or Indian Air Force furnish site

coordinates and site elevation certificate issued by the Survey of India in original for

all intended structures and all corners of the plot. The Indian Air Force or Airport

Authority of India shall have power to disapprove the clearance in case of non-

submission of these documents or any discrepancy in the documents. The violations

of the regulations shall be dealt under the Aircraft (Demolition of obstructions caused

by Building and Trees etc.) Rules, 1994. The building plan approval competent

authority shall adhere to all the guidelines issued by the Airport Authority of India or

Indian Air Force in this regard from time to time.

(xii)

Approval of Fire Services Department shall be required for all high-rise buildings as

defined in these rules, and for the following categories of special buildings:

(a) hotel, educational, institutional, business, mercantile, industrial, storage,

hazardous and mixed occupancies, where any of these buildings have floor area

more than 500 m2 on any one or more floors;

(b) educational buildings having height 9 m and above;

(c) institutional buildings having height 9 m and above;

(d) all assembly buildings;

(e) buildings having area more than 300 sq.m of incidental assembly occupancy on

any floor and;

(f) buildings with two basements or more, or with one basement of area more than

500 m2.

Note:-

(i)

A certificate confirming compliance with Fire and Life Safety provisions,

issued by a Fire Consultant empanelled with the Fire Department, shall

deemed to be considered the Fire No Objection Certificate (Fire N.O.C.).

(ii) The Fire Department shall have the authority to conduct random

inspections to verify the authenticity and validity of such compliance

certificates.

(xiii)

In all categories of building excluding residential plots, villas, up to 5% carpet area of

the availed Floor Area Ratio (FAR) may be allocated for commercial use. However,

in case of Group Housing or Studio Apartment and Rental housing or Hostel, this

commercial component may be allocated as convenient shopping as specified in

(xiv)

(xv)

Table 4 and

(xvi)

Table 7 respectively of rule 22. Such commercial use shall be located within the

main building envelope and shall not be sold or transferred as independent units.

However, in case of large campuses of educational building(s) or institute(s) or

college(s) having an area of 10 acres and above, such commercial use may be

permitted in a separate block, subject to condition that these facilities shall open only

within the premises and shall have no access from the external road.

(xvii)

Common indoor sports or games, or common health and fitness facilities, may be

allowed within the premises for all category of buildings. The built-up area of such

common facilities shall be counted at 50% towards the permissible FAR except for

residential plots or farm houses or dwelling units and Commercials such as shopping

mall or Shopping Complex, Shop-cum-Office (SCO) or Shops or Booths. However, if

these facilities are provided on the podium floor, then it shall be exempted from

ground coverage calculations.

(xviii)

The clubbing or amalgamation of two or more adjoining plots or sites of same owner

or promoter or applicant may be permitted, subject to the approval of a revised zoning

plan by the Competent Authority. However, bifurcation or fragmentation of a plot or

a site shall not be allowed, except for industrial plots, which are governed by the

relevant departmental policy. However, in case of approved standalone site or project,

the transfer of Change of Land Use (CLU) or approval of the entire site or part

thereof (subject to the fulfilment of minimum area and other siting guidelines) may be

allowed and shall be governed by the relevant policies of the department.

(xix)

Creche component may be permitted in all categories of building(s).

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1774

114

(xx)

The applicant shall obtain and maintain comprehensive collective insurance coverage

for all building and construction workers engaged at the site, ensuring protection

against injury, disability, or loss of life arising out of or in the course of employment

during the construction period, and shall furnish valid and up-to-date proof of such

insurance upon request during inspections; failure to comply with this requirement

may result in suspension or revocation of construction permits or other enforcement

actions, as determined by the competent authority, the Department of Labour, Punjab,

or the Government, as the case may be.

(xxi)

In case of sites or plots already allotted or auctioned by the Government,

Development Authorities, or Government Agencies, the applicable charges shall be

governed by the terms and conditions of the auctioned or as specified in the allotment

letters. However, for sites or plots auctioned after the notification of these building

rules, charges specified in Annexure 22 and Annexure 23 or as specified in the terms

and conditions of auction or allotment letters whichever is higher shall be applicable.

41. Occupant Load.- The occupant load of any building shall be calculated as under namely: -

Table 69: Occupant Load

Serial

No.

Type of occupancy

Occupant load factor (sq.m per person)

I.

Residential

12.50

II.

Educational

4.00

III.

Institutional

Indoor patient area

15.00

Outpatient area

10.00

IV.

Assembly:

Concentrated use without

fixed seating

0.65

Less

concentrated

use

without fixed seating

1.40

Fixed seating

Multiplying the number of seats by 1.2.

Dining areas and restaurants

with seating and table

1.80

V.

Mercantile:

Street

floor

and

sales

basement

3.00

However, in malls equipped with multiple entry

and exit points and a connected multi-level car

parking facility, the occupant load for the ground

floor may be calculated at the relaxed rate of 1

person per 6 square meters, in place of the

standard 1 person per 3 square meters.

Upper sales floor

6.00

Storage

or

warehouse,

receiving and the like

20.00

VI.

Business

10.00

VII.

Industrial

Calculated on the basis of Detailed Project Report

(DPR) approved by Labour Department plus 10

percent addition of it.

However, if Detailed Project Report

(DPR) is not approved by the Labour Department,

then applicant shall submit the undertaking in this

regard as per annexure 23.

VIII.

Storage

IX.

Hazardous

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of

1995,

262 (2a) of

P.A. No. 42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No.

4

of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1775

115

Note:-

(a) Gross area shall be the floor area as defined in clause (79) of sub-rule (1) of rule

3 of these rules. All factors expressed are in gross area unless marked net.

(b) Occupant load in dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages, insane

asylums, etc, where sleeping accommodation is provided, shall not be calculated

at less than 7.5 m2 gross floor area per person.

(c) For the purpose of public health facilities like ater Closet (W.C.), urinal,

washbasin, drinking water fountain, ablution tabs etc., occupant load shall be

calculated on floor area ratio.

42. Clearance zone for buildings near High Tension Electrical Line – The horizontal

clearance between the nearest conductor and any part of such building shall, on the basis

of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, be not less than:

(1)

Clearance from buildings of lines of voltage and service lines not exceeding 650

V.-

(i)

An overhead line shall not cross over an existing building as far as possible and

no building shall be constructed under an existing overhead line.

(ii)

Where an overhead line of voltage not exceeding 650 V passes above or adjacent

to or terminates on any building, the following minimum clearances from any

accessible point, on the basis of maximum sag, shall be observed; namely:-

(a) for any flat roof, open balcony, varandah roof and lean-to-Roof.

(b) when the line passes adjacent to the building;

a horizontal clearance of 1.2 metre from the nearest point.

(iii)

for pitched roof:-

(a) when the line passes above the building, a vertical clearance of 2.5 metre

immediately under the line.

(b) when the line passes adjacent to the building, a horizontal clearance of 1.2

metre.

(iv)

Any conductor so situated as to have a clearance less than that specified in sub-

rule (2) shall be replaced with Aerial Bunched Cable and to be attached at suitable

intervals to a bare earthed bearer wire having a breaking strength of not less than

350 kgf.

(v)

The horizontal clearance shall be measured when the line is at a maximum

deflection from the vertical due to wind pressure.

(vi)

The vertical and horizontal clearances shall be measured as per illustration

provided in figure 3.

Explanation: For the purposes of this regulation, the expression "building" shall

be deemed to include any structure, whether permanent or temporary.

(2)

Clearances from buildings of lines of voltage exceeding 650 V.-

(i)

An overhead line shall not cross over an existing building as far as possible and

no building shall be constructed under an existing overhead line.

(ii)

Where an overhead line of voltage exceeding 650 V passes above or adjacent to

any building or part of a building it shall have on the basis of maximum sag a

vertical clearance above the highest part of the building immediately under such

line, of not less than-

Table 70: Vertical Clearance Zone for buildings from nearest conductor of

High Tension Electrical Line

For lines of voltages exceeding 650 V

and up to and including 33 kV

3.7 m

For lines of voltages exceeding 33kV

3.7 metre plus 0.30 metre for every

additional 33 kV or part thereof.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1776

116

(iii)

The horizontal clearance between the nearest conductor and any part of such

building shall, on the basis of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, be not

less than: -

Table 71: Horizontal Clearance Zone for buildings from nearest conductor of

High Tension Electrical Line

Type of supply line

Type of supply line Horizontal

clearance (in meters) (including

both

sides

and

from

nearest

conductor

of

High

Tension

Electrical Line)

For lines of voltages exceeding 650 V

and up to and including 11 kV

1.2m

For lines of voltages exceeding 11kV

and up to and including 33 kV

2.0 m

For lines of voltages exceeding 33 kV

2.0m plus 0.3 m for every additional 33

kV or part thereof

(iv)

For high voltage direct current systems, the vertical and horizontal clearances, on

the basis of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, from buildings shall be

maintained as below:-

Table 72: Vertical and Horizontal Clearance for buildings from nearest High Voltage

Direct Current System

High

voltage

direct

current

Vertical clearance

(meter)

Horizontal clearance

(meter)

100 KV

4.6

2.9

200 KV

5.8

4.1

300 KV

7

5.3

400 KV

7.9

6.2

500 KV

9.1

7.4

600 KV

10.3

8.6

800 KV

12.4

10.7

(v) The vertical and horizontal clearance shall be as measured as illustrated in figure 3.

Explanation: For the purposes of this regulation, the expression "building‖ shall

be deemed to include any structure, whether permanent or temporary.

Figure 3

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1777

117

43. Part Building requirement.– The standard space requirements of various parts of a

building (for all types of buildings-low or high rise), shall be as follows; namely:-

(1)

Plinth – (i) The plinth level for residential plots shall be permitted upto 1500 mm and

for all other buildings shall be kept as 450 mm from the crown of the adjoining road in

front or as specified by the Competent Authority from time to time:

Provided that for a detached building, the plinth level may be more than 450 mm:

Provided further that the level of front courtyard of any building shall not exceed

450 mm and the ramp from the front road to the courtyard shall be within the plot

boundary.

(ii) Where a site or plot abuts two or more roads, the plinth level of the building(s) shall

be determined with reference to the road having the higher level.

(2)

Interior Court Yard. – Every interior courtyard shall be raised at least 150 mm above

the determining ground level and shall be satisfactorily drained.

(3)

Space requirement of different component of a building. – Minimum size, width

and height of different components of building(s), low or high rise is as given below:

Table 73: Minimum requirements of different component of a building

Serial

No.

Components of building

Minimum Requirement

Area

(sq.m.)

Width

(m)

Clear

Height (m)

I.

Habitable room

9.5

2.4

2.75

II.

Kitchen:

where separate dining area is provided

where there is separate store is provided

where dinning included

5.0

4.5

7.5

1.8

1.8

2.1

2.75

III.

Bathroom

1.8

1.2

2.1

IV.

Water Closet (W.C.)

1.2

0.9

2.1

V.

Combined Bath and W.C.

2.8

1.2

2.1

VI.

Store

3.0

1.2

2.2

VII.

Garage

18

3.0

2.4

VIII.

Single occupancy Hostel Room

7.5

2.1

2.75

IX.

Single occupancy Servant Room

7.5

2.1

2.75

Note:-

(a) Where two rooms are attached, one of these shall not be less than 9.5 sq.m and

the other not less than 7.5 sq.m with a minimum width of 2.1 m.

(b) In the case of pitched roof, the average height of rooms shall not be less than 2.75

m. The minimum clear head room under a beam, folded plates or eaves shall be

2.4 m.

(c) In the case of air-conditioned rooms, a height of not less than 2.4 m measured

from the surface of the floor to the lowest point of air-conditioning duct or the

false ceiling shall be provided:

Provided that the requirements of above table shall apply to residential, business

and mercantile buildings. For educational and industrial buildings, the minimum

requirements are mentioned in table below:

Table 74: Minimum height requirement for Educational, Industrial and Religious

Building

Serial

No.

Type of Component

Minimum Ceiling Height

I.

Educational component

3.6 m

II.

Industrial component

3.6 m, except when air-conditioned where it is

3m

III.

Religious component

3.6 m

Section

180

P.A.

No. 11 of

1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No. 42 of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No. 4 of

1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1778

118

(4)

Lighting and ventilation of rooms – (i)Rooms shall have, for the admission of light

and air, one or more openings, such as windows and ventilators, opening directly to the

external air or into an open Verandah.

(ii)

Notwithstanding the area of openings obtained through above sub-rule (2) of rule 39, the

minimum aggregate area [see Notes (a) to (c)] of such openings, excluding doors

inclusive of frames, shall be not less than one-tenth of the floor area.

Note:-

(a) If a window is partly fixed, the openable area shall be counted.

(b) No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted, if it is more than 7.5 m away

from the opening assumed for lighting that portion.

(c) The area of openings above shall be increased by 25 percent in the case of a

kitchen.

(d) In bathroom or water closet have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft or

open space, of area not less than 0.3 m2 with side not less than 0.3 m.

(e) No room containing water-closets shall be used for any purpose except as a

lavatory and no such room shall open directly into any kitchen or cooking space

by a door, window or other opening. Every room containing water-closet shall

have a door completely closing the entrance to it.

(f) Mechanical light and ventilation shall be permissible in accordance with the

National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time.

(5)

Ledge or Tand.- (i) Height.-The minimum head-room of ledge or tand or loft shall

be 2.2 m. The maximum height of loft shall be 1.5 m.

(ii)

Size.-A ledge or tand or loft in a habitable room shall not cover more than 25 percent of

the area of the floor on which it is constructed and shall not interfere with the ventilation

of the room under any circumstances.

(6)

Mezzanine Floor.- (i) Height.-It shall have a minimum height of 2.2 m with no beams

or protuberances below 1.8 m.

(ii)

Size.- The minimum size of the mezzanine floor, if it is to be used as a living room, shall

not be less than 9.5 m2. The aggregate area of such mezzanine floor in a building shall in

no case exceed one-third the plinth area of the building.

Note:-

(a) A mezzanine floor may be permitted over a room or a compartment;

(b) It conforms to the standard of living or habitable rooms as regards lighting and

ventilation in case the size of mezzanine floor is 9.5 m2 or more;

(c) It is so constructed as not to interfere under any circumstances with the

ventilation of the space over and under it;

(d) Such mezzanine floor is not subdivided into smaller compartments;

(e) Such mezzanine floor or any part of it shall not be used as a kitchen; and

(f) In no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to be

converted into unventilated compartments.

(7)

Basement.-

(A) Provisions for building under the jurisdiction of Department of Housing and

Urban development:

(i)

The multi-level basement in plots of an area above 2025 sq.m shall be allowed below the

ground and beyond the building line at ground level subject to a clear minimum front

margin of 4.5 m and side and rear margins of 3 m, subject to the provision of mechanical

ventilation and all safety provisions and drainage. However, it is essential that the

basement top slab below the external circulation at ground level should be designed for

firefighting vehicular loads as given in clause 4.6 of Part III of the National Building

Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time. The owner or the applicant, as the

case may be, shall be bound to execute indemnity bond in the favour of competent

authority as specified in Annexure 21.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1779

119

(ii)

In case of plot measuring upto 2025 sq.m, a single-story basement shall be permitted upto

the zoned area or upto the boundary of the plot except on the front and rear sides, as

applicable, subject to the condition that the owner shall leave minimum setback of 1.5 m

(5'-0") from the respective side of the boundary wall of the plot, if adjoining plot has a

building within 1.5m from the plot line:

Provided that the above condition of maintaining a 1.5 m (5'-0") side setback from

the adjoining plot shall not be mandatory if adjoining plot does not have a building within

1.5 m from the plot line.

(iii)

Basement shall not be allowed in the case of No construction Zone or Area or Master

Plan Green area or any other restricted area or zone under the provision of any other

Actor Policy of the State or Central Government.

(iv)

Other conditions:- The following are the conditions for the basement, namely:-

(a) First level basement area may be used for habitable purposes except sleeping

accommodation or residential purpose subject to the condition that mandatory

parking norms are fulfilled and compliance of all requirements for fire safety in

accordance with Part 4- Fire and Life Safety of the National Building Code of

India, 2016, as amended time to time and necessary measures for required

lighting, ventilation and water supply, drainage and sanitation is ensured;

(b) The minimum height of basement shall be 2.40 meters measured from the

finished level of the floor to the under surface of the beam, joist girders or any

other horizontal structural member. However, if basement is used for habitable

purpose then the minimum height and space requirement of that area shall be as

per sub-rule (3) of rule 43 of these rules;

(c) Adequate ventilation shall be provided for the basement. Any deficiency may be

met by providing adequate mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust

fans, air conditioning system and conform to fire safety and structural safety;

(d) The minimum height of the ceiling of first level basement shall be 0.9 meters and

maximum 1.2 meters above the average surrounding ground level, except

convenient shopping and residential plots. However, if sunken court is provided

for light and ventilation or stilt is provided for parking or then the same shall not

be mandatory;

(e) Adequate arrangement shall be made that surface drainage does not enter the

basement;

(f) There shall be provisions of sufficient doors in case the basement is used for

habitable purposes and maximum travel distance from any point to the door shall

not exceed 15 meters;

(g) In case, where the basement is allowed beyond the building envelope in

accordance with sub-rule (7)(i) of rule 43, then the level of the basement shall be

at the ground floor level and the slabs should be designed to bear the load of fire

tenders;

(h) The walls and floors of the basement shall be watertight and be so designed that

the effects of the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are taken into account in

design and adequate damp proofing treatment is given;

(i) The access to the basement shall be separate from the main and alternative

staircase providing access and exit from higher floors. Where the staircase is

continuous in the case of buildings served by more than one staircase, the same

shall be of enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the basement floor and

higher floors. Open ramps shall be permitted if they are constructed within the

building line subject to the provision of above condition (e).

(j) In buildings where parking is provided in basement(s) or upper floor(s), at least

two ramps shall be provided for one-way traffic, while a single ramp may be

permitted for two-way traffic subject to compliance with the width and slope

requirements as per sub-rule (18) (ii) of rule 43, and the ramps shall preferably be

located at opposite ends to ensure efficient traffic circulation.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1780

120

(k) Access to basements through ramps shall be permitted subject to provision of

above condition (e). The requirements for the ramps shall be in accordance

with sub rule (18) of rule 43 and National Building Code of India, 2016, as

emended from time to time;

(l) For all buildings including group housing, having basement going up to more than

one level, access to all levels shall also be provided through lift. The exit

requirements in basements shall comply with the provisions of Part 4- Fire and

Life Safety of the National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time

to time:

Provided that in case where basement used for habitable purpose shall be

counted in Floor Area Ratio.

(B). Provisions for building under the jurisdiction of Department of Local

Government:

(i)

Basement shall be the storey that is next below or immediate below the ground

storey or which may be in any part of the plot within building envelope line and

up to maximum coverage not more than coverage on ground floor. The minimum

height of the basement for habitable purposes shall not be less than 9‘-0‖ from the

floor to the ceiling of the basement and in each part 8‘ clear height in case of

beam structure or frame structure or otherwise and minimum height of the

basement for parking purposes shall not be less than 10‘ from the floor to the

ceiling of the basement and in each part 8‘-6‖ clear height in case of beam or

frame structure.

(ii)

The roof level of the basement shall not be less than 3‘-6‖ from the adjoining

average ground level for adequate light and ventilation, if used for purpose listed

at 4.12(iv).

(iii)

Single basement is allowed in all residential, commercial, institutional, industrial

and group housing plots. However, on plots having area more than 750 sq. yards

more than one storey basement may be allowed, if all other conditions for

structural stability are fulfilled and it shall be exclusively used for parking.

(iv)

In case of commercial buildings, basement may be used for commercial purpose,

Banquet Hall etc. if it is air conditioned. It shall have minimum either two stair

cases for entry and exit or two approach ramps or one stair case and one ramp and

total FAR not exceeding more than 1:2.00. In case in commercial buildings FAR

is exceeded more than 1:2.00 then single basement shall be compulsory and shall

be used for parking purposes only in addition to open space provided for parking

on ground level.

(v)

However 10 % of the basement area would be increased to a depth of 14‘-0‖ for

the purpose of installation of electric generator or air-conditioning plant or

providing a room for lift to the basement storey.

(vi)

Applicant or Building Designer and Supervisor shall submit the certificate

regarding its structural safety in relation to underground water table or spring

level, etc.

(vii)

Adequate arrangement shall be made so that surface drainage does not enter the

basement.

(viii) Applicant or owner of the building shall install suitable pumps for pumping the

waste water into the sewer in place of directly connecting it to the sewer to avoid

any risk of the sewerage or sludge heading back into the basement at any time.

(ix)

Basement for storage in residential buildings and parking or services in any

building shall not be taken into account for F.A.R.

(x)

Indemnity bond for basement as per Annexure 21 shall be given by the applicant

along with notice of building application to indemnify the local authority in case

of any loss or damage caused to the adjoining properties on account of

construction of basement either at the time of digging of its foundations or during

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1781

121

the course of its construction or even thereafter and also against any claim of any

concern thereto.

(xi)

In case on the side of the site there is single storey building then 5‘-0‖ side

setback is required from the adjoining property.

(xii)

If on the side of the site there is double storey building then 7‘-6‖ side setback is

required, and

(xiii) If on the side of the site there is more than two storey building then 10‘-0‖ side

setback is required.

(xiv) If the applicant or owner does not leave side setback according to the

requirements as above and incase of adjoining vacant properties, he/she shall

produce NOC from the owners of adjoining properties.

(xv)

The permissible covered area for basement will be the same as the permissible

coverage on ground. However, permissible coverage can be increased in the

basement to create parking space on the following conditions:

(a) The roof level of such part of the basement shall not be raised above the

surrounding ground level.

(b) Clear ceiling height of such part of the basement shall not be less than 7‘-

0‖.

(c) Mechanical arrangement shall be made for exhaust.

(d) Sufficient additional arrangements shall be made for fire safety to the

satisfaction of fire officer.

(xvi) For better acceptability of basement parking, the ramps should be located in the

front. The ramp for Basement parking can be provided in the front setback area

provided the ramp starts after leaving 16‘- 6‖ from the plot boundary and the same

shall form part of parking area calculations.

(xvii) Parking areas including basement and covered parking shall be exclusive public

parking areas maintained by the builder or promoter up to the satisfaction of local

authority.

Note:-

In case of double basement side space requirement shall be double as

detailed in above clause xi, xii and xiii.

(8)

Chimneys.- The chimneys shall be built at least 0.9 m above flat roofs, provided the top

of the chimneys is not below the top of the adjacent parapet wall. In the case of sloping

roofs, the chimney top shall not be less than 0.6 m above the ridge of the roof in which

the chimney penetrates.

(9)

Parapet.- Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony,

Verandah, etc, shall not be less than 1.0 m and not more than 1.4 m in height from the

finished floor level.

Note: The above shall not apply where roof terrace is not accessible by a staircase and it

may be less than 1m. However, on terrace floor in the portion where installations like

Diesel Generator (DG) Set, Water Tank and other, screening parapet of a suitable

height may be constructed to hide such equipment’s etc and there is no need to have

uniformly increased the height of the parapet.

(10) Cabin.- The size of cabins shall not be less than 3.0 m2 with a minimum width of 1.0 m.

The clear passages within the divided space of any floor shall not be less than 0.75 m and

the distance from the farthest space in a cabin to any exit shall not be more than 18.5 m.

In case, the sub-divided cabin does not derive direct lighting and ventilation from any

open spaces or mechanical means, the maximum height of the cabin shall be 2.2 m.

(11) Boundary wall.- (i) In residential or industrial plotted development, independent floors

front boundary wall shall have maximum height upto 0.9 m from the centre line of the

adjoining road. However, above the boundary wall, the perforated wall such as stone jali

or iron grills or vegetation maximum upto 0.9 m high may be constructed.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1782

122

(ii)

Other than above buildings, the maximum height of the boundary wall along the

road or open space or park shall be 0.9m from the centre line of the adjoining road.

However, above the boundary wall, the perforated wall such as stone jali or iron

grills or vegetation of maximum upto 0.9 m high may be constructed.

(iii)

The maximum height of the solid boundary wall (i.e. side and back wall) shall be

1.83 m from ground level.

(iv)

In case of corner plot, radius of corner boundary wall shall be minimum 5‘-0‖ or

1/8th of the width of the adjoining road whichever is more and maximum upto 20‘-

0‖ excepted residential plot or independent plots or all category plot size upto 1000

sq.m in which turning radius shall be 5‘-0‖

(v)

In industrial buildings like workshops, factories, electric sub-stations, transformer

stations and institutional buildings like sanatoria, hospitals, sports complex,

stadium, and educational buildings like schools, colleges, including hostels, and

other uses of public utility undertakings and strategically sensitive buildings, a

height up to 2.4 m may be permitted on special request of the applicant. However,

in case of security establishments, Jails, mental hospitals, strategically sensitive

buildings etc. where additional height of the boundary wall is required by the

applicant, the same may be allowed by the competent authority.

(vi)

Boundary wall may be allowed to be constructed in No Construction Zone after

leaving the road widening, if required, subject to the condition that the owner shall

dismantle the boundary wall as and when required by any Government agency or

authority without any claim.

(12) Septic Tanks.- Where a septic tank is used for sewage disposal, the location, design and

construction of the septic tank shall conform to requirements of Part 9 -‗Plumbing

Services (including Solid Waste Management) and Section 2- Drainage and Sanitation‘

of the National Building Code of India, 2016.

(13) Office-cum-letter box room.- In the case of multi-storeyed apartments, an office-cum-

letter box room or space shall be provided on the ground floor or basement, preferably be

located on the ground floor. However, if provided in the basement, it preferably be

located adjacent or near to the entry or exit point of the basement for easy accessibility.

(14) Meter rooms.- For all buildings 21 m and above in height and in special occupancies, like

educational, assembly, institutional, industrial, storage, hazardous and mixed occupancies

with any of the aforesaid occupancies having area more than 500 m2 on each floor,

provision shall be made for an independent and ventilated meter (service) room, as per

requirements of electric (service) supply undertakings on the ground floor with direct

access from outside for the purpose of termination of electric supply from the licensee‘s

service and alternative supply cables. The door or doors provided for the service room

shall have fire resistance of not less than two hours.

(15) Exit or Staircase requirements.- The number of staircases in the building(s) shall be

determined on the basis of the occupant load, travel distance, dead end restriction subject

to minimum two staircases in respect of buildings identified under these rules:

Provided that where the travel distance and other requirements are complied with,

one shall be a fire exit staircase out of two staircases.

The following Building(s) shall have minimum of two staircases:

(i)

Building(s) of 15 m in height or above, and

(ii)

Special buildings, such as,

(a) hotel, educational, institutional, business, mercantile, industrial, storage,

hazardous and mixed occupancies, where any of these buildings have floor

area more than 500 m2 on any one or more floors;

(b) educational buildings having height 9 m and above;

(c) institutional buildings having height 9 m and above;

(d) all assembly buildings;

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1783

123

(e) buildings having area more than 300 sq.m of incidental assembly

occupancy on any floor; and

(f) buildings with two basements or more, or with one basement of area more

than 500 m2.

(iii)

All exit staircases shall discharge, at the level of exit discharge, to the exist

discharge, either,

(a) directly, or

(b) through an exit passageway, or

(c) through a large lobby.

At least 50 percent of the staircases shall discharge as per (a) and/or (b) above.

The minimum width, minimum tread width and maximum riser of staircases for buildings

shall be as given in sub-rule (16) of rule 43.

(16) Staircase requirement.- (i) Minimum clear width.- The following minimum width

shall be provided for staircases for respective occupancies, namely:-

(a) Residential (lodging and rooming houses, dormitories): 1250 mm

(b) Apartment houses or group housing: 1350 mm

(c) Hotel: 1500 mm

(d) Assembly: 2000 mm

(e) Educational: 1500 mm

(f) Institutional: 2000 mm

(Hospitals, sanatoria, custodial, institutions, penal and mental institutions)

(g) All other occupancies: 1500 mm

(h) Shop-cum-Offices (SCOs) or Shop:

For Plot width upto 7.5m:

900mm

For Plot width above 7.5m:

1500mm

(ii)

Minimum tread. -The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 300 mm.

However, for one or two family dwelling, it may be reduced to not less than 250 mm.

(iii)

Maximum riser. -The maximum height of riser shall be 150 mm. However, for one

or two family dwelling, it may be increased maximum upto 190 mm. The number of

risers shall be limited to 12 per flight.

(iv)

Headroom height. -The minimum head-room in a passage under the landing of a

staircase shall be 2.2 m. The minimum clear head-room in any staircase shall

be 2.2 m.

(17) Corridor requirement.- Minimum width provisions for passageway or corridors

(clear width excluding handrail and balustrade) or foyer, as the case may be, shall be

determined such a way that it shall accommodate the entire population of the floor

subject to minimum width depending upon the class of occupancy mentioned as under,

namely:-

(i)

Residential buildings (one or two family private dwelling): 1050 mm for single

loaded (i.e. having door opening for single side of corridor) and 1500 mm for

double loaded (i.e. having door opening for both side of corridor).

(ii)

Residential buildings, e.g., hostels, hotels, rental housing, group housing etc.:

1350 mm for single loaded and 1500 mm for double loaded.

(iii)

Assembly buildings like auditoriums, theatres and cinemas: 2000 mm.

(iv)

All other buildings like commercial, and institutional: 1500 mm for single loaded

and 1800 mm for double loaded.

(v)

Hospital, Nursing Homes, etc.: 2400 mm for both single and double loaded.

(vi)

Where staircase discharges through corridors and passageways, the height of

corridors and passageways shall be not less than 2400 mm.

(vii)

All means of exit including staircases, lift lobbies and corridors shall be naturally

or mechanically ventilated.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1784

124

Note:-

The above mentioned width of the corridor is the minimum width, which shall increase

with increase in the occupant load of the building and shall provide as per Part 4-Fire

and Life Safety of the National Building Code of India, 2016.

(18) Ramps.-

(A). Provisions for building under the jurisdiction of Department of Housing and

Urban development:

(i) Ramp requirement for pedestrians, differently-abled, elderly and children.- (a) In

all buildings and facilities open to and used by the public, including all forms of public

housing developed by the Government, civic bodies, or private developers (excluding

private residences), the provision of a ramp up to the plinth level or ground level shall be

made in accordance with the provisions of the National Building Code of India, 2016, as

amended from time to time.

(b) Where ramps are provided to access upper floors, the minimum width of the ramp

shall be equivalent to the width of the staircase specified in sub-rule (16) of rule 43 of

these rules. The gradient of the ramp shall not be steeper than 1:12 and shall include at

least one intermediate landing. All other design and safety provisions of the ramp shall

conform to the National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time.

(ii)

Ramp requirement for vehicular movement-

(a) Open Ramps with minimum width of 6m may also be provided in the setbacks which

can be sloped considering unhindered movement of fire engine and in no case, the

gradient shall be less than 1:10.

(b) The minimum clear width of the vehicular ramp shall be as follows:

3 metres for one-way traffic, and 6 metres for two-way traffic for Light Motor

Vehicles (LMV);

metres for one-way traffic, and 9 metres for two-way traffic for Light

Commercial Vehicles (LCV);

6 metres for one-way traffic, and 12 metres for two-way traffic for Heavy

Motor Vehicles (HMV).

(c) The gradient of vehicular ramps shall not be steeper than 1:8 for cars (Light Motor

Vehicles – LMV) and 1:10 for heavy vehicles, including Light Commercial Vehicles

(LCV) and Heavy Motor Vehicles (HMV). For curved portions or circular ramps, the

maximum slope shall be 1:10.

(d) After a 40 m length of continuous ramp, a flat surface of minimum 6.0 m length shall

be provided.

(e) If podium is accessible to a fire tender, a minimum 7.5 m wide ramp shall be

required for fire engine access with maximum slope of 1:10.

(f) All and structural design or safety aspects as per latest Bureau of Indian Standard

Codes and National Building Code of India, 2016 shall be complied along with

consideration of weight of Fire Engine and its maneuverings.

(B). Provisions for building under the jurisdiction of Department of Local Government:

(i) For pedestrians, differently-abled, elderly and children.- The width of the ramp shall

not be less than 1.37 meters and gradient shall not be less than 1:12. However in case

Hospitals of Institutes, minimum width of the ramp, if provided, shall not be not less than 2.4

meters.

(ii) For vehicular movement.-

(a) In case of single basement of any size of plot or multiple basements upto half-acre

plot, single ramp of minimum width 3.0 meters (10 feet) for both way vehicular

movement is required; and

(b) In case of multiple basements above half-acre plot, two ramps (entry or exit) of

minimum width 3.0 meters (10 feet) for one way movement or single ramp of

minimum width 4.5 meters (15 feet) for two-way movement is required.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1785

125

(c) The Gradient of ramp shall be 1:7 for cars and 1:15 for heavy vehicles. At curved

portions of the ramp or for circular ramps, the slope should not be more than 1:12.

(d) The ramp shall not be provided in the mandatory setback area (minimum 6 meters).

(19) Exit Requirements.- In respect of width and travel distance, all aspects of exit

requirements for corridors, doors, staircases, ramps shall be as per Part 4- Fire and Life

Safety of the National Building Code of India, 2016.

(20) Roofs.-

(i)

The roof of a building shall be so designed and constructed as to effectively drain

water by means of sufficient rain water pipes of size as specified in the National

Building Code of India, 2016, wherever required, so arranged, jointed and fixed as

to ensure that the rain water is carried away from the building without causing

dampness in any part of the walls, roof or foundations of the building or an

adjacent building.

(ii)

The rain water pipes shall be connected to a drain or a sewer which connects the

rain-water pipe to the road gutter or in any other approved manner.

(iii)

The rain-water pipes shall be affixed to the outside of the external walls of the

building or in recesses or chases cut or formed in such external walls or in such

other manner as may be approved by the Authority.

(iv)

It is desirable to conserve rain water using suitable rain water harvesting techniques

including by roof water collection. For this purpose, the provision made in Part 9-

Plumbing Services (including Solid Waste Management), Section 2 Drainage and

Sanitation of the National Building Code of India, 2016 shall be followed.

(21) Sunken courtyard.- Sunken courtyard up to 3 m in depth from the ground level and

minimum 2 m width and minimum 10 sq.m. area as ‗light well‘ within zoned area shall

be permitted for light and ventilation for basement area provided that it does not interfere

with the movement of fire tenders and adequate arrangements for drainage shall be

provided.

However, for plot size upto 2025 sq.m area, sunken courtyard may be allowed

upto the boundary wall of the plot in rear courtyard subject to the fulfillment of parking

and fire tender movement as required.

(22) Check Post or guard room or watch and ward cabins. – (1) Check Post or guard

room or watch and ward cabins—whatever the term used—upto 300 square feet may be

allowed along the entry gate except residential plots or farm house. However, in case of a

General Industry or Factory (plot area above two acres), built-up area of Watch and ward

cabins along with the entry gate may be allowed more than 300 sq.ft subject to the

following limits: -

(a) Plot size above 2 acres upto 10 acres: 600 sq.ft.

(b) Plot size above 10 acres: 1000 sq.ft

(2) In above sub-rule (1), Check Post or Guard room or Watch and ward cabins shall be

allowed subject to the following conditions; namely:-

(i)

The area shall be used only as guard room, toilet, X-ray machine or metal

detector, COVID testing or test sampling and storing of test samples. An

undertaking to this effect shall be taken from the applicant.

(ii)

The area upto 100 square feet along each entry gate exempted from Ground

Coverage and Floor Area Ratio (FAR). However, the area over and above 100

square feet shall be included in the ‗Floor Area Ratio‘ and ‗Ground Coverage‘,

and the total height of the guard room from plinth shall not be more than 2.75

meters.

(iii)

The guard room or watch and ward room shall not create any hindrance in the

movement of fire tender and adequate space shall be made available around the

building for unhindered movement of fire tender.

(iv)

The above proposal shall be applicable to plots of one acre or above size.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1786

126

(23) Fitments for drainage and sanitation.-

(i) For Residences.-Dwelling with individual convenience shall have at least the

following fitments, namely:-

(a) One bath room provided with a tap and a floor trap;

(b) One water closet with flushing apparatus with an ablution tap or health faucet;

and

(c) One tap with a floor trap or a sink in kitchen.

(ii) The requirements for fitments for drainage and sanitation in the case of buildings

other than residences shall be in accordance with Table 75 to Table 88.

Table 75: Office Building

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Public Toilets

Staff Toilets

Male

Female

Male

Female

Executive Rooms and Conference Halls in Office Buildings

I.

Toilet suite comprising one Water

Closets (WC), one wash basin (with

optional shower stall if building is

used round the clock at user's option)

Pantry

optional

as

per

user

requirement

Unit

could

be

common

for

male/

female

or

separate

depending

on

the

number of user of

each facility

For

individual

officer

rooms

Main Office Toilets for Staff and Visitors

II.

Water Closets (WC)

see note

see note

1 per 50

1 per 30

III.

Ablution tab with each water closet

1 in each water closet

IV.

Urinals

Nil up to 12

1 for 13 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

3 for 91 to 140

4 for 141 to 200

From

201

to

400, add @ 6%;

for over 400,

add @ 5%

-

V.

Wash Basins

50

50

VI.

Drinking Water Fountain

1 per 200 persons

VII.

Cleaner's sink

1 per floor

Note:-

(a) Staff and public toilet utilities are generally common in office buildings. Where

public toilets are to be provided separately, similar requirements as that of staff

toilet may be provided.

(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50

Table 76: Cinema, Multiplex Cinema, Concert and Convention Halls, Theatres and Stadia

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Public Toilets

Staff Toilets

Male

Female

Male

Female

I.

Water Closets

1 per 100 up to

400; Over 400

add at 1 per

500 or part

thereof

3 per 100 up to

200; Over 200

add at 1 per

100 or part

thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

For above 70,

add 1 for every

100 or part

thereof

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

For above 50,

add at 1 per 50

or part thereof

II.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1787

127

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50

persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals

III.

Urinals

1 per 25 or part

thereof

-

1 for 1 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

-

IV.

Wash Basins

1 per 200 or part thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

For above 70,

Add 1 for every

100 or part

thereof

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

For above 50,

add at 1 per 50

or part thereof

V.

Drinking Water

Fountain

1 per 100

VI.

Cleaner's sink

1 per floor

VII.

Showers/bathing

rooms

As per trade requirements

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.

Table 77: Art Galleries, Libraries and Museums

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Public Toilets

Staff Toilets

Male

Female

Male

Female

I.

Water Closets

1 per 200 up to

400; Over 400

add at 1 per 250

or part thereof

1 per 100 up to

200; Over 200

add at 1 per

150 or part

thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

For above 70,

add 1 for

every 100 or

part thereof

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

For above 50,

add at 1 per

50 or part

thereof

II.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50

persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals

III.

Urinals

1 per 25 or part

thereof

-

1 for 1 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

-

IV.

Wash Basins

1 per 200 up to

400; Over 400

add at 1 per 250

or part thereof

1 per 100 up to

200; Over 200

add at 1 per

150 or part

thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

For above 70,

add 1 for

every 100 or

part thereof

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

For above 50,

add at 1 per

50 or part

thereof

V.

Drinking Water

Fountain

1 per 100

VI.

Cleaner's sink

1 per floor

VII.

Showers/bathing

rooms

As per trade requirements

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.

Table 78: Restaurants

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Public Toilets

Staff Toilets

Male

Female

Male

Female

I.

Water Closets

1 per 50 seats up

to 200; Over 200

add at 1 per 100

or part thereof

2 per 50 seats

up to 200;

Over 200 add

at 1 per 100 or

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

3 for 71 to 90

4 for 91 to 200

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

3 for 51 to 80

4 for 81 to 114

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1788

128

part thereof

5 for 115 to

154

6 for 154 to

200

II.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every

100 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals

III.

Urinals

1 per 50 persons

or part thereof

-

1 for 1 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

3 for 91 to 130

4 for 131 to 200

-

IV.

Wash Basins

1 per Water

Closets (WC)

1 per Water

Closets (WC)

1 per Water

Closets (WC)

1 per Water

Closets (WC)

V.

Cleaner's sink

1 per restaurant

VI.

Kitchen sink/

dish washer

1 per kitchen

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.

(c) Provision for additional and special fittings where required shall be made.

Table 79: Shopping Malls and Retail Buildings

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Public Toilets for floating

population

Staff Toilets in Shopping

Building

Male

Female

Male

Female

I.

Water

Closets

1 per 50 (min. 2)

1 per 50 (min.

2)

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

3 for 71 to 90

4 for 91 to 200

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

3 for 51 to 80

4 for 81 to 114

5 for 115 to

154

6 for 154 to

200

II.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

III.

Urinals

1 per 50

-

1 for 1 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

3 for 91 to 130

4 for 131 to 200

-

IV.

Wash Basins

1 per Water

Closets (WC)

1 per Water

Closets (WC)

1 per Water

Closets (WC)

1 per Water

Closets (WC)

V.

Cleaner's sink 1 per floor

VI.

Bath/showers

1 per 100 persons

Note:-

(a) Toilet facilities for individual facilities in a shopping building should be taken

same as that for office buildings.

(b) Staff toilets in the shopping buildings provide facilities for persons working in

shops and building, as well as for maintenance staff.

(c) The number of persons against the fixture bath or showers represents the

maintenance staff requiring such facility.

(d) Public toilet facilities are provided for a large floating population for buyers and

visitors.

(e) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(f) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.

(g) Provision for additional and special fittings where required shall be made.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1789

129

Table 80: Hotel

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Public Room

Non-Residential Staff

Male

Female

Male

Female

I.

Toilet suite comprising

one Water Closets

(WC), wash basin with

shower or a bath tub

Individual guest rooms

with attached toilets

-

Guest room with common facilities

II.

Water Closets

1 per 100

persons up

to 400;

over 400

add at 1

per 250 or

part

thereof

1 per 100

persons up

to 200;

over 200

add at 1

per 100 or

part

thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

3 for 71 to 130

4 for 131 to 200

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

3 for 51 to 80

4 for 81 to 114

5 for 115 to

154

6 for 155 to

200

III.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for

every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water

closets and urinals

IV.

Urinals

1 per 50

person or

part

thereof

-

1 for 1 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

3 for 91 to 130

4 for 131 to 200

-

V.

Wash Basins

1 per

Water

Closets

(WC)

1 per

Water

Closets

(WC)

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

3 for 71 to 130

4 for 131 to 200

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

3 for 51 to 80

4 for 81 to 114

VI.

Bath (showers)

1 per 10 person or part thereof

VII.

Cleaner's sink

1 per 30 rooms, minimum 1 per floor

VIII.

Kitchen sink

1 per kitchen

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.

(c) Provision for additional and special fittings where required shall be made.

Table 81: Hospital with indoor patient ward

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Patient Toilets

Staff Toilets

Male

Female

Male

Female

I.

Toilet suite comprising

one Water Closets (WC),

one wash basin and

shower stall

Private room with up to 4

patients

For individual doctor's

/officer's rooms

For General wards, Hospital staff and visitors

II.

Water Closets

1 per 5 Beds or part

thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

Over 70, add

1 per 100 or

part thereof

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

Over 50, add

1 per 100 or

part thereof

III.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided

for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1790

130

closets and urinals

IV.

Urinals

1 per 15

beds

-

1 for 1 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

Over 90, add

1 per 100 or

part thereof

-

V.

Wash Basins

2 for every 30 beds or part

thereof. Add 1 per

additional 30 beds or part

thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

For over 70,

add 1 per 100

or part

thereof

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

For over 50,

add 1 per 100

or part

thereof

VI.

Drinking Water Fountain

1 per Ward

1 per 100 person or part

thereof

VII.

Cleaner's sink

1 per Ward

-

VIII.

Bed pan sink

1 per Ward

-

IX.

Kitchen sink

1 per Ward

-

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.

(c) Provision for additional and special fittings where required shall be made

(d) Drinking water fountain are not recommended for hospitals for reasons of

infection control. This is to be decided by the health authority recommendations.

Table 82: Hospital with Outdoor Patient Department

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Patient Toilets

Staff Toilets

Male

Female

Male

Female

I.

Toilet suite comprising

one Water Closets (WC)

and one wash basin (with

optional shower stall if

building used for 24 h)

For up to 4 patients

For individual doctor's

/officer's rooms

II.

Water Closets

1 per 100

persons or

part thereof

2 per 100

persons or

part thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

Over 70, add

1 per 100 or

part thereof

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

Over 50, add

1 per 100 or

part thereof

III.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for

every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water

closets and urinals

IV.

Urinals

1 per 50

persons or

part thereof

-

1 for 1 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

Over 90, add 1

per 100 or part

thereof

-

V.

Wash Basins

2 per 100 persons or part

thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

For over 70, add

1 per 100 or part

thereof

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

For over 50,

add 1 per 100

or part

thereof

VI.

Drinking Water Fountain

See note (d)

1 per 100 person or part thereof

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1791

131

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.

(c) Provision for additional and special hospital fittings where required shall be

made.

(d) Drinking water fountain are not recommended for hospitals for reasons of

infection control. This is to be decided by the health authority recommendations.

(e) The Water Closets (WC) shall be provided keeping in view the location of main

Out Patient Department (OPD) waiting hall and sub-waiting halls, floor wise, so

as to serve the people effectively. The number of patients shall be calculated floor

wise. The Out Patient Department (OPD) population shall include patient

attendants @ at least 1 per patient.

Table 83: Hospital Administrative Buildings

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Staff Toilets

Male

Female

I.

Toilet suite comprising one Water

Closets (WC) and one wash basin (with

optional shower stall if building used

for 24 h)

For individual doctor's /officer's rooms

II.

Water Closets

1 per 25 persons or

part thereof

1 per 15 persons or

part thereof

III.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall

be provided for every 50 persons or part

thereof in the vicinity of water closets and

urinals

IV.

Urinals

Nil up to 6

1 for 6 to 30

2 for 31 to 100

-

V.

Wash Basin

1 per 25 persons or part thereof

VI.

Drinking Water Fountain

1 per 100 persons or part thereof (see note c)

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.

(c) Drinking water fountains to be provided only where it is a separate block and

patients will not use it.

Table 84: Factories

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Offices/Visitors

Workers

Male

Female

Male

Female

I.

Water

Closets

(workers and

staff)

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

3 for 71 to 130

4 for 131 to 200

From 201 to

400, add @ 3%;

for over 400,

add @ 2.5%

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

3 for 51 to 80

4 for 81 to 114

5 for 115 to 154

6 for 155 to 200

From 201 to

400, add @ 5%;

for over 400,

add @ 4%

1 for up to 20

2 for 21 to 40

3 for 41 to 80

4 for 81 to 150

From 151 to

300, add @

3%;

for over 300,

add @ 2.5%

1 for up to 15

2 for 16 to 35

3 for 36 to 55

4 for 56 to 75

5 for 76 to 100

6 for 101 to

150

From 151 to

300, add @

5%;

for over 300,

add @ 4%

II.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1792

132

III.

Urinals

1 for 1 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

3 for 91 to 140

4 for 141 to 200

From 201 to

400, add @ 3%;

for over 400,

add @ 2.5%

-

1 for 1 to 30

2 for 31 to 60

3 for 61 to 90

4 for 91 to 130

From 131 to

250, add @

3%;

for over 250,

add @ 2.5%

-

IV.

Wash Basins

1 per 25 or part thereof

(wash basins in rows or troughs and taps spaced 750 mm c/c)

V.

Drinking

Water

Fountain

1 per 100 persons or part thereof with minimum one on each floor

VI.

Cleaner's

sink

1 on each floor

VII.

Showers/bath

ing rooms

As per trade requirements

VIII.

Emergency

shower and

eye wash

fountain

-

-

1 per every shop floor per 500

persons

Note:-

(a) For factories requiring workers to be engaged in dirty and dangerous operations

or requiring them to being extremely clean and sanitized conditions, additional

and separate (if required so) toilet facilities and if required by applicable

Industrial and safety laws and the Occupational Safety, Health and Working

Conditions Code, 2020 shall be provided in consultation with the user.

(b) Depending on the type of disability of a person and the hazard posed by the type

of activities in the factory for a person with disabilities, if a person with

disabilities is decided to be engaged for a particular activity, the requirements of

accessibility shall be guided by the provisions given in 13 of Part 3 -'Development

Control Rules and General Building Requirements of the National Building Code

of India, 2016'.

Table 85: Schools and Educational Institutions

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Nursery

School

Non-Residential

Residential

Boys

Girls

Boys

Girls

I.

Water Closets

1 per 15 pupils

or part thereof

1 per 80

pupils or

part

thereof

1 per 50

pupils or

part

thereof

1 per 8

pupils or

part

thereof

1 per 6

pupils or

part

thereof

II.

Ablution tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50

persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals

III.

Urinals

-

1 per 40

pupils or

part

thereof

-

1 per 25

pupils or

part

thereof

-

IV.

Wash Basins

1 per 15 pupils

or part thereof

1 per 120

pupils or

part

thereof

1 per 80

pupils or

part

thereof

1 per 8

pupils or

part

thereof

1 per 6

pupils or

part

thereof

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1793

133

V.

Drinking Water

Fountain

1 per 50 pupils

or part thereof

1 per 100 pupils or part

thereof

1 per 100 pupils or part

thereof

VI.

Cleaner's sink

1 per each floor

VII.

Bath / Showers

1 per 40 pupils

or part thereof

-

1 per 8

pupils or

part

thereof

1 per 6

pupils or

part

thereof

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) For teaching staff, the schedule of fixtures to be provided shall be the same as in

case of office building.

(c) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50 for co-educational

institution.

Table 86: Hostels

Serial

No.

Fixtures Resident

Non-Resident

Visitor/ Common

Room

Males

Females Males

Females

Males

Females

I.

Water

Closets

1 per 8

or part

thereof

1 per 6

or part

thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

3 for 71 to 130

4 for 131 to

200

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

3 for 51 to 80

4 for 81 to 114

5 for 115 to 154

6 for 155 to 200

1 per

100

upto

400;

over

400 add

at 1 per

250

1 per 100

upto 200;

over 200

add at 1

per 100

II.

Ablution

tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50

persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals

III.

Urinals

1 per

25 or

part

there

of

-

1 for 1 to 40

2 for 41 to 90

3 for 91 to 140

4 for 141 to

200

-

1 per 50

or part

thereof

-

IV.

Wash

Basins

1 per

16 or

part

there

of

1 per 12

or part

thereof

1 for up to 30

2 for 31 to 70

3 for 71 to 130

4 for 131 to

200

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

3 for 51 to 80

4 for 81 to 114

5 for 115 to

154

6 for 155 to

200

1 per

Water

Closets

(WC)

1 per

Water

Closets

(WC)

V.

Bath/

showers

1 per

8 or

part

there

of

1 per 6 or

part

thereof

-

-

-

-

VI.

Cleaner'

s sink

1 per each floor

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) Male and female population may be assumed as 50:50.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1794

134

Table 87: Fruit and Vegetable Markets

Serial

No.

Fixtures Shop Owners

Common toilets in market

building

Public toilet for

floating population

Males

Females

Males

Females

Males

Females

I.

Water

Closets

1 per 8 or part thereof

1 for up to

30

2 for 31 to

70

3 for 71 to

130

4 for 131

to 200

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

3 for 51 to 80

4 for 81 to 114

5 for 115 to

154

6 for 155 to

200

1 per 50

(min 2)

1 per 50

(min 2)

II.

Ablution

tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50

persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals

III.

Urinals

-

-

1 for 1 to

40

2 for 41 to

90

3 for 91 to

140

4 for 141

to 200

-

1 per 50

-

IV.

Wash

Basins

1 per 8 or part thereof 1 for up to

30

2 for 31 to

70

3 for 71 to

130

4 for 131

to 200

1 for up to 24

2 for 25 to 50

3 for 51 to 80

4 for 81 to 114

-

-

V.

Bath/

showers

1 per 16 or part

thereof

1 per 12

or part

thereof

-

-

1 per 100

persons

Note:-

(a) Toilet facilities for individual buildings in a market should be taken same as that

for office buildings.

(b) Common toilets in the market buildings provide facilities for persons working in

shops and their regular visitors.

(c) Special toilet facilities for a large floating population of out-of-town buyers or

sellers, labour, drivers of vehicles for whom special toilet (public toilets).

Table 88: Bus Stations, Airports and Railway Stations

Serial

No.

Fixtures

Junction

Stations,

Intermediate

Stations

and

Bus

Stations

Terminal

Railway

and Bus

Stations

Domestic

and

International

Airports

Males

Females

Males

Females

Males

Females

I.

Water

Closets

3 for up

to

1000

add 1 per

additional

1000

or

part

4 for up

to

1000

add 1 per

additional

1000

or

part

4 for up

to

1000

add 1 per

additional

1000

or

part

5 for up

to

1000

add 1 per

additional

1000

or

part

for 200 : 5

for 400 : 9

for 600 : 12

for 800 : 16

for 1000 :

18

for 200 : 8

for 400 :

15

for 600 :

20

for 800 :

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1795

135

thereof

thereof

thereof

thereof

26

for 1000 :

29

II.

Ablution

tab

1 in each water closet

1 water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50

persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals

III.

Urinals

4 for up

to

1000

add 1 per

additional

1000

-

6 for up to

1000 add 1

per

additional

1000

-

1 per 40 or

part thereof

-

IV.

Wash

Basins

1 per water closet

V.

Bath/

showers

2 per 1000 or part

thereof

3 per 1000 or part

thereof

4 per 1000 or part

thereof

VI.

Drinking

Water

Fountain

or

taps

(in

common

lobby for

male/fem

ale)

2 per 1000 or part

thereof

3 per 1000 or part

thereof

4 per 1000 or part

thereof

VII.

Cleaner's

sink

1 per toilet compartment with 3 WCs

Note:-

(a) Some Water Closets (WC) may be Indian style, if desired.

(b) Male population may be assumed as three-fifth and female population as two-

fifth.

(c) Separate provision shall be made for staff and workers.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1796

136

PART VI

FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL DESIGN, BUILDING MATERIALS AND

LIGHTING AND VENTILATION

44. Fire protection.- All requirements of fire protection through classification of buildings

based on occupancy, type of construction and other requirements shall be as per ‗The

Punjab Fire and Emergency Service Act, 2024‘ and/ or fire safety norms notified by the

Department of Local Government or as amended from time to time.

45. Structural design.- Structural design of all buildings shall be as per Part 6- Structural

Design of the National Building Code of India, 2016. For requirements regarding

construction (including management and safety), reference shall be made to Part 7-

Construction Management, Practices and Safety of the National Building Code of India,

2016.

46. Lighting and ventilation.- For requirements regarding lighting and ventilation for different

uses and occupancies, reference shall be made to Section 1- Lighting and Natural

Ventilation of Part 8- Building Services of the National Building Code of India, 2016

47. Electrical and allied installations.- The electrical installation in the building shall be

carried out in conformity with the requirements of the Electricity Act, 2003 and rules

made there under. The work of electric installations shall be carried out under the

supervision of a person holding a Certificate of Competency issued by the Chief

Electrical Inspector, Punjab.

For requirements regarding electrical installations in buildings including lightning

protection of buildings, reference shall be made to Section 2- Electrical and Allied

Installations of Part 8-Building Services of the National Building Code of India, 2016.

48. Building Materials.- Building Materials shall be as per Part 5-Building Materials of the

National Building Code of India, 2016 and use of glass in buildings shall conform to the

relevant provisions of the Bureau of Indian Standard Code or the National Building Code

of India, 2016 as amended from time to time.

49. Lifts, Escalators and Moving Walks.- (1) The installation of the Lifts, Escalators and

Moving Walks in the building shall be carried out in conformity with the requirements of

the applicable Lift Acts and Rules, wherever they are in force and with Section 5 of

Part 8-Building Services of the National Building Code of India, 2016. The installation

shall be supervised by a person holding a Certificate of Competency issued by the Chief

Electrical Inspector, Punjab to ensure the safe movement of people and satisfactory

performance of the equipment.

(2) Lifts shall be permitted up to the terrace level in all categories of buildings.

Section 180

P.A. No. 11

of

1995,

262 (2a) of

P.A. No. 42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No.

3 of 1911,

73 of P.A.

No.

4

of

1922.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1797

137

PART VII

PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY-ABLED, ELDERLY AND CHILDREN

50. Applicable provisions.- (1) In the case of public buildings or assembly buildings,

provisions contained in the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016 (Central Act

No. 49 of 2016) and Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier-Free Built

Environment for persons with Disability and Elderly Persons, 2016 related to planning,

designing and construction of public buildings and guidelines issued there under and

space standards for Barrier Free Environment as specified under the said Act(as amended

from time to time), shall also be complied with.

(2) Annexure-B of Part-3 (Anthropometrics and Requirements for Accessibility in Built-

Environment for Elders and Persons with Disabilities) of National Building Code of India,

2016 (as amended from time to time) shall also be applicable for requirements for

accessibility in Built-Environment for person of Differently-abled, Elderly and Children.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1798

138

PART VIII

GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS

51. Provisions and applicability.- The approval of building plans shall be subject to the

fulfilment of provisions of water conservation and management, energy efficiency, waste

management and energy utilization as are given in the table below:

Table 89: Provisions for various plot sizes (Residential uses)

Green Building Provisions

Residential plotted

Group

housing

Plot Area in Sq.mt.

Upto

250

Above

250

upto

500

Above

500

upto

1,000

Above

1,000

upto

3,000

Abov

e

3,000

As

per

Governme

nt policy

Water

Conservati

on

and

Manageme

nt

Rain

Water

Harvesting

(by

Recharge)

Low

Water

Consumption

Plumbing

Fixtures

Energy Efficiency and Solar

Energy Utilization

Provisions of notification no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856 dated: 24-

6-2016 of Department of New & Renewable Energy shall

be applicable or as amended from time to time.

Table 90: Provisions for various plot sizes (Non-Residential uses)

Green Building Provisions

Plot Area in Sq.mt.

Up

to

250

Above

250 upto

500

Above

500 upto

1,000

Above 1,000

upto 3,000

Above

3,000

Water

Conservati

on

and

Manageme

nt

Rain

Water

Harvesting

(by

recharge)

Low

Water

Consumption

Plumbing

Fixtures

Energy Efficiency or Solar

Energy Utilization

Provisions of notification no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856 dated: 24-

6-2016 of Department of New & Renewable Energy shall

be applicable or as amended from time to time.

Note:-

The shaded boxes indicate that the provision is applicable for a plot.

52. Energy efficiency.- (i) The provisions of the Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code

shall be applicable to the buildings/areas in accordance with the notification issued by the

Government no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856, dated: the 24th june 2016, as amended from time to

time.

(ii) The applicant/owner shall submit a certificate from a design profession empanelled with

Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Government of India or Punjab Energy Development

Agency (PEDA), confirming that the building plans conform to the Punjab Energy

Conservation Building Code and is duly verified by Punjab Energy Development Agency

(PEDA) along with the application approval of building plan.

(iii) The completion and occupation certificate of buildings shall be issued by the competent

authority only after the applicant or owner shall submit a certificate from an architect or

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1799

139

Civil Engineer (who has supervised the construction of building) that building has been

constructed in accordance with the provision of the Punjab Energy Conservation Building

Code and is duly verified by Punjab Energy Development Agency (PEDA).

(iv) An incentive in the form of additional Floor Area Ratio (FAR) shall be admissible free of

cost on the basic FAR, along with 100% exemption from building scrutiny fee, subject to

submission of a valid Green Building Certificate or provisional or pre- Green Building

Certificate at the time of building plan approval. The incentive shall be as under:

5% additional FAR for buildings rated Three Star or Bronze or Silver

7.5% additional FAR for buildings rated Four Star or Gold

10% additional FAR for buildings rated Five Star or Platinum

(v) The rating shall be duly verified by the respective authorized Green Building Rating

Agencies, namely:-

(a) Buildings granted Three Star or Four Star or Five Star rating by Green Rating for

Integrated Habitat (GRIHA); or

(b) Buildings granted Bronze or Silver or Gold or Platinum rating by Leadership in

Energy and Environmental Design (LEED); or

(c) Buildings granted Bronze or Silver or Gold or Platinum rating by Indian Green

Building Council (IGBC); or

(d) Buildings granted Three Star or Four Star or Five Star rating; or Bronze or Silver or

Gold or Platinum by any other agency certified by Government of India.

(vi) In case the owner or applicant or Residents‘ Welfare Association (RWA) fails to submit

maintenance certificate after a period of every three years from the rating agencies (Green

Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment or Leadership in Energy and Environmental

Design or Indian Green Building Council or any other agency certified by Government of

India) upto 15 year from the date of fully completion of the building (s), the defaulter can

be penalized equivalent to 5 times the collector rate of land proportional to the 5%

additional Floor Area Ratio availed and Building scrutiny fee shall be recovered along with

12% rate of interest from the date of the approval of building plans.

Provided that, in cases where only a Provisional Green Building Certificate is

submitted at the time of building plan approval, the owner or applicant shall be required to

submit the Final Green Building Certificate issued by the same authorized agency at the

time of obtaining building partial completion or completion or occupation certificate.

Further, the owner or applicant or Residents‘ Welfare Association (RWA) shall be

required to submit a maintenance or renewal certificate from the rating agencies (Green

Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment or any other agency certified by Government of

India) after every three years, up to a period of fifteen years from the date of fully

completion of the building(s).

(vii) In case of default, the defaulter shall be liable to a penalty equivalent to five times the

collector rate of land proportional to the additional FAR availed and the exempted building

scrutiny fee shall be recovered along with 12% rate of interest from the date of approval of

building plans. However, in case the final Green Building rating is downgraded as

compared to the pre-certified rating, the penalty as mentioned above shall be applicable,

limited to the difference in the additional FAR availed corresponding to the downgraded

rating.

53. Roof Top Solar photovoltaic Installation.- For rooftop solar photovoltaic installation and

generation, the following provisions shall be applicable, as amended from time to time,

namely:-

Table 91: Norms for Roof Top Solar PV Installation

Serial

No.

Category of buildings or area

Generation requirement

I.

Residential building

All residential buildings (new construction/

reconstruction)

400 yd2(334 m2) to 499 yd2 (417 m2)- 1KWp SPV

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1800

140

Serial

No.

Category of buildings or area

Generation requirement

500 yd2(418 m2) to 999 yd2 (835 m2)- 2KWp SPV

1000 yd2 (836 m2) to 1999 yd2 (1671 m2)-3KWp

SPV

2000 yd2 (1672 m2) and above -

5KWp SPV

II.

All private educational institutes

schools, colleges, hostels, technical

/ vocational educational institute,

universities etc. having connected

load of 30 KWp and above

Minimum 5 kilo watt peak (KWp) or 5% of

connected load, whichever is higher.

III.

All government building and

offices and government colleges,

government educational

institutions, universities, having

connected load of 30 KWp and

above

Minimum 2 Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or 5% of

connected load, whichever is higher.

IV.

All private hospitals and nursing

homes industrial establishments,

commercial malls, hotels, motels,

banquet halls, and tourism

complexes having connected load

of :-

(a) 50 KWp to 1000 KWp

(b) Above 1000 KWp

(a) Minimum 10 Kilo Watt peak or 5% of

connected load, which is higher

(b) Minimum 50 Kilo Watt peak or3% of

connected load, which is higher

V.

All group housing complexes,

developed on plot size of :-

(a) 0.5 Acre to 1.0 acre

(b) More than 1.0 acre to 2.0

acre

(c) More than 2.0 acre to 5.0

acre

(d) More than 5.0 acre

(a) Minimum 10 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)

(b) Minimum 20 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)

(c) Minimum 30 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)

(d) Minimum 40 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)

Note:-

(a) The height of module structure carrying solar panel shall not be covered towards

total height of building

(b) Completion certificate for building shall be issued after getting clearance from

Punjab Energy Development Agency (PEDA regarding solar power plant

installation.

(c) For all other matters regarding solar power plant installation which are not

covered in these rules, the Punjab Energy Development Agency (PEDA norms or

guidelines of renewable energy sources, Punjab shall be applicable.

54. Rainwater harvesting.- (1) The harvesting of rainwater simply involves the collection of

water from surfaces on which rain falls, and subsequently storing this water for use. The

rainwater collected can be stored for direct use or can be recharged into the underground

aquifers. In scientific terms water harvesting (broadly) refers to collection and storage of

rainwater from the rooftops. This also restricts evaporation and seepage into building

foundations.

A rainwater harvesting system shall consist of the following :-

(a) Roof catchment;

(b) Gutters;

(c) Down pipes;

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1801

141

(d) Rain water or Storm water drains;

(e) Filter Chamber;

(f) Storage Tanks or Pits or Sumps; and

(g) Ground Water recharge structures like pit, trench, tube well or combination of

above structure.

(2)

There are two main techniques of rain water harvestings, namely :-

(a) Storage of rainwater under surface; and

(b) Recharge to ground water.

(3)

The provision for rain water harvesting shall be as under.-

Table 92 Provisions for Rainwater harvesting by building types

Category or

Use

Area

of

Plot

Provisions to be made

Other conditions

Residential Plotted Houses

New

Proposals

Above 250

sq.mt.

Construction

of

Rain

Water

Harvesting Structure.

Shall have emphasis on both

storage and reuse.

Group Housing

New

Proposals

All

plot

sizes

Construction

of

Rain

Water

Harvesting Structure.

Concrete paving to be avoided and

permeable materials are to be used

for all open parking spaces.

Should indicate the system

of Strom Water Drainage,

Rain

Water

Harvesting

Structure and Recharging

Well

Government and Semi Government Public Buildings and Private Institutions

All Proposals

Above 250

sq.mt.

Shall have Rain Water Harvesting

Structure and storage

Shall have Recharge pits

Shall have emphasis on both

storage and reuse.

Commercial or Mixed use Buildings

All Proposals

Above 100

Sq.mt.

Construction

of

Rain

Water

Harvesting Structure.

Soft landscape provisions and open

spaces with Percolation pits.

Common treatment plant to be

made

part

of

the

integrated

development, funded by sale of

commercial space.

Should indicate the system

of Strom Water Drainage,

Rain

Water

Harvesting

Structure and Recharging

Well

Shall have emphasis on both

storage and reuse.

Industrial

All proposals

Above 100

Sq.mt.

Construction

of

Rain

Water

Harvesting Structure.

Soft landscape provisions and open

spaces with Percolation pits.

Use of abandoned bore wells for

recharging of ground water.

Common treatment plant to be

made

part

of

the

integrated

development funded by sale of

commercial space.

Should indicate the system

of Strom Water Drainage,

Rain

Water

Harvesting

Structure and Recharging

Well.

Provision should be made

not to inject contaminated

water

into

recharge

structures in industrial areas

and care is to be taken to

keep such structures away

from sewer lines, septic

tanks, soak pits, landfill and

other

sources

of

contamination.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1802

142

Provided that design and structural specification of rain water harvesting system shall be

prepared and certified by an Engineer dealing with civil work.

55. Sustainable waste management.- (1) Zero waste is a concept of waste management and

planning approaches that emphasize waste prevention as opposed to end waste management.

This means restructuring production and distribution systems, designing and managing

products and processes to systematically follow the rule of 3R i.e. Reduce, Re-use and Re-

cycle, the volume of waste, to conserve and recover all used resources and therefore,

eliminating all discharges to landfills, and prevent air, water and land pollution.

(2) Zero waste or land-fill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of segregation

at source by planning, by collection facilitation and most importantly by creating public

awareness.

(3) The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into manure,

construction and demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil, paper, glass and steel

back into the same and all residual inert materials can also be converted into bricks.

Achieving zero land-fill is more conveniently possible, if -

(a) the collection is made from house to house and some segregation is done at household

level;

(b) separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level; and

(c) the recycling is done at decentralized.

(4) For Plot area 500 sq.m and above, the composting of biodegradable waste such as

kitchen waste, garden waste etc. is mandatory. They should not be allowed to send their

biodegradable waste to landfill. Final product after composting i.e Humus or Black Gold

should be used as manure for green area within their complexes or sites.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1803

143

PART IX

CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES INCLUDING HERITAGE BUILDINGS,

HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS

56. Applicable provisions.- The provisions for conservation of heritage sites including

heritage buildings, heritage precincts and natural feature areas shall be as per the Model

Building Bye Laws, 2016 (as amended from time to time) and the provisions of the

Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 and the site

specific Heritage Bye-Laws prepared and notified by the competent authority or the

National Monuments Authority under the said Act of 1958, shall be applicable.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1804

144

PART X

ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCES FOR BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL

57. Integration of environmental conditions for building plan approval.- (1) The competent

authority shall adhere to the objective and monitor able environment conditions as given in the

policy notified vide notification No. S.O 3999(E), dated the 9th December, 2016 by the

Government of India, Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, as amended from

time to time, regarding construction of building as per the size specified in Annexure 14.

(2) Where a trunk sewerage treatment plant is operational at the city level, all category of

building except orange or red category industry or factory, may be exempted from the

requirement of installing an on-site sewage treatment plant, subject to the following conditions:

(i) A technically viable and legally permissible connection to the trunk sewerage system

shall be available.

(ii) The municipal authority or development authority, as the case may be, shall certify that

the trunk sewerage treatment plant has adequate capacity to handle the additional sewage

load.

(iii) The promoter or applicant shall pay the specified connection and infrastructure

augmentation charges as mentioned in sub-rule (3).

(iv) Until such connection is physically established, the promoter shall ensure interim sewage

management measures in accordance with applicable environmental and public health

standards.

(v) The exemption may be withdrawn if the promoter fails to comply with any of the above

conditions or if the trunk sewerage system becomes unavailable due to capacity or

operational constraints.

(3) The rate of charges for different categories of buildings shall be as per the table given below:

Table 93 Charges for Exemption of Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Installation

Serial

No.

Building Category

Rate per acre

I.

Group Housing, Affordable Housing, EWS

Housing, Hotels or Motels, mixed land used

project, commercial or commercial colony

50 Lakhs

II.

Residential Colony

25 Lakhs

III.

All categories other than serial no. I & II

25 Lakhs

Note:-

(a) These charges shall be applicable in lieu of on‑site STP installation, wherever

exemption is granted under the provisions of the policy.

(b) The above rates shall be subject to an annual increment of 5%, effective from 1st

April 2027, and applicable at the beginning of every subsequent financial year.

(4) To ensure sustainable development and compliance with environmental regulations,

the Punjab Pollution Control Board (PPCB) mandates the following general requirements for all

project proponents across planning, execution, and operational phases:

(i)

The designated locations for the wastewater treatment facility, solid waste

management, hazardous waste, and biomedical waste, whichever are applicable,

shall be clearly indicated on the building plans.

(ii)

Wherever applicable, in accordance with the guidelines of the Punjab Pollution

Control Board (PPCB), the project proponent must obtain the necessary

environmental clearances, including the Consent to Establish (CTE) and Consent to

Operate (CTO).

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1805

145

(iii)

All establishments intending to extract groundwater shall obtain prior permission

from the Punjab Water Regulation and Development Authority (PWRDA) and/or

the Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA), as applicable, in accordance with

prevailing regulatory guidelines

(iv)

Recycled greywater may be utilized for non-potable uses such as toilet flushing,

landscape irrigation, and other permissible uses, in accordance with applicable

environmental and public health guidelines.

(v)

Rainwater harvesting provisions shall not be permitted for industrial units classified

under the red category, in accordance with applicable environmental safety and

pollution control guidelines.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1806

146

PART XI

PUBLIC HEALTH: WATER SUPPLY, SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE

58. WATER SUPPLY.- (1) Application for connection.- Every application for water

connection from the main water supply for a private domestic purpose shall be made in

Form 'K' to the competent authority through a registered plumber.

(2)

Material for water connection.- Every applicant shall procure at his own cost at least

a ferrule ISI (Indian Standards Institute) mark, a stop cock ISI (Indian Standards Institute)

mark, water meter and surface box, if the water meter and surface box is not supplied by

the competent authority, medium size G.I. (Galvanised Iron) pipes and specials to be

installed for the ground floor level.

(3)

Sanction of water connection.- On receipt of the application under sub-rule (1) and

subject to the fulfilment of the requirements of these rules, the competent authority may

sanction the water connection and direct the applicant to deposit such security and any

other charges, as may be determined by the Chief Administrator for getting the water

connection.

(4)

Release of water connection.- (i) After the water connection is sanctioned under sub-

rule (3), the applicant shall excavate the trench in a safe manner at the place from where

connection from the water main has been sanctioned and thereafter supply pipe line shall

be drilled and ferrule and connection pipe shall be laid.

(ii) No building or premises shall be supplied with water by the competent authority through

more than one communication pipe and in the case of multi storeyed flats, separate water

connection for each flat will be allowed and its water meter shall be installed at the ground

floor.

(iii) All works to be carried out by the applicant in connection with the supply or use of water

shall be required to be executed by the registered plumber and shall conform to the

standard and specifications laid down for such items in the Punjab Public Works

Department specification Book 1986 Edition and if no standards or specifications are laid

down for any item, it shall be as per standard and specifications of the Indian Standard

Institute and if no standard and specifications are laid down by the Indian Standard

Institute, then that item shall be as per the Bureau of Indian Standards.

(iv) The applicant shall make provision of dual button type flushing cistern in each water

closet.

(v) Tertiary treated water from nearby Sewerage Treatment Plant shall be supplied to every

public, commercial, residential buildings through separate connection, which shall be

utilized for non potable purposes such as gardening, washing of floors or courtyards,

flushing of WC‘s (Water Closet) through separate network system to be provided in the

building. This provision shall be applicable to newly developed areas after coming into

operation of this provision.

(5)

Notice and certificate of completion of work.- (i) No connection to any public sewer

shall be made nor any water borne sanitary installation and drainage work intended to be

connected through the connection shall be brought into use, until the applicant, after

completion of minimum works, has applied to the competent authority for a certificate,

and a certificate has been issued by the competent authority in Form 'E' after satisfying

that the sanitary installations and drainage have been satisfactorily completed in

compliance with these rules.

(ii) If no decision is communicated or taken on the application for a certificate mentioned

under sub-rule (5) within a period of 20 days of the receipt of the application to the

applicant, the certificate shall be deemed to have been granted.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1807

147

59. SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE.- (1) Application for connection with public sewer.- (i)

After the grant of the certificate referred to in sub-rule (5) of rule 58 or in the event of the

certificate having been deemed to have been granted, every person intending to connect a

drain or sewer to a public water sewer shall apply in Form 'L' to the competent authority at

least seven days before the date on which connection is required.

(ii) The application under (i) above shall be accompanied by the certificate referred to in sub-

rule (5) of rule 58 along with a fee, which the Competent Authority may specify from time

to time.

(iii) On receipt of the application and subject to the requirements of sub-rule (5) of rule 58, the

Competent Authority shall accept or reject the application after giving the opportunity of

being heard.

(iv) In the event of the required connection having been sanctioned, it shall be got connected

through a registered plumber.

(2)

Connection with public sewer.- Every drain or sewer discharging into a public sewer

shall join the sewer obliquely in the direction of the flow of the sewer and such a

connection shall be made at an existing junction in the sewer or there shall be an

intersection manhole before the connection within the boundaries of the site.

(3)

Material for drain and construction.- The material and methods of construction for

drain shall conform to the Punjab Public Works Department Specification, 1986 Edition

and if there are no such specifications laid down for any item, the same should conform

to the specifications laid down for such item by the Bureau of Indian Standards/ISI

(Indian Standards Institute).

(4)

Drain connection for trade effluent.- Every drain and private sewer intended solely

for conveyance of industrial or chemical or other trade effluent shall be constructed of

good and sound type of material unaffected by the chemical action of the effluent and

shall be laid as provided in the Punjab Public Works Department Specifications or the

National Building Code of India, 2016 or in accordance with the instructions issued from

time to time by the competent authority.

(5)

Waste water pipes.- A waste water pipe from a bath, sink (not being a slope sink),

bidet or lavatory basin and pipe for carrying water directly shall -

(i)

not discharge as to cause dampness in the walls or the foundation of a building;

and

(ii)

if it discharges into a drain, be disconnected from the drain by a trapped gully

with a suitable grating above the level of the water in the trap.

(6)

Manholes.- (i) At every change in alignment, gradient or diameter of a drain there shall

be a manhole inspection chamber, and bends and junctions in the drain shall be grouped

together in a manhole as far as possible and a maximum distance between manhole and

gully chamber shall not exceed six meters.

(ii)

Where the diameter of a drain is increased the crown of the pipes shall be fixed at the

same level and the necessary slopes given in the invert of the manhole chamber, and in

exceptional cases, where the required fall is not available, connection may be made upto

half the difference in the diameter that is the connecting branch sewer shall be connected

with the main sewer in such a manner that full supply level of both the sewers is

maintained running half the diameter of both the sewers of drain and the minimum

internal size of chamber (between brick faces) shall be as follows,-

Table 94 Provisions for minimum internal size of Chamber

I. For depth of 0.80 meter

0.75 x 0.75 meters

II. For depth of more than 0.80 meters but not

exceeding 2.1 meters

1.2 x 0.90 metres

III. For depths of more than 2.1 meters

Rectangular chamber with minimum

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1808

148

internal dimension of 1.20 x 0.90

meter

(7)

Septic tank.- (i) No septic tank shall be located within thirty meters of any

percolation

well, water sources or stream used or likely to be used for drinking or

domestic

purposes or for the manufacture or preparation of any articles of food or

drink for human consumption and it shall be readily accessible so as to permit

cleaning operations being carried out without interference with the operation of

any water borne sanitary installation as a whole.

(ii)

Every septic tank shall be constructed into two separate compartments so that one

compartment when required may be put out of use for cleaning purposes.

(iii)

The capacity of every compartment of the septic tank shall be two and a half

times the total water allowance for the total number of residents of the building.

(iv)

Every inlet pipe into a septic tank shall be effectively trapped.

(v)

The design of septic tank shall be in accordance with the B.I.S. (Bureau of Indian

Standards) Code No. IS 2470, Part-I-1968 and IS 2470 (Part-II-1971) Code of

practice for design and construction of septic tank.

(8)

Absorption pits.- (i) In the matter of location every absorption pit shall conform to

the

same restrictions as are laid down for a septic tank under sub-rule(7) of

rule 59.

(ii)

No absorption pit shall have any outlet into, or means of communication with, any

sewer, storm water, drain or surface drain.

(iii)

The wall of every absorption pit shall be at least 0.50 metre above ground level so

as to exclude effectively the entry of storm water into the absorption pit.

(iv)

The absorption pit shall be constructed in duplicate so that one pit can be put out

of use for cleaning purpose and the capacity of the absorption pit shall be as

approved by the competent authority.

(v)

The other details of the absorption pit should conform to the B.I.S. (Bureau of

Indian Standards) Code No. IS 2470(Part I) 1968 Code of Practice for design and

construction of septic tanks.

(vi)

The absorption pits shall be provided with adequate means of access for removing

the filtering media and cleaning the same.

Note:-

For requirements regarding water supply, drainage and sanitation, solid waste

management, gas supply shall be made as per Part 9, Plumbing Services of National

Building Code of India, 2016.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1809

149

PART XII

RISK BASED CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVAL PROPOSALS

60. Risk Based Classification of building proposals.- (1) Hazardous buildings.- (i)These

shall include any building or part there of which is used for the storage, handling,

manufacture or processing of highly combustible or explosive materials or products which

are liable to burn with extreme rapidity and/or which may produce poisonous fumes or

explosions for storage, handling, manufacturing or processing which involve highly

corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing flame,

fumes and explosive, poisonous, irritant or corrosive gases and for the storage, handling or

processing of any material producing explosive mixtures of dust which result in the

division of matter into fine particles subject to spontaneous ignition.

(ii)

The examples of buildings in this class are the buildings, which are used for - (i) storage,

under pressure of more than 0.1 N/mm2 and in quantities exceeding 70 m3, of acetylene,

hydrogen, illuminating and natural gases, ammonia, chlorine, phosgene, sulphur dioxide,

carbon dioxide, methyloxide and all gases subject to explosion, fume or toxic hazard,

cryogenic gases, etc;

(iii)

storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable liquids, liquefiable gases like

LPG, rocket propellants, etc;

(iv)

storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable or explosive materials (other

than liquids); and

(v)

manufacture of artificial flowers, synthetic leather, ammunition, explosives and

fireworks.

Note:-

A list of hazardous substances giving quantities, for which or exceeding which owners

handling such substances are required to be covered under the Public Liability

Insurance Act, 1991, has been notified under the Rules on Emergency Planning,

Preparedness and Response for Chemical Accidents by the Government of India,

Ministry of Environment and Forests, Notification No. G.S.R. 347(E), dated the 01st

August 1996.

(2)

Classification of risk based storage building.- The provisions for site inspection of

risk based storage building, as per storage material specifications are as per table given

below:

Table 95-Classification of risk based storage building

Category

Storage Material Specifications

Stacking Height

(in m)

Designated

officer for site

Inspection

Medium

High

Category-I

(Low Risk)

Articles such as Carpets, Non

synthetic/ synthetic yarn and fabrics.

Mechanical and electrical goods

(dominantly metal parts), Glassware

and crockery, fiber boards, groceries,

metal goods, Papers other than those

listed under categories Moderate and

High, Powdered and canned foods,

Plastic/ glass bottles containing non-

flammable liquids, etc.

4

6.5

Assistant Town

Planner/Assistant

Engineer/ Senior

Divisional

Engineer

or as designated

by the

government from

time to time.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1810

150

Category-II

(Medium

Risk)

Articles such as Batteries, Baled

cotton/synthetic fibers, Books, Baled

cork, Baled waste paper, Cartons

containing alcohols ( in cans/bottles),

Cartons of canned lacquers which dry

by solvent evaporation, Chipboard,

Cardboard rolls (horizontally Stored),

Cereals/ Grains/ Foodstuff/ Flour/

Sugar in sacks, Cellulose/ Cellulose

pulp, Electrical goods other than those

stated in Category low, Flammable

liquids in non-combustible containers,

Leather goods, Palletized liquor

stocks, Plastics (non-foamed, other

than cellulose nitrate), Rolled pulp

and paper and asphalted paper

(Horizontal storage), Veneer sheets,

Wooden patterns, Metal/wooden

furniture with plastic seats, etc.

3

5.5

District Town

Planner/Executiv

e Engineer or as

designated by the

government from

time to time.

Category-III

(High Risk)

Articles such as Bitumen/Wax coated

paper, Candles, Carbon black, Card

board rolls (vertically stored),

Charcoal, Coal, cellulose nitrate,

Foamed plastic and foam rubber

products, Flammable liquids in

combustible containers, Linoleum

products, Matches, Plastics other than

those stated in Category Moderate,

Rolled pulp and paper and asphalted

paper (vertical storage), Rubber goods

including tyres and tubes, Sawn

timber, Ventilated wood stacks,

Waxed and asphalt coated papers and

containers in cartons, Wood wool,

wooden pallets and flats (idle), Ail

materials having wrappings or pre-

formed containers of foamed plastics,

etc.

2

4.5

Senior Town

Planner/ Senior

Engineer or as

designated by the

government from

time to time.

Category-IV

(Extreme

High Risk)

Off cuts and random pieces of foamed

plastic or rubber rolls of sheets of

foamed plastic or foamed rubber,

Foam mattress, expanded polystyrene

packaging, Foam upholstery, etc

1.25

3.5

Senior Town

Planner/ Senior

Engineer or or as

designated by the

government from

time to time.

Note:-

(a) The deflector of the sprinkler fitted in the ceiling shall be at more than 1.5 m from

the goods stored below. However, in case of jute storage, no jute stock shall reach

within 2 m of the deflectors of the sprinkler heads.

(b) In case of storage in racks or shelves, if the height of storage is more than what is

specified, intermediate sprinklers shall be provided for each shelf or rack in

addition to the ceiling sprinklers and overall design density and AMAO shall be

maintained as per Table 5 of IS: 15105.

(c) The aisle width between the storage stacks shall not be less than 2.5 m and the

maximum area of each storage stack shall not be more than 150m2. If these

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1811

151

parameters are exceeded, the design density applicable shall be loaded by 2.5

L/min/m2.

(d) In case of mixed storage (both moderate and high hazard storage) in buildings,

the parameters will be governed by the most hazardous occupancy.

(e) Goods stored not higher than what is stated above table for the appropriate

category or not higher than the eaves height of the roofs or within 1 m of a flat

ceiling whichever is the lowest shall be regarded as moderate hazard storage. If

the above conditions are not met, the risk shall be regarded as high hazard

storage.

(f) Any new use which increases the number of occupants to a figure comparable

with other classes of occupancy shall change the classification of the building to

that of the new use (for example, Warehouse used for office purposes).

(g) Warehouse buildings shall not include any article which is highly combustible or

explosive materials or products which are liable to bum with extreme rapidity and

or which may produce poisonous fumes or explosions for storage, handling and

which involve highly corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or

chemicals producing flame, fumes and explosive, poisonous, irritant or corrosive

gases; and for the storage, handling of any material producing ex-plosive

mixtures of dust which result in the division of matter in to fine particles subject

to spontaneous ignition as such buildings fall in Hazardous Building Category.

(3)

Classification of risk based industrial building.- The provisions for site inspection

of risk based industrial building(s) are as per table given below:

Table 96 Classification of risk based industrial building

Category

Nature of risk

Designated

officer for site

Inspection

Low risk

This subdivision shall include any building in which the

contents are of such comparative low combustibility and the

industrial processes or operations conducted therein are of

such a nature that there is hardly any possibility for any self-

propagating fire to occur and the only consequent danger to

life and property may arise from panic, fumes or smoke, or

fire from some external source.

Assistant Town

Planner/Assistant

Engineer/ Senior

Divisional

Engineer or as

designated by the

government from

time to time.

Medium

risk

This subdivision shall include any building in which the

contents or industrial processes or operations conducted

therein are liable to give rise to a fire which will burn with

moderate rapidity or result in other hazardous situation and

may give off a considerable volume of smoke, but from

which neither toxic fumes nor explosions are to be feared in

the event of fire.

District Town

Planner/Executive

Engineer or as

designated by the

government from

time to time.

High risk

This subdivision shall include any building in which the

contents or industrial processes or operations conducted

therein are liable to give rise to a fire which will burn with

extreme rapidity or result in other hazardous situation or

from which poisonous fumes or explosions are to be feared in

the event of a fire.

Senior Town

Planner/ Senior

Engineer or as

designated by the

government from

time to time.

Hazard of occupancy shall be determined by the competent authority on the basis of the fire

loads of the contents, and the processes or operations conducted in the building, provided,

however, that where the combustibility of the material, the flame spread rating of the interior

finish or other features of the building or structure are such as to involve a hazard greater than

the occupancy hazard, the greater degree of hazard shall govern the classification.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1812

152

(a) For determination of fire loads and fire load density for arriving at the classification of

occupancy hazard, guidance on calorific values of some common materials is given at

Annexure A of part IV of the National Building Code of India, 2016.

(b) A broad classification of industrial occupancies into low, moderate and high hazard classes

is given at Annexure B of part IV of the National Building Code of India, 2016.

(4)

Classification of risk based on nature of occupancy in building.- The provisions

for site inspection of risk based on nature of occupancy in building(s) are as per the table

given below:

Table 97 Classification of risk based on nature of occupancy in building

Category

Nature of occupancy

Designated officer

for site Inspection

Low risk

Residential (excluding rental housing) and commercial

like shops, booths, sco's building and office below 21 m

height,

Creche and Pre Nursery/ Nursery School

Assistant Town

planner/Assistant

Engineer/ Senior

Divisional Engineer

or as designated by

the government

from time to time.

Medium

risk

Residential and commercial like shops, booths, sco's

building and office 21 m and above but below 30m

Educational building, Nursing Homes, Clinics,

laboratory, below 21 m

Orphanage Home, Old Age Home, Children's Centre /

Care Centre / School / Institute for Mentally challenged

or Physically Handicapped Person below 21 m

Hotel/ Motels, Guest House, Lodging & Boarding /

Service Apartments below 21 m

Restaurant/ Dabha seating capacity below 50 persons

recreational, sports complex (low rise)

rental housing below 21 m

District Town

Planner/ Executive

Engineer or as

designated by the

government from

time to time.

High risk

Assembly building like Religious, cinemas, multiplex,

miniplex, concert hall, exhibition hall, convention

centre, marriage palace, stadium, community centre,

club, Religious Building, Auditorium, Museum,

Gymnasium etc.

Residential and commercial like shops, booths, SCO's

building and office 30m and above

Educational building, Nursing Homes, Clinics,

laboratory, 21 m and above

Orphanage Home, Old Age Home, Children's Centre /

Care Centre / School / Institute for Mentally challenged

or Physically Handicapped Person 21 m and above

Commercials such as Shopping Mall / Shopping

Complex

Restaurant/ Dabha seating capacity 50 persons and

above

Hospital

Wholesale Trade/ Ware House/ Integrated Freight

complex (Standalone)

rental housing 21 m and above

Senior Town

Planner/ Senior

Engineer or as

designated by the

government from

time to time.

Note:-

Inspection of the risk based buildings site at the time of approval of building plan shall be

carried out as mentioned in Table 98 andTable 99 below.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1813

153

Table 98: where the date of issuance of change of land use is within three months from the

date of application for approval of building plans

Serial

No.

Nature of

risk

Inspection

of site

Remarks

I.

Low risk

Not

applicable

Since the site has already been inspected at the time of

approval of Change of Land Use and the application for

approval of building plans has been submitted with in the

period of three months. Hence re-inspection of the site may

not be required after such a short period of time

II.

Medium

risk

III.

High risk

Table 99: where the date of issuance of change of land use exceed a period of three months

S. No

Nature of risk % of random inspection

Remarks

I.

Low risk

25

-

II.

Medium risk

50

III.

High risk

100

Provided that at the time of issuance of completion and occupation certificate, 100% inspection

of High Risk buildings shall be carried out.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1814

154

PART XIII

REGISTRATION OF PLUMBERS

61. Registration of Plumbers.- A plumber who is holding any of the qualifications specified in

the Annexure 20 and desirous of registration with the Authorized Officer, shall make an

application in Form ‗M‘ along with such fee as is determined by the Chief Administrator

as a registration fee for a period of five years.

62. Grant of registration.- If an application made under rule 61 is found in order, the

Authorized Officer may grant registration and issue a Registration Certificate in Form N

to the applicant for registering him as Plumber.

63. Renewal of registration.- A Registration Certificate issued under rule 62 shall be

renewable for a period of five years on the payment of such renewal fee as is determined

by the Chief Administrator.

64. Cancellation of registration certificate.- A registration certificate granted under rule 62 or

renewed under rule 63, shall be liable to be cancelled by the Authorized Officer, if the

holder thereof contravenes any of the provisions of the Act or the rules or regulations

made there under or any direction issued there under by the Competent Authority:

Provided that before cancelling the registration certificate, reasonable opportunity

of being heard shall be afforded to the holder of the registration certificate.

PART XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

65. Relaxation.- The Government may relax any of the provisions of these rules for reasons to

be recorded in writing in respect of any class or category of cases.

66. Matters not covered under these rules.- In respect of the matters which are not directly or

indirectly covered under these rules, the competent authority shall be guided by the

provisions of the National Building Code of India, 2016, as amended from time to time.

67. Repeal and saving.- The Punjab Urban Planning and Development Authority Building

Rules, 2021 and Punjab Municipal Building Bye-Laws, 2018 are hereby repealed:

Provided that any order issued or any action taken under the provisions of the

rules or bye-laws, so repealed, shall be deemed to have been issued or action taken under

the corresponding provisions of these rules.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

Section

180

P.A. No. 11

of 1995, 262

(2a) of P.A.

No.

42

of

1976,

240(1)(zzz)

of P.A. No. 3

of 1911, 73

of P.A. No. 4

of 1922.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1815

155

ANNEXURES

Annexure 1

FORM A

[See rule 6(1)]

FORM OF APPLICATION

Class of Building – Residential, Commercial, Educational, Institutional, Public Building,

Warehousing, Industrial, Any other

From

…………………………………….

…………………………………….

To

Competent Authority

…………………………………….

…………………………………….

I/We apply for permission to erect/re-erect/add/alter a building/wall in accordance with the plans

submitted

herewith

on

Site

located

at

_______________

Street

no.________

at

______________________ Khasra no.___________, Village____________ and in accordance

with the Punjab Unified Building Rules 2025. The Change of Land Use / allotment had been

issued vide letter no. ___________dated_______ for site/plot.

I/We attach following documents in triplicate

1. Site plan showing the position of site proposed to be built upon as required by

these rules;

2. Floor Plans, elevations and sections as required by these with rules;

3. Water supply, Drainage plans, scheme for fire safety and fire safety system and

equipment, electrical scheme for air conditioning and air cooling, as required by

these rules;

4. Specifications of the materials proposed for construction;

5. Copy of allotment letter/ Change of land use;

6. Any other document, as required.

I/we solemnly declare as under ;

1. that I/we shall construct the building strictly as per the approved building plan;

2. that I/we shall take plinth level, where applicable, from the Executive engineer of

competent authority;

3. that I/we shall provide the PV panels of good quality for electricity generation;

4. that I/we shall provide rain water harvesting system within the site as per

requirement and standard design and specifications;

5. that the all work related to public health shall be carried out under the supervision

of the registered plumber with the competent authority;

6. that I/we shall be solely responsible for the construction as per the structural

design and specifications certified by a civil engineer / structural engineer.

7. that I/we shall provide public health facilities, sewerage, solid waste and electrical

facilities as per norms.

8. that I/we shall occupy the building only after obtaining the completion certificate

and occupation certificate from the competent authority.

9. that if there is any change in planning and design of building, the construction

shall be carried out only after the prior approval of revised building plan from the

competent authority.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1816

156

10. that I/we shall abide by the term and conditions laid down in the Change of Land

Use or allotment letter.

11. that I/we will not obstruct any official or authorized person from entering the

premises for inspection purposes;

12. That I/we shall furnish the Certificate of conformity to regulation and structural

safety, as applicable depending upon the type and height of building;

13. that structural design shall be prepared by the Structural Engineer, and

construction shall be supervised by following Architect or Engineer or both as the

case may be.

14. that all plans and drawings shall be submitted along with an un-editable Compact

Disc/DVD or any other electronic medium permissible by competent authority in

addition to hard copies of plans.

15. that I/we shall abide to obtain all required NOC's from concerned departments, if

any.

16. that I/we shall abide to pay the scrutiny fees and other applicable charges and

shall also pay any dues as may be found payable at any stage.

17. That, where applicable, I/we shall provide a Certificate of Conformity of design

as per Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code, 2016 (as per its notification)

A. Architect:

i.

Name of Architect:

ii.

Council of Architecture Registration No. ____, valid upto____________.

iii.

Empanelment No. (in case of self-certification):

iv.

Complete Address:

v.

E-Mail:

vi.

Mobile no.:

B. Engineer:

i.

Name of Engineer:

ii.

Qualifications:

iii.

Registration No.:

iv.

Complete Address:

v.

E-Mail:

vi.

Mobile no.:

C. Design Professional of ECBC:

i.

Name of Design Professional:

ii.

Qualifications:

iii.

Registration/ Empanelment No.:

iv.

Complete Address:

v.

E-Mail:

vi.

Mobile no.:

Dated __________

Enclosures Signature of applicant

i.

Complete Address:

ii.

E-Mail:

iii.

Mobile no.:

*strike out whichever is not applicable

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1817

157

Annexure 2

FORM B

[See rule 6(1)(iv)]

STRUCTURE SAFETY CERTIFICATE

(To be submitted along with the building application in Form „A‟ duly signed by the Architect

and the Structural Engineer as applicable)

Details of the building for which the certificate is issued

Plot/ Site Location_________________________________________

City/Town/Village ________________________________________

District__________________________________________________

Name of the owner ________________________________________

Complete address of the owner _______________________________

Building Plan:

i. Name of Architect:

ii. Council of Architecture Registration No. ____, valid up to __________.

iii. Complete Address

iv. E-mail

v. Mobile no.

Structural Design:

i. Name of Engineer:

ii. Qualifications:

iii. Complete Address

iv. E-mail

v. Mobile no.

Certificate

It is hereby certified that the building plans submitted in Form A for the above-detailed plot,

are in accordance with the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025 and the approved zoning

plan of the plot/site. The structure design has been prepared in compliance with the

provisions of the National Building Code of India, 2016 and all relevant Indian Standard

Code including Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) Codes for structures resistant to

earthquakes and other natural hazards. Due consideration has been given to the local soil

conditions, its load bearing capacity and the underground water table etc while preparing the

design.

Dated________________

Signature of Owner

Mobile no.____________

E-mail_______________

Signature of Architect Signature of Engineer/Structural Engineer

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1818

158

Annexure 3

FORM C

[See rule 6(1)(v)]

SPECIFICATIONS

The materials to be used in the construction to be clearly specified under the following heads:-

Items Specifications:

1. Foundations

2. Walls

3. Damp-proof course

4. Floors

5. Roofs

6. Windows and Doors and other wood-work

7. Steel work

8. Internal finish

9. External finish

Signature of applicant

Signature of Architect/Engineer

i. Complete Address

ii. E-Mail

iii. Mobile no.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1819

159

Annexure 4

FORM D

[See rule 13]

INTIMATION FOR SANCTION/REJECTION OF THE BUILDING PLAN

From

The Competent Authority,

To___________

Memorandum No. _________________

Dated___________

Reference is invited to your application for permission to erect/re-erect/add to/alter a building on

site no.or khasra no.______________________in accordance with the plans submitted

therewith.

Your application is hereby:

(i) Sanction for the aforesaid construction under rule 13 of the Punjab Urban Unified Building

Rules, 2025;

(ii) Rejected for reasons given hereunder:-

(iii) Sanction subject to the following amendments:-

(iv) Returned for removal of the following defects:-

Enclosures;

Signature & Seal of Competent Authority

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1820

160

Annexure 5

FORM E

[See rules 14 and 58(5)(5)]

FORM FOR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT OF WORK

To,

____________________,

____________________,

Sir,

I/ we hereby give notice that the erection/ re-erection/ addition/ alteration of the building on

plot no.______, block no.______, street/ road and in colony/ Sector no.______, shall be

commenced on ____________ (date) as per your permission granted vide memo

no._____________ dated ____________ under the supervision of _____________________

Architect (Registration No._______________)/ Engineer, and in accordance with the sanctioned

plans.

Date: ______________

Place: ______________

Signature of Applicant/Owner

Name of the Applicant_____________

Permanent Address_______________

Temporary Address _______________

Telephone No. ___________________

Mobile No. ______________________

E-mail address ___________________

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1821

161

Annexure 6

FORM F

[See rule (11)]

NOTICE OF COMPLETION AND PART COMPLETION

From _______________

To

The

Competent Authority

Sir,

1/we hereby given you notice that the building/ part of the building described below, and

sanctioned with your order no____________Dated ________ has been completed on

______________________________________________________ in all respect, in accordance

with the provision of the The Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act 1995

and rules made thereunder; or Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act,

1976, and Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922, and rules made thereunder; as the case may be,

and sanctioned plans and suggested modification has carried out.

A Completion Certificate from the Architect /Civil Engineer who supervised the

construction of the building, along with a completion certificate from the registered plumber, is

enclosed herewith.

You are kindly requested to permit me/us to completion and convey the building as

required by rule 11 of the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025.

DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING

Area ________________________________

Site no________House no._______________

Khasrano.___________,Village___________

Signature of the Applicant

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1822

162

Annexure 7

FORM G

[See rule (11)]

COMPLETION CERTIFICATE BY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER

I/ we hereby certify that the following work ____________________________ (insert

full particulars of work) has been supervised by me/us and has been completed to my/our

satisfaction in accordance with the provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and

Development Act, 1995 (P.A. No.11 of 1995) or Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal

Corporation Act, 1976, and Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922, and rules made thereunder; as

the case may be, and the rules made thereunder and sanctioned plans.

The workmanship and all the material used for construction conform to the specifications

laid down in the National Building Code of India, 2016. No provision of the Punjab Regional

and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995 (P.A. No. 11 of 1995) and the rules made

thereunder, or Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, and

Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922, and rules made thereunder; as the case may be, and nor

requisition made, condition prescribed or under issued thereunder, has been contravened in the

course of the work.

Area ________________________________

Site no________House no.______________

Khasrano.___________,Village___________

Particulars of the work___________________

Signature of Architect:

Complete Address___________________

E-mail:____________________________

Mobile no._________________________

Signature of Engineer

Complete Address___________________

E-mail:____________________________

Mobile no._________________________

Note: In case of buildings more than 21 metres in height (including stilt), the supervision of

building shall be undertaken by both i.e. the Architect and the Engineer.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1823

163

Annexure 8

FORM H

[See rules 11(3), 11(4)and 58(5)]

COMPLETION/ PARTIAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE FROM COMPETENT

AUTHORITY

From

The Competent Authority,

To____________________________

Memorandum No. __________________________

Dated:

Whereas

has given Notice of completion of the building

described below;

I hereby:-

(1)

Grant permission for the completion/ partial completion and/or use of the said building;

Or

(2)

Refuse permission for the completion/ partial completion and/or use of the said building

for reasons stated below:-

Description of building

Area _______________________________

Site no________House no.______________

Khasrano.___________,Village__________

Signature & Seal of Competent Authority

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1824

164

Annexure 9

FORM I

[See rule (12)]

NOTICE OF PERMISSION TO OCCUPY

From _______________

(Full Name & Address of Applicant)

To

Competent Authority

Sir /Madam,

1/we hereby given you notice that the building / part of the building described below, and

sanctioned with your order no____________Dated ________ has been completed on

______________________________________________________ in all respect according to

the provision of the The Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act 1995 and

rules made thereunder; or Punjab Municipal Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976,

and Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922, and rules made thereunder; as the case may be, as

well as sanctioned plans and suggested modification has carried out.

The Completion Certificate issued with your order no_____Dated____ is attached herewith.

Kindly permit me/us to occupy the said building(s) as required by rule 12 of the Punjab Unified

Building Rules, 2025.

DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING

Area ________________________________

Site no________House no.______________

Khasrano.___________,Village___________

Signature of the Applicant

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1825

165

[See rules (2)and 58(5)]

PERMISSION FOR OCCUPANCY OR USE OF THE BUILDING

From

The Competent Authority,

To____________________________

Memorandum No. __________________________

Dated:

Whereas

has given notice of completion of the building described

below;

I hereby:-

(1)

Grant permission for the occupation and/or use of the said building(s); Or

(2)

Refuse permission for the occupation and/or use of the said building for the reasons

stated below:-

Description of building

Area ________________________________

Site no________House no.______________

Khasrano.___________,Village___________

Signature & Seal of Competent Authority

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1826

Annexure 11

FORM K

[See rule 58(1)]

Application For Water Connection

To

The Competent Authority

Sir,

I/We hereby apply for a water connection in my/our ……..........

I/We have read the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025 and undertake to abide by all provisions

therein.

The particulars are given below:-

1. Name of Area ……….. Road……… Building/Plot/ House No. …………….

2. Name of owner ………………. Son of ……………………………

3. Name of applicant ……………………. Son of …………………….

4. Size of ferrule ……………… Number of taps required…………………

5. Name of registered Plumber through whom the work executed …………………….

Instructions :-

The application should be submitted either by the owner or by a such person who has been

authorized to do so by the owner who would be held responsible for the payment of water

charges etc.

Date…………….

Signature of applicant …….............……

Father's name ……………………..........

Address ………………….…………........

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1827

167

FORM L

[See rule 59(1)]

Application For Sewerage Connection

To

The Competent Authority

Sir,

I/We hereby apply for a sewerage connection in my/our ……..

I/We have read the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025 and do undertake to abide by all

provisions therein.

The particulars are given below:-

1. Name of Area ……….. Road……… Building/ House No. …………….

2. Name of owner ………………. Son of ……………………………

3. Name of applicant ……………………. Son of …………………….

4. Number of seat………………… Size of line ………………….......

5. Name of registered Plumber through whom the work executed …………………….

Instructions:-

The application should be submitted either from the owner or by a such person who has been

authorized to do so by the owner who would be held responsible for the payment of water

charges etc.

Date…………….

Signature of applicant ……..............…..

Father's name ……………………..........

Address ……………………………........

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1828

168

Annexure 13

[See rule 5, 7 and 11]

Qualification and Competence of Technical Personnel for Preparations of Schemes for

Building Permit and Supervision

General

Building or Development work for which permission is sought, shall be planned, designed and

supervised by registered professionals. The registered professionals for carrying out the various

activities shall be:

Architect, Engineer, Structural engineer, Town planner, Landscape architect, Urban

designer, Supervisor. Requirements of registration or license for these professionals by the

Authority or by the body governing such profession and constituted under a statute, as applicable

to practice within the local body‘s jurisdiction, are given in items 1 to 7 of the following table:

(items 8-10 Plumber, Electrician and Fire Consultant may not need registration)

Serial

No.

Professional Qualification

Competence/Function

Role/Responsibilities

1

Architect

Registered

with

valid membership

of the Council of

Architecture, India

as

prescribed

under Architect‘s

Act 1972.

The registered architect

shall be competent to

carry

out

the

work

related

to

the

building/development

permit as given below:

(a) Prepare and sign all

plans,

sub-division/

layout

plans

and

information

connected

with

building

permit

except

engineering

services

of

multi-

storeyed/

special

buildings.

(b) Preparation

of

building

plans,

drawings and related

information

connected

with

development permit

of area up to 1

hectare for metro-

cities and 2 hectare

for other places.

(c) Issuing certificate of

supervision

for

development permit

of area up to 1

hectare for metro-

cities and 2 hectare

for

other

places.

(related to building

layout

and

other

architectural aspects)

(d) Issuing certificate of

(a) The architect should

need to help the

client

to

bring

together a team to

give

specific

services such as that

of

a

structural

engineer,

quantity

surveyor,

builder,

mechanical/electrica

l engineers, etc.

(b) During

the

construction

stage,

the architect should

be

visiting

site

periodically

for

inspections to ensure

that in general, the

work being carried

out

on

site

is

incompliance

with

architectural design

and

specifications.

Some projects may

require the services

of resident architect

(s)

on

building

project site.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1829

169

supervision

and

completion

of

all

buildings pertaining

to

architectural

aspects.

2

Engineer

Graduate in Civil

Engineering from

recognized Indian

or

foreign

university.

Registered

with

valid

membership

(Civil) of the

Institution

of

Engineers,

India.

The registered engineer

shall be competent to

carry

out

the

work

related

to

the

building/development

permit as given below:

(a) Prepare and sign

all building plans

(all

types

of

buildings),

structural

drawings

and

service plans and

information

connected

with

building permit;

(b) Preparation

of

structural

drawings, details

and calculations

of buildings on

plot up to 500

m2 and up to 5

storeys or 16 m

in

height,

all

service plans and

related

information

connected

with

development

permit of area up

to 1 hectare for

metro-cities and

2

hectare

for

other places.

(c) Issuing

certificate

of

supervision

for

development

permit of area up

to 1 hectare and

2

hectare

for

other

places

(pertaining

to

building

layout,

Building

structure,

civil

works

and

(a) Engineers are very

important members

of the design team

whose

responsibilities

are

to

assist

in

the

overall design of the

project within the

scope

of

their

specialist fields.

(b) Engineers such as

geotechnical,

structural,

(c) electrical,

mechanical, and will

so on, will carry out

various analyses and

calculations

before

arriving

at

the

optimal

design

solution

for

a

specific building.

(d) During

project

execution

stage,

engineers

should

visit

the

site

periodically

for

inspections to ensure

that in general, the

work being carried

out is in compliance

with

their

engineering

drawings, schedules

and

specifications.

They must also be

available to modify

or

re-design

their

individual aspects as

may

become

necessary.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1830

170

service

installations);

(d) Issuing

certificate

of

supervision

and

completion of all

buildings

pertaining

including

structure

and

building services.

3

Structural

Engineer

Graduate in Civil

engineering

from

recognized Indian

or

foreign

university,

or

Corporate Member

(Civil)

of

Institution

of

Engineers (India),

minimum 3 years

experience

in

structural

engineering

practice

with

designing and field

work.

NOTE :

The

3

years‘

experience shall be

relaxed to 2 years

in the case of post-

graduate degree of

recognized Indian

or

foreign

university in the

branch

of

structural

engineering.

In

case of doctorate

in

structural

engineering,

the

experience

required would be

one year.

(a) The

registered

structural

engineer

shall be competent to

prepare the structural

design, calculations

and details for all

buildings

and

undertake

their

supervision.

(b) In case of buildings

having

special

structural features, as

decided

by

the

Authority, they shall

be designed only by

Structural engineers.

4

Town

Planner

Graduate or Post-

graduate

degree in Town

and

country

planning

with

valid

Associate

Membership of the

Institute of Town

The

registered

town

planner

shall

be

competent to carry out

the work related to the

development permit as

given below:

(a) Preparation of plans

for

land

sub-

(a) Town

planner

is

responsible for the

orderliness

in

the

developmental

layout to show the

various land use.

(b) During

the

execution

stage,

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1831

171

Planners, India.

division/ layout and

related

information

connected

with

development permit

for all areas more

than 1 Hectare.

(b) Issuing of certificate

of supervision for

development of land

of all areas.

NOTE:

However,

for

land

layouts for development

permit above 5 hectare

in

area,

landscape

architect shall also be

associated, and for land

development

infrastructural services

for

roads,

water

supplies,

sewerage/drainage,

electrification, etc, the

registered engineers for

utility services shall be

associated.

Town Planners will

also ensure that the

orderliness

in

the

layout

is

not

distorted and that

the approval given is

also

adhered

to

strictly.

(c) Town planners also

carry

out

Site

Analysis Report for

building projects.

5

Landscape

Architect

Bachelor

or

Master‘s degree in

landscape

architecture

or

equivalent

from

recognized Indian

or

foreign

university

The registered landscape

architect

shall

be

competent to carry out

the

work

related

to

landscape

design

for

building/development

permit for land areas 5

hectares and above. In

case of metro-cities, this

limit of land area shall

be 2 hectares and above.

NOTE

For smaller areas below

the

limits

indicated

above,

association

of

landscape architect may

also be considered from

the point of view of

desired

landscape

development.

6

Urban

Designer

Master‘s degree in

Urban

Design

or

equivalent

from

recognized Indian

or

foreign

The

registered

urban

designer

shall

be

competent to carry out

the work related to urban

design for city areas

more than 5 hectares and

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1832

172

university.

campus area more than 2

hectares. He/She shall

also be competent to

carry out the work of

urban renewal for all

blighted/congested

areas.

NOTE

For smaller areas below

the

limits

indicated

above,

association

of

urban designer may be

considered

from

the

point of view of desired

urban design.

7

Supervisor

Diploma in Civil

engineering/

Architectural

Assistantship from

recognized

institute with 2yrs

working

experience or

Civil

Craftsmanship

from

I.T.I

with

5yrs

experience under a

qualified Architect

/Civil Engineer for

building

construction

and

supervision.

The

registered

supervisor

shall

be

competent to carry out

the work related to the

building permit as given

below:

All plans and related

information

connected

with building permit for

residential buildings on

plot up to 100 m2 and up

to two storeys or 7.5 m

in height; and

Issuing

certificate

of

supervision for buildings

as per (a).

The

role

of

the

supervisor on site is to

inspect

quality

of

materials

and

the

workmanship to ensure

that they all comply

with

drawings

and

specifications.

8

Plumber

licensed

by

the

concerned

Authority through

examination

of

candidates-

Certificate

of

training from ITI,

with

min.

2yrsexperience of

execution

of

sanitary

and

plumbing

works

under any govt.

Dept./ Local body

or

a

qualified

Architect/

Engineer.

Knowledge

of

working drawings

A

plumber

shall

be

competent to do the

following jobs:

Execution / supervision

of sanitary works up to

500 sqmt plot size and 4

storeyed buildings.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1833

and

dimensioned

sketches.

9

Electrician

As prescribed by

the

concerned

electricity

company

10

Fire

Consultant

As prescribed by

Chief Fire Officer,

Town/City

Fire

Service.

Professional Qualifications Competence

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1834

Annexure 14

Environmental Conditions for Buildings and Constructions

(CATEGORY '1': 5,000 to less than 20,000 Square meters)

Medium

S.

no.

Environmental conditions

Topography and

natural drainage

1

The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring

unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to

obstruct the natural drainage through the site. No construction is

allowed on wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio- swales,

landscape, and other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS)

are allowed for maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest

rain water.

Water

Conservation, Rain

Water Harvesting

and Ground Water

Recharge

2

Use of water efficient appliances should be promoted with low

flow fixtures or sensors.

A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the

recharge bores (minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 square

meters of built up area) is recommended. Other provisions of

rain water harvesting as per rule no. 54 of these rules shall be

followed.

Storage and reuse of rainwater harvested should be promoted.

In areas where ground water recharge is not feasible, the rain

water should be harvested and stored for reuse.

The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from

the Competent Authority and as per notification issued vide

Memo No. PUDA/CA/2013/1713-16 dated 27.02.2013; the

underground water for construction of development works in the

notified areas shall not be used.

All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer.

2

(a)

At least 20% of the open spaces as required by the local building

bye-laws shall be pervious. Use of Grass pavers, paver blocks

with at least 50% opening, landscape etc. would be considered as

pervious surface.

Waste

Management

3

Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in

each unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation

of waste.

Sewage: Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating

100% waste water to be installed. Treated waste water shall

be reused on site for landscape, flushing, cooling tower, and

other end-uses. Excess treated water shall be discharged as

per CPCB norms. Natural treatment systems shall be

promoted.

Sludge from the onsite sewage treatment, including septic

tanks, shall be collected, conveyed and disposed as per the

Ministry of Urban Development, Central Public Health and

Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO)

Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013.

The provisions of The Solid Waste (Management) Rules

2016 and The E-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and The

Plastics Waste (Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.

Energy

4

The provisions of Punjab Energy Conservation Building

Code shall be applicable to the buildings/areas in

accordance with the notification issued vide notification

no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856 dated: 24-6-2016 or as amended

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1835

175

from time to time.

Rooftop Solar Photovoltaic installation shall be as per the

provisions laid down in rule no. 51 & 52 of these rules.

Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the

hot water demand of the commercial and institutional

building or as per the requirement of these rules,

whichever is higher. Residential buildings are also

recommended to meet its hot water demand from solar

water heaters, as far as possible.

Air Quality and

Noise

5

Provisions of ―Action Plan for Monitoring of

Construction/ Demolition Activity of Buildings within the

State of Punjab‖ dated 01.03.2017 shall be applicable.

All demolition and construction waste shall be managed

as per the provisions of the Construction and Demolition

Waste Rules 2016.

For indoor air quality the ventilation provisions as per

National Building Code of India of India, 2016.

5(a)

The location of the Diesel Generator (DG) set and exhaust pipe

height shall be as per the provisions of the CPCB norms.

Green Cover

6

Every plot having area more than 60 sq.mt. but upto 100

sq.mt. shall plant at least one tree in the setbacks of plot.

However, for bigger plots, one tree for every additional 100

sq.mt. of plot area shall be mandatory.

The existing trees will be counted for this purpose.

Preference should be given to planting native species.

Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted trees in the

ratio 1:3 within the premises under consideration.

Choice of species for plantation in site shall be as per Section

8 of the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.

(Category'2': 20,000 to less than 50,000 Square meters)

Medium

S.

no.

Environmental conditions

Topography and

natural drainage

1

The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring

unrestricted flow of water. No construction shall be allowed to

obstruct the natural drainage through the site. No construction is

allowed on wetland and water bodies. Check dams, bio- swales,

landscape, and other sustainable urban drainage systems (SUDS)

are allowed for maintaining the drainage pattern and to harvest

rain water.

Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as

much as possible. Minimum cutting and filling should be done.

Water

Conservation,

Rain Water

Harvesting and

Ground Water

Recharge

2

A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and

conservation should be prepared.

Use of water efficient appliances should be promoted with low

flow fixtures or sensors.

A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the

recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 square

meters of built up area and storage capacity of minimum one day

of total fresh water requirement shall be provided. Other

provisions of rain water harvesting as per rule no. 54 of these

rules shall be followed.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1836

176

In areas where ground water recharge is not feasible, the rain water

should be harvested and stored for reuse.

The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from

the Competent Authority and as per notification issued vide Memo

No. PUDA/CA/2013/1713-16 dated 27.02.2013; the underground

water for construction of development works in the notified areas

shall not be used.

All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer.

2 (a)

At least 20% of the open spaces as required by the local

building bye-laws shall be pervious. Use of Grass pavers,

paver blocks with at least 50% opening, landscape etc.

would be considered as pervious surface.

Waste

Management

3

Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each

unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.

Sewage: Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100%

waste water to be installed. Treated waste water shall be reused on

site for landscape, flushing, cooling tower, and other end-uses.

Excess treated water shall be discharged as per CPCB norms.

Natural treatment systems shall be promoted.

Sludge from the onsite sewage treatment, including septic tanks,

shall be collected, conveyed and disposed as per the Ministry of

Urban Development, Central Public Health and Environmental

Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) Manual on Sewerage and

Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013.

The provisions of The Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and

The E-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and The Plastics Waste

(Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.

3 (a)

All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to

authorized recyclers for which a written tie up must be

done with the authorized recyclers.

3 (b)

Organic

waste

compost/

Vermiculturepit

with

a

minimumcapacity of 0.3 kg/person/day must be installed.

Energy

4

The provisions of Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code

shall be applicable to the buildings/areas in accordance with

the notification issued vide notification no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856

dated: 24-6-2016 or as amended from time to time.

Rooftop Solar Photovoltaic installation shall be as per the

provisions laid down in rule no. 53 of these rules.

Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the hot

water demand of the commercial and institutional building or

as per the requirement of these rules, whichever is higher.

Residential buildings are also recommended to meet its hot

water demand from solar water heaters, as far as possible.

4 (a) Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other

construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the

construction material quantity. These include flyash bricks, hollow

bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, compressed earth

blocks, and other environment friendly materials.

Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as

per the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September, 1999

as amended from time to time.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1837

177

Air Quality and

Noise

5

Provisions of ―Action Plan for Monitoring of Construction

/Demolition Activity of Buildings within the State of Punjab‖

dated 01.03.2017 shall be applicable.

All demolition and construction waste shall be managed as per the

provisions of the Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.

For indoor air quality the ventilation provisions as per National

Building Code of India, 2016.

5 (a)

The location of the Diesel Generator (DG) set and

exhaust pipe height shall be as per the provisions of the

CPCB norms.

Green Cover

6

Every plot having area more than 60 sq.mt. but upto 100 sq.mt.

shall plant at least one tree in the setbacks of plot. However, for

bigger plots, one tree for every additional 100 sq.mt. of plot area

shall be mandatory.

The existing trees will be counted for this purpose. Preference

should be given to planting native species.

Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted trees in the ratio

1:3 within the premises under consideration.

Choice of species for plantation in site shall be as per Section 8 of

the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.

Top Soil

preservation

and reuse

7

Topsoil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas

proposed for buildings, roads, paved areas, and external services.

It should be stockpiled appropriately in designated areas and

reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation on site.

Transport

8

A comprehensive mobility plan, as per MoUD best practices

guidelines (URDPFI), shall be prepared to include motorized, non-

motorized, public, and private networks.

Road should be designed with due consideration for environment,

and safety of users. The road system can be designed with these

basic criteria.

1. Hierarchy of roads with proper segregation of vehicular and

pedestrian traffic.

2. Traffic calming measures.

3. Proper design of entry and exit points.

4. Parking norms as per local regulation.

(Category '3': 50000 to 150000 sq.mt.)

Medium

S.

no.

Environmental conditions

Topography and

natural drainage

1

The natural drain system should be maintained for ensuring

unrestricted flow of water.

No construction shall be allowed to obstruct the natural drainage

through the site. No construction is allowed on wetland and water

bodies. Check dams, bio-swales, landscape, and other sustainable

urban drainage systems (SUDS) are allowed for maintaining the

drainage pattern and to harvest rain water.

Buildings shall be designed to follow the natural topography as

much as possible.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1838

178

Minimum cutting and filling should be done.

Water

Conservation,

Rain Water

Harvesting and

Ground Water

Recharge

2

A complete plan for rain water harvesting, water efficiency and

conservation should be prepared.

Use of water efficient appliances should be promoted. Low flow

fixtures or sensors are used to promote water conservation.

A rain water harvesting plan needs to be designed where the

recharge bores of minimum one recharge bore per 5,000 square

meters of built up area and storage capacity of minimum one day

of total fresh water requirement shall be provided. Other

provisions of rain water harvesting as per rule no. 54 of these

rules shall be followed.

In areas where ground water recharge is not feasible, the rain water

should be harvested and stored for reuse.

The ground water shall not be withdrawn without approval from

the Competent Authority and as per notification issued vide Memo

No. PUDA/CA/2013/1713-16 dated 27.02.2013, the underground

water for construction of development works in the notified areas

shall not be used.

All recharge should be limited to shallow aquifer.

2 (a)

At least 20% of the open spaces as required by the local building

bye-laws shall be pervious. Use of Grass pavers, paver blocks with

at least 50% opening, landscape etc. would be considered as

pervious surface.

2 (b)

Separation of grey and black water should be done by the use of dual

plumbing system. In case of single stack system separate

recirculation lines for flushing by giving dual plumbing system be

done.

Solid Waste

Management

3

Solid waste: Separate wet and dry bins must be provided in each

unit and at the ground level for facilitating segregation of waste.

The provisions of The Solid Waste (Management) Rules 2016 and

The E-waste (Management) Rules 2016, and The Plastics Waste

(Management) Rules 2016 shall be followed.

3 (a)

All non-biodegradable waste shall be handed over to authorized

recyclers for which a written tie up must be done with the authorized

recyclers.

3 (b)

Organic waste composter/Vermiculture pit with a minimum capacity

of 0.3 kg/person/day must be installed.

Sewage

Treatment

Plant

4

Onsite sewage treatment of capacity of treating 100% waste water

to be installed. Treated waste water shall be reused on site for

landscape, flushing, cooling tower, and other end-uses. Excess

treated water shall be discharged as per CPCB norms.

Natural treatment systems shall be promoted.

Sludge from the onsite sewage treatment, including septic tanks,

shall be collected, conveyed and disposed as per the Ministry of

Urban Development, Central Public Health and Environmental

Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) Manual on Sewerage and

Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013.

Energy

5

The provisions of Punjab Energy Conservation Building Code

shall be applicable to the buildings/areas in accordance with

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1839

179

the notification issued vide notification no. 18/4/16 HG 1/1856

dated: 24-6-2016 or as amended from time to time.

Rooftop Solar Photovoltaic installation shall be as per the

provisions laid down in rule no. 53 of these rules.

Solar water heating shall be provided to meet 20% of the hot

water demand of the commercial and institutional building or

as per the requirement of these rules, whichever is higher.

Residential buildings are also recommended to meet its hot

water demand from solar water heaters, as far as possible.

5 (a) Use of environment friendly materials in bricks, blocks and other

construction materials, shall be required for at least 20% of the

construction material quantity. These include flyash bricks, hollow

bricks, AACs, Fly Ash Lime Gypsum blocks, compressed earth

blocks, and other environment friendly materials.

Fly ash should be used as building material in the construction as

per the provisions of the Fly Ash Notification of September, 1999

as amended from time to time.

Air Quality and

Noise

6

Provisions of ―Action Plan for Monitoring of Construction

/Demolition Activity of Buildings within the State of Punjab‖

dated 01.03.2017 shall be applicable.

All demolition and construction waste shall be managed as per the

provisions of the Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.

For indoor air quality the ventilation provisions as per National

Building Code of India, 2016.

6 (a)

The location of the Diesel Generator (DG) set and exhaust pipe

height shall be as per the provisions of the CPCB norms.

Green Cover

7

Every plot having area more than 60 sq.mt. but upto 100 sq.mt.

shall plant at least one tree in the setbacks of plot. However, for

bigger plots, one tree for every additional 100 sq.mt. of plot area

shall be mandatory.

The existing trees will be counted for this purpose. Preference

should be given to planting native species.

Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted trees in the ratio

1:3 within the premises under consideration.

Choice of species for plantation in site shall be as per Section 8 of

the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.

Top Soil

preservation

and reuse

8

Topsoil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas

proposed for buildings, roads, paved areas, and external services.

It should be stockpiled appropriately in designated areas and

reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation on site.

Transport

9

A comprehensive mobility plan, as per MoUD best practices

guidelines (URDPFI), shall be prepared to include motorized, non-

motorized, public, and private networks.

Road should be designed with due consideration for environment,

and safety of users. The road system can be designed with these

basic criteria.

1. Hierarchy of roads with proper segregation of vehicular and

pedestrian traffic.

2. Traffic calming measures.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1840

180

3. Proper design of entry and exit points.

4. Parking norms as per local regulation.

Environment

Management Plan

10

An environmental management plan (EMP) shall be prepared and

implemented to ensure compliance with the environmental

conditions specified in item number 1 to 9 above. A dedicated

Environment

Monitoring

Cell

with

defined

functions

and

responsibility shall be put in place to implement the EMP. The

environmental cell shall ensure that the environment infrastructure

like Sewage Treatment Plant, Landscaping, Rain Water Harvesting,

Energy

efficiency

and

conservation,

water

efficiency

and

conservation, solid waste management, renewable energy etc. are

kept operational and meet the required standards. The environmental

cell shall also keep the record of environment monitoring and those

related to the environment infrastructure.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1841

181

Annexure 15

[See rule 57]

Sr

No.

Conditions to be checked

Category of the

Project

1

The project proponent shall get it certified from the approved

consultant of the PPCB/Qualified Building Environment

Auditor regarding installation of sewage treatment plant (STP)

and adequacy of disposal system and shall ensure that the

treated sewage shall conform to the norms and standards

prescribed by Punjab Pollution Control Board or any other

statutory authority for such discharges.

Category 1, 2 &

3

2

The project proponent shall adopt only the authorized mode of

disposal and shall not use any illegal mode of disposal for

treated wastewater.

Category 1, 2 &

3

3

The project proponent shall form Environment Monitoring

Committee for supervising and monitoring the environment

related conditions of the building permission.

Category 3

4

The project proponent shall make provisions for the housing of

construction labour within the site with all necessary

infrastructure and facilities such as fuel for cooking, mobile

toilets, mobile STP, Safe drinking water and medical health care

etc. The housing may be in the form to temporary structure and

it shall be removed after the completion of the project.

Category 1, 2 &

3

5

The project proponent shall comply with the Construction and

Demolition Rules, 2016.

Category 1, 2 &

3

6

The project proponent shall provide dual plumbing line for use

of the treated wastewater for flushing purpose and shall provide

other measures like providing fixtures for showers, toilet

flushing and drinking of low flow either by use of aerators or

pressure reducing devices or sensor based control, for

conservation of groundwater.

Category 2 & 3

7

The project proponent shall use only treated wastewater for

construction purpose and to reduce the water demand during

construction, the project proponent shall make use of premixed

concrete, curing agents and other best practices referred

Category 1, 2 &

3

8

The project proponent shall hire vehicles of good condition for

bringing construction material to the site of the project and

ensure that all these vehicles shall conform to applicable air,

noise and emission standards and shall only be operated during

non-peak hours.

Category 1, 2 &

3

9

The project proponent shall ensure that ambient noise levels

shall conform to prescribed standards both during day and night

times. The ambient air and noise quality should be closely

monitored during construction and operation phase.

Category 1, 2 &

3

10

The project proponent shall make provision of the budget for

carrying out long lasting and public utility activities under the

corporate social responsibility with the advice of District

Administration.

Category 2& 3

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1842

182

Annexure 16

[See rule 57]

1)

Environmental Cell at the level of Development Authority:

An Environmental Cell shall be setup at the development authority level to support

compliance and monitoring of environmental conditions in buildings. The Cell shall also

provide assistance in environmental planning and capacity building within their

jurisdiction. The responsibility of this cell would be monitoring the implementation of

this notification and providing an oversight to the Third-Party Auditing process. The cell

will operate under the development authority.

2)

Constitution of the cell:

The cell will comprise of at least 3 dedicated experts in following fields:

1. Waste management (solid and liquid)

2. Water conservation and management

3. Resource efficiency including Building materials

4. Energy Efficiency and renewable energy

5. Environmental planning including air quality management.

6. Transport planning and management.

The Cell shall induct at least two outside experts as per the requirements and background

of dedicated experts. Existing environmental cells at the level of local authority can be

co-opted and trained for this Cell.

3)

Financial Support:

An additional fee may be charged along with processing fee for building permission for

integrating environmental conditions and it‘s monitoring. The local authority can fix and

revise this additional fee from time to time. The amount of this fee shall be deposited in a

separate bank account, and used for meeting the requirement of salary / emoluments of

experts and running the system of online application, verifications and the Environmental

Cell.

4)

Functions of the Cell:

The cell shall be responsible for assessing and appraising the environmental concerns of

the area under their jurisdiction where building activities are proposed. The Cell can

evolve and propose additional environmental conditions as per requirements. These

conditions may be area specific and shall be notified in advance from time to time. These

additional conditions shall be approved following a due consultation process. These

environmental conditions will be integrated in building permissions by the sanctioning

authority.

Develop and maintain an online system for application and payment of fees. The Cell

shall maintain an online database of all applications received, projects approved, the

compliance audit report, random inspections made. The Cell shall maintain a portal for

public disclosure of project details including self-certification and compliance audit

reports filed by the Qualified Building Environment Auditors for public scrutiny of

compliance of environmental conditions by the project.

Monitoring the work of Environmental Audit process carried by the Qualified Building

Auditors.

The Cell shall review the applications; finalize the additional environmental conditions if

required within 30 days of the submission of the application to the local authority.

The Cell shall adopt risk based random selection of projects for verifying on site for

certification of QBA, compliance of environmental conditions and five yearly audit

report.

The Cell shall recommend to the local authority for financial penalty for non-compliance

of environmental conditions by the project proponent.

The Cell shall recommend to the accrediting body and the local authority against any

Qualified Building Environment Auditor, if any lapse is found in their work.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1843

183

Annexure 17

[See rule 57]

1)

Accreditation of Environmental Auditors (Qualified Building Auditors)

The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), through qualified

agencies shall accredit the Qualified Building Environment Auditors (QBEAs). The

Qualified Building Environment Auditors could be a firm / organization or an individual

expert, who fulfils the requirements. The Ministry will implement this process of

accreditation through Quality Council of India (QCI), National Productivity Council or

any other organization identified by the Government. The organizations like Indian Green

Building Council, Bureau of Energy Efficiency etc. can also be associated in the process

of accreditation, training, and renewal. The environmental consultants accredited by the

QCI for building sector will be qualified as QBEAs. The QBEAs will meet the following

criteria. The accrediting agency can improvise on these criteria.

2)

Qualifications of the Auditor:

Education: Architect (Degree or Diploma), Town Planners (Degree), Civil Engineer /

Mechanical Engineer (Degree or Diploma), PG in Environmental Science or any other

qualification as per the scheme of the accreditation.

3)

Training:

Mandatory training to be given by the accreditation body or their approved training

providers. This will be as per the scheme of the accreditation.

4)

Experience:

At least 3 years of work experience in the related field or building sector Environment

Impact Assessment consultants accredited by QCI or any other experience criteria as per

the scheme of the accreditation.

5)

Infrastructure and equipment:

As per the scheme of the accreditation

6)

Renewal:

The accreditation will be valid for 5 years and will be renewed as per the process

developed under the accreditation scheme.

Accountability/Complaint redressal mechanism: Any complaints regarding the quality of

the work of QBEAs shall be made to the accreditation body. The accreditation body shall

evaluate the complaint and take appropriate action including black listing or cancellation

of the accreditation with wide public notice. This will be in addition to the action at the

level of local authority for penalty and blacklisting. The Ministry can also take such

action in case of specific complaint or feedback.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1844

184

Annexure 18

Form M

[See rule 61]

FORM OF APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AS PLUMBER

From___________

(Full Name & Address of Applicant)

To

The Authorized Officer,

Punjab Urban Planning and Development Authority.

Sir /Madam,

I hereby apply for registration to practise as plumber to enable me to submit building

plans and supervise building construction within the jurisdiction of .

I hold necessary qualifications enabling me for getting registration with the Punjab

Urban Planning and Development Authority. Copies of certificates/ testimonials duly

attested by a gazetted officer are enclosed herewith.

A demand draft No. Amounting to Rs.

In favour of

(Indicate designation of

Authorized Officer is enclosed here with as registration fee for the period of

.

Yours faithfully,

Place:

Name__________________

Dated:

Full Address_____________

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1845

185

Annexure 19

FORM N

[See rule61]

FORM OF REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE OF PLUMBERS

Registration No.

Dated:

The

certificate

of

registration

is

hereby

granted

to

(Name)__________

son

of

___________________ resident of _____________________ for performing the duties of a

Plumber under the Punjab Unified Building Rules, 2025.

The certificate of registration is being issued subject to the following terms and conditions,

namely:-

(i)

The certificate shall remain valid for a period of five years from the date of its issue;

(ii)

It shall be renewable upon submission of a fresh application along with the prescribed

fee, provided the application is submitted at least one month before the expiry date of

previous registration;

(iii)

The certification will be operative in the areas where the Punjab Unified Building

Rules, 2025 are in force;

(iv)

It shall not be used for any purpose other than the purposes specified under the Punjab

Unified Building Rules, 2025.

(v)

The Authorized Officer reserves the right to withdraw or cancel the certificate at any

time during its validity if it is found, that:

(a) The Plumber has provided any false information in his application for registration;

(b) The Plumber has violated any terms and conditions of registration or any provision of

the Punjab Regional and Town Planning and Development Act, 1995 or any rule

made thereunder.

Place:

Authorized Officer

Dated:

(Signature & Seal)

For Office Use Only

Serial No.

Date of renewal

Date

upto

which

renewed

Signature

of

Authorized Officer

Note: Strike down whichever is not applicable.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1846

186

Annexure 20

Schedule

[See rule 62]

Qualification for registration of Plumber

One of the following qualifications shall be essential for registration as a plumber,

namely,-

1. A person holding a one-year certificate in plumbing from any Industrial Training

Institute recognized by the State Government; or

2. A person already registered as a plumber with any local authority or statutory

body of the Government of Punjab; or

3. A person having ten years of practical experience in sanitary installation with a

firm of repute or under a registered plumber.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1847

187

Annexure 21

[See rule 43(7)]

INDEMNITY BOND FOR BASEMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING

This Indemnity Bond is executed by Shri/Smt.…………………………………………...........

S/o, D/o, W/o Shri/Smt…………….……… R/o………………………….in favour of the

competent Authority.

Whereas the executant has submitted to the competent Authority the plans for sanction of

basement over Plot No………………… under the provisions of the Punjab Regional and Town

Planning and Development Act, 1995 and building rules made there under or Punjab Municipal

Act, 1911, Punjab Municipal Corporation Act, 1976, and Punjab Town Improvement Act, 1922,

and rules made thereunder; as the case may be,:-

And whereas the competent authority has agreed to sanction the aforesaid construction subject to

the conditions that the owner shall indemnify the competent authority in the event of any loss or

damage being caused to the adjoining building(s) on account of the construction of the said

basement either at the time of digging of its foundations or in the course of its construction or

even thereafter and also against any claim of any concern thereto.

And whereas the executant has agreed to execute an indemnity bond to the above affect and also

to abide by the terms imposed by the competent authority to the grant of sanction for

construction of the basement.

Now this deed witnesses as follows:

1. that in consideration of the sanction of the plans by…………………………… for

construction of the basement, the executant undertakes that he/she shall at all times keep

the Competent Authority harmless and free from any liability, loss or damages/ flowing

from any injury or damage caused to the adjoining built-up properties or to any person as a

consequence of the construction of at the time of digging of its foundations or during the

course of its construction or at any time thereafter.

2. that the owner agrees and undertakes that, in the event of any claim being made by any

person or person(s) against the competent authority either in respect of the sanction granted

by the competent authority to the owner for the construction of basement or in respect of

the construction or manner of construction of the basement by the owner or the

consequences flowing from the said sanction the executant shall be responsible and liable

and not the competent authority.

3. that the executant agrees and undertake to indemnify the competent authority fully in

respect of any amount which the competent authority may be required to pay to any person

either by way of compensation or damages or on any other account as a result of any claim

or suit or any other proceedings concerning the sanctioning of the construction of the

basement of the making thereof and also in respect of the costs and expenses which the

competent authority may incur on defending any action.

4. that without prejudice to the above undertaking, the executant hereby binds itself to pay to

the competent authority to the full extent any amount which the competent authority may

be required to pay to any person in connection with, relating to or concerning the

sanctioning of the basement or the making thereof.

5. that the owner further agrees and undertakes that this bond shall remain in full force and

effect till the executant has faithfully observes or performs the undertakings herein before

contained.

In witness whereof, the executant above named has signed this bond on this ……………........

day of …………………..at………………………………………

Indemnifier

Witness:

(Signatures)……………………

Name……………………

Full Address………………

(Signatures)………………………….

Name……………………………

Full Address…………………….

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1848

188

Annexure 22 beyond MC Limits

[See rule 22 to 27]

List of rates for purchasable Ground Coverage and Floor Area Ratio

Sr.

No.

Category

of

Building

Refer

Table

Rate

for

Addition

Ground

Coverage

Rate for Additional Floor

Area Ratio

I. Residential

Plots or Villas

Table

2

Additional

Ground Coverage

Rate

per

sq.m

of

collector

rates

For First 2.5%

5%

For the next 2.5%

10%

For the next 2.5%

15%

For

the

next

remaining area

25%

Additional

FAR

Rate per

sq.m of

collector

rates

For First 0.25

5%

For the next

0.25

10%

For the next

0.25

15%

For the next

remaining area

25%

II. Group Housing

or

Studio

Apartment

Table

4

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate

per

sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 2.5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

III. Convenient

Shopping

or

Neighbourhood

Shopping

Plotted with in

approved layout

plan

Table

9

-

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

IV. Commercials

such

as

Shopping Mall

or

Shopping

Complex or a

Building

primarily

used

for Display and

Sale

of

Merchandise or

any

similar

purpose

Table

10

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 2.5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

V. Miniplex

Table

11

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 2.5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

VI. Multiplex

Table

12

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 2.5%

5%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1849

remaining

area

10%

higher.

VII. Hotel or Motel

Table

13

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 2.5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

VIII. Mix Land Use

Project

Table

14

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 2.5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth (¼) of the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

IX. Club

Table

15

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 2.5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

X. Guest House or

Lodging

&

Boarding

or

Service

Apartments

or

Sarai

or

Dharmshala

Table

16

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XI. Wholesale

Trade

or

Integrated

Freight

complex

(Standalone)

Table

18

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

For

First

2.5%

5%

For the next

2.5%

10%

For the next

2.5%

15%

For the next

remaining

area

25%

-

XII. Warehouse

or

Godown

(Standalone)

Table

19

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 2.5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XIII. Low

Rise

Industry

(Plotted

Industry)

Table

20

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

For

First

2.5%

5%

For the next

2.5%

10%

For the next 15%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1850

190

2.5%

For the next

remaining

area

25%

XIV.

High

Rise

Industry

Table

21

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate

per

sq.m

of

collector

rates

For First 2.5%

5%

For

the

next

2.5%

10%

For

the

next

2.5%

15%

For

the

next

remaining area

25%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XV.

Pre Nursery or

Nursery School

or Crèche

Table

22

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XVI.

Primary School

(class 1 to 5)

Table

23

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XVII.

High / Senior

secondary

school

or

College

or

Educational

Institute

or

Universities.

Table

24

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XVIII.

Hospital,

Nursing Home,

Dispensary,

Medical

Laboratory

Table

25

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XIX.

Community

Centre,

Public

Concert Hall or

Auditorium, or

Public

Exhibition

Table

27

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 2.5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XX.

Museum

or

Gymnasium

Table

27

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 5%

5%

remaining

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1851

191

area

XXI. Public Offices

Table

29

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XXII. Convention

Centre

Table

30

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

XXIII. Meetings,

Incentives,

Conferences,

and Exhibitions

(MICE)

Table

31

Additional

Ground

Coverage

Rate per sq.m

of

collector

rates

First 5%

5%

remaining

area

10%

one-fourth

(¼)

of

the

collector rates or one-fourth

(¼) of the auctioned or

allotment price, whichever is

higher.

Note: In the case of sites allotted or auctioned by the Government, Development Authorities, or

Government Agencies, these charges shall be applicable only to newly allotted or auctioned sites

or plots. However, for sites allotted or auctioned prior to the notification of these rules, the

charges shall be governed by the terms and conditions specified in the respective allotment or

auction letters or by these rules, whichever is higher.

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1852

192

Annexure 23- Within MC Limits

[See rule 31 to 38]

1. Rates for availing purchasable Ground Coverage

Additional Ground Coverage

Rate per sq.m of collector rates.

For First 5%

5%

For the remaining area

10%

2. Rates for availing purchasable Floor Area Ratio

Sr.

No.

Category of Building

Rate for Additional Floor Area Ratio

I. Residential Plotted

Additional FAR

Rate per sq.m of collector

rates.

For First 0.25 FAR

5%

For the next 0.25 FAR

10%

For the next 0.25 FAR

15%

For the next remaining area 25%

II. Other Categories

One-fourth (¼) of the collector rates

III. Walled City or Core area

For Hotels

10% of the collector rates for Ground Floor

2% of the collector rates for each subsequent Floor

For Commercial

5% of the collector rates for Ground Floor

1% of the collector rates for each subsequent Floor

3. Rates for availing exemption in parking (in walled city and core areas)

S. No. Master Plan Area

Rate per ECS

I.

SAS Nagar, New Chandigarh

₹ 5,00,000/-

II.

Ludhiana, Jalandhar, Amritsar, Zirakpur, Dera

Bassi, Banur, Kharar, Nayagaon, Lalru

₹ 3,00,000/-

III.

Rest of Area

₹ 2,00,000/-

Notes:

(a) The aforementioned charges shall be utilized for the development and

enhancement of city-level transport infrastructure.

(b) An annual compoundable increase of 5% shall be applied to the above charges,

effective on the 1st of April each year.

4. Rates for availing exemption in EWS Dwelling Units (Group Housing)

Equivalent to the collector rates of Dwelling units.

Note: In the case of sites allotted or auctioned by the Government, Development Authorities, or

Government Agencies, these charges shall be applicable only to newly allotted or auctioned sites

or plots. However, for sites allotted or auctioned prior to the notification of these rules, the

charges shall be governed by the terms and conditions specified in the respective allotment or

auction letters or by these rules, whichever is higher.”

PUNJAB GOVT. GAZ. (EXTRA), DECEMBER 15, 2025 (AGHN 24, 1947 SAKA)

1853

Annexure 24

[see rule 41]

AFFIDAVIT CUM DECLARATION

I, ___________ S/O ___________ R/O ___________ Proprietor/ Authorized Signatory of

___________ having its proposed Location at Village___________ Tehsil ___________

District___________ do hereby solemnly affirm & declare as under :-

1. That CLU/ allotement for ___________ was granted by ___________ at Village

___________ Tehsil___________, District. ___________ vide Memo No. ___________.

Now, I have applied for approval of Zoning & Building Plans for ___________ with the

office of ________________________.

2. That I have submitted the Detail Project Report (DPR) with details of Proposed

Workforce as under:-

• Officers Male: ___________ Nos.

• Officers Female: ___________ Nos.

• Labour Male: ___________ Nos.

• Labour Female: ___________ Nos.

3. That I have submitted Zoning & Building Plans to competent authority with workforce

detailed as per Detail Project Report submitted to them, and I undertake that if there is any

deviation in proposed employment at the time of functioning of factory, I shall immediately

apply for revision of Zoning & Building Plan with the office of the competent authority.

4. That I further undertake that I shall be fully responsible for applying revision of the Zoning

& Building Plans if there is any deviation in recruitment of staff from Detail Project

Report submitted to the competent authority and as stated in Para-2 of this Affidavit-cum-

declaration.

Place:

Name__________________

Dated:

Full Address_____________

VIKAS GARG

Principal Secretary to Government of Punjab,

Department of Housing and Urban Development

3583/12-2025/Pb. Govt. Press, S.A.S. Nagar

Sd/-